Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Diagnostics & Research / DarioHealth Corp.

DarioHealth Corp.

drio · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker drio
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Diagnostics & Research
Employees 196
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · DarioHealth Corp.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☒

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

☐

TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ______________to________________

Commission File No. 001-37704

DARIOHEALTH CORP.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

8 HaTokhen Street 
Caesarea North Industrial Park, Israel
(Address of principal executive offices)

45-2973162
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3088900
(Zip Code)  

972-4-770-4055
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities Registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
Warrants to purchase Common Stock

Trading Symbol(s)
DRIO
DRIOW

Name of each exchange on which 
registered:
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share; Warrants to purchase Common Stock

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes      ☐ No  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  ☐   No   ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒   No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation  S-T  (§  232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  submit  such
files).    Yes  ☒     No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an
emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company”  and  “emerging  growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Emerging growth company

☐  

☒  

☐  

  Accelerated filer  

  Smaller reporting company  

☐

☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new
or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the closing price as of the last
business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter is $19,929,614.

As of March 13, 2020, the registrant had outstanding 3,101,410 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Documents Incorporated By Reference: None.

 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description

Item No.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  PART I

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

  Business
  Risk Factors
  Unresolved Staff Comments
  Properties
  Legal Proceedings
  Mine Safety Disclosures

  PART II

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
  Selected Financial Data
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
  Controls and Procedures
  Other Information

  PART III

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
  Executive Compensation
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

  PART IV

Item 15.
Item 16.
Signatures

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
  Form 10-K Summary

2

Page  

3

4
28
48
48
48
48

49
51
51
60
60
61
61
62

63
68
79
81
82

82
84
85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, or the Annual Report, contains “forward-looking statements,” which includes information relating to future
events,  future  financial  performance,  financial  projections,  strategies,  expectations,  competitive  environment  and  regulation.  Words  such  as  “may,”
“should,” “could,” “would,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” and similar
expressions, as well as statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of
future performance or results and may not be accurate indications of when such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are
based on information we have when those statements are made or management’s good faith belief as of that time with respect to future events, and are
subject to significant risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the
forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

our current and future capital requirements and our ability to satisfy our capital needs through financing transactions or otherwise;

our launch and market penetration plans;

our ability to manufacture, market and generate sales of our Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution;

our ability to commercialize DarioEngage services;

our ability to develop, launch and commercialize Dario Intelligence;

our ability to maintain our relationships with key partners;

our  ability  to  complete  required  clinical  trials  of  our  product  and  obtain  clearance  or  approval  from  the  United  States  Food  and  Drug
Administration, or FDA, or other regulatory agencies in different jurisdictions;

our ability to maintain or protect the validity of our U.S. and other patents and other intellectual property;

our ability to retain key executive members;

our ability to internally develop new inventions and intellectual property;

interpretations of current laws and the passages of future laws; and

acceptance of our business model by investors.

The foregoing does not represent an exhaustive list of matters that may be covered by the forward-looking statements contained herein or risk
factors that we are faced with that may cause our actual results to differ from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors”
for additional risks that could adversely impact our business and financial performance.

Moreover, new risks regularly emerge and it is not possible for our management to predict or articulate all the risks we face, nor can we assess the
impact of all risks on our business or the extent to which any risk, or combination of risks, may cause actual results to differ from those contained in any
forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report are based on information available to us on the date of this
Annual  Report.  Except  to  the  extent  required  by  applicable  laws  or  rules,  we  undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  update  or  revise  any  forward-looking
statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us
or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained above and throughout this Annual Report.

When  used  in  this  Annual  Report,  the  terms  “DarioHealth,”  “the  Company,”  “we,”  “our,”  and  “us”  refer  to  DarioHealth  Corp.,  a  Delaware
corporation  and  our  subsidiary  LabStyle  Innovation  Ltd.,  an  Israeli  company.  “Dario”  is  registered  as  a  trademark  in  the  United  States,  Israel,  China,
Canada, Hong Kong, South Africa, Japan, Costa Rica, and Panama. “DarioHealth” is registered as a trademark in the United States and Israel.

All information in this Annual Report, relating to shares or price per share reflects the 1-for-20 reverse stock split effected by us on November 18,

2019.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.

Business

Overview

PART I

We are a leading global Digital Therapeutics, or DTx, company revolutionizing the way people manage their health across the chronic condition
spectrum to live a better and healthier life. By delivering personalized evidence-based interventions that are driven by data, high-quality software, easy-to-
use medical devices and coaching, we empower individuals to make healthy adjustments to their daily lifestyle choices in a personalized way and improve
their overall health. Our cross-functional team operates at the intersection of life sciences, behavioral science and software technology to deliver highly
engaging  therapeutic  interventions.  The  DarioTM  Blood  Sugar  Monitor  is  among  the  most  downloaded  healthcare  apps,  with  4.9/5.0  stars  from  9,000+
reviews on the Apple App Store as of March 2020. We are rapidly moving into new chronic conditions such as hypertension, using a performance-based
approach to improve the health of users managing chronic disease.

We attempt to drive behavioral change by creating highly personalized, closed-loop interactions that support our customers, who become members
of our services, via connected FDA cleared monitoring devices, just-in-time health information and real-time coaching. This highly scalable infrastructure
results in members with significant improvement in their health conditions at a modest price-point. The Dario solution is intended to stretch across various
health  conditions  and  ailments.  We  currently  focus  our  efforts  on  diabetes  and  hypertension,  and  we  plan  to  expand  our  focus  into  additional  chronic
conditions during 2020, including hypertension.

Our solution goes beyond being simply a device. We are a modular platform that allows for customized implementations by segment and within

each segment. Core components of our solution include:

·

·

·

Dario Smart Tools – member-facing devices and integrated smartphone application.

DarioEngage Platform – population management tool that enables scalable engagement and clinical support by coaches and clinicians,
remotely and in real-time.

Dario  Journey  Engine  –  a  software-based  platform  that  enables  cross-channel  communication  of  highly  personalized  and  deeply
customized/configurable journeys for each user starting from member enrollment process and continuing through on-going engagement
leading to successful maintenance of health gains.

We make our services available direct to consumers via online marketplaces including Amazon, Walmart, Best Buy and the Google and Apple app
stores. In 2020, we plan to focus on expanding our offering to include providers, payers and employers. We believe that these represent significant growth
opportunities for our business.

We  have  designed  our  DTx  platform  with  a  ‘user-first’  strategy,  focusing  on  user’s  needs  first  and  foremost,  along  with  user  experience  and
satisfaction. User satisfaction drives all company processes, including our technology design. This approach, which disrupts the traditional approach among
healthcare companies, has taken us to a place where MyDarioTM is loved by customers in the diabetes arena. In order to obtain firsthand data and feedback
from our users, we decided to launch our product directly to our customers, and initially commenced sales in the United States in March 2016. This user-
focused approach led us into a continuous process of product upgrades and improvements in an agile, interactive way to achieve finetuned user satisfaction.
Our success is reinforced by the fact that most of our users choose to purchase our solution out of pocket.

We have designed our DTx platform as an open platform that allows us to enable our partners to offer their customers a customized, evidence-
based digital therapy solution, which takes advantage of the real-time connectivity of our platform with its users. We believe that our data-evidenced proof
of  the  medical  outcomes  resulting  from  the  use  of  our  DTx  platform  represents  an  attractive  return  on  investment  model  to  healthcare  providers  in  the
United States and other geographic regions.

According to a Business Insider Intelligence report published in October 2019, DTx are a new class of treatments disrupting the entire healthcare
value chain with their promise to tackle chronic diseases, and which, according to estimates by Business Insider, represents up to $3.3 trillion on chronic
disease expenditure in 2018 in the United States alone. Digital therapeutics deliver evidence-based therapies for an array of chronic conditions via software,
like mobile health (mHealth) apps and can either replace or complement existing drug treatments. According to a report released by the Rand Corporation,
Sixty percent of the United States population suffers from at least one chronic condition, and these diseases come with a hefty price tag, as exemplified by
the Business Insider report. DTx companies have shown early evidence of their treatments’ efficacy and ability to slash the costs associated with chronic
disease care, which is fueling the global DTx market to become a $9 billion opportunity by 2025 according to the Business Insider Intelligence report.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our principal operating subsidiary, LabStyle Innovation Ltd., is an Israeli company with its headquarters in Caesarea, Israel. We were formed on

August 11, 2011, as a Delaware corporation with the name LabStyle Innovations Corp. On July 28, 2016, we changed our name to DarioHealth Corp.

Chronic Conditions Prevalence

According to the Partnership to Fight Chronic Disease, chronic diseases are the leading cause of death and disability in the United States. 133
million Americans – 45% of the population – have at least one chronic disease. Chronic diseases are responsible for seven out of every 10 deaths in the
United States, killing more than 1.7 million Americans every year. Chronic diseases can be disabling and reduce a person’s quality of life, especially if left
undiagnosed or untreated. For example, every 30 seconds a lower limb is amputated as a consequence of diabetes. People with chronic conditions are the
most  frequent  users  of  health  care  in  the  United  States,  as  they  account  for  81%  of  hospital  admissions,  91%  of  all  prescriptions  filled,  and  76%  of  all
physician visits. Chronic diseases also account for the vast majority of health spending. In the United States, total spending on public and private health
care amounted to approximately $2 trillion during 2005 and, of that amount, more than 75% went towards the treatment of chronic disease. Such amount is
the  equivalent  to  $5,000  worth  of  spending  per  person  on  treatment  of  chronic  diseases  and  more  than  double  what  the  average  American  spends  on
gasoline in a year. In publicly funded health programs, spending on chronic disease represents an even greater proportion of total spending: more than 99%
in Medicare and 83% in Medicaid.

The Partnership to Fight Chronic Disease, chronic diseases reports that U.S. employers and employees currently pay for the high costs of chronic
disease through increases in health costs associated with greater demand for, and use of, health care services. Health care premiums for employer-sponsored
family coverage have increased by 87% since 2000. Health care coverage costs for people with a chronic condition average $6,032 annually – five times
higher than for those without such a condition. The total cost of obesity to U.S. companies is estimated at $13 billion annually. This includes the “extra”
cost  of  health  insurance  ($8  billion),  sick  leave  ($2.4  billion),  life  insurance  ($1.8  billion),  and  disability  insurance  ($1  billion)  associated  with  obesity.
While  today’s  situation  is  grave,  the  chronic  disease  crisis  looms  even  larger  tomorrow.  By  2025,  chronic  diseases  will  affect  an  estimated  164  million
Americans – nearly half (49%) of the population. According to a CDC report published in October 2019, obesity affects almost 1 in 5 children and 1 in 3
adults, putting people at risk for chronic diseases such as diabetes, heart disease, and some cancers. Over a quarter of all Americans, 17 to 24 years, are too
heavy to join the military. Obesity costs the U.S. health care system $147 billion a year.

The  latest  publication  by  the  Centers  for  Disease  Control  and  Prevention  (CDC)  from  October  2019  states  that  90%  of  the  annual  care

expenditures are for people with chronic and mental health conditions.

Nothing kills more Americans than heart disease and stroke. According to the CDC, more than 859,000 Americans die of heart disease or stroke
every year—representing one-third of all deaths. These diseases take an economic toll and cost the U.S. health care system $199 billion per year and cause
$131 billion in lost productivity on the job.

More than 30 million Americans have diabetes, and another 84 million adults in the United States have a condition called prediabetes, which puts
them at risk for type 2 diabetes. Diabetes can cause heart disease, kidney failure, and blindness, and costs the U.S. health care system and employers $237
billion every year.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diabetes

Diabetes is a disease where insufficient levels, or a total absence, of the hormone insulin, or if the individual has insulin resistance, produces high
levels of glucose in the bloodstream, which can lead to long term adverse effects on a patient’s blood vessels, which in turn can lead to heart attack, stroke,
high blood pressure, blindness, kidney disease, and nerve damage. As part of controlling blood sugar, many patients must self-monitor their blood glucose
levels using home testing kits (called glucose meters) and treat high and low blood sugar episodes accordingly to avoid complications from the disease. We
believe that allowing patients to properly monitor the disease, provide actionable insights in real-time and create an online link to healthcare providers will
ultimately improve patient outcomes and reduce healthcare costs - both critical advantages for the healthcare industry.

Importantly, one out of three American adults with prediabetes can reverse the condition if they take action, and the health of people with diabetes
can be improved through measurement adherence and medication. Furthermore, studies have shown that a 1% reduction in the concentration of glycated
hemoglobin (also known as HbA1c or A1c) in human blood goes beyond better diabetes control. That reduction may translate into a 15% to 20% decrease
in heart attack and stroke risk and a 25% to 40% lower risk of diabetes-related eye or kidney disease. Better diabetes management may result in substantial
savings in the costs related to diabetes and healthcare in general, through the avoidance of health complications and related expense savings. A 2013 NCBI
study found that improved A1c levels are associated with healthcare savings.

Based on data we have extracted from our user database, using the Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution leads to an improvement in the
glucose level of the users and lowers their A1c levels over time. This data also indicated that higher engagement of users with the Dario Smart Diabetes
Management Solution increased the level of A1c improvement. Specifically, we found A1c improvements during a period of 3 months, 6 months, and 9-
months for people who began the study with A1c levels of more than 8%, 9%, and 10%. The key finding was that, on average, every segment of the users
showed an improvement compared to their A1c level when they started to use the Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution, while 75% of participants
which  started  to  use  the  Dario  Smart  Diabetes  Management  Solution  with  A1c  levels  higher  than  9%  were  able  to  lower  their  A1cC  levels  during  that
period with as little as 3 glucose level measurements per day.

Although we are initially targeting only the large and growing Blood Glucose Monitoring System, or BGMS, market, we believe our invention has
the  potential  to  cover  dozens  of  laboratory  tests  of  bodily  fluids  (including  blood,  urine,  and  saliva)  that  could  potentially  be  undertaken  using  a  smart
mobile device, including blood coagulation, cholesterol, HIV and others. Our goal is to develop additional interfaces for other chronic illnesses and health
conditions, thereby empowering people around the globe to put themselves in control of managing their medical conditions while leveraging our platform.
By  doing  so,  we  believe  that  we  will  be  positioned  to  make  a  dramatic  impact  on  the  lives  of  millions  of  people  that  face  daily  lifestyle  and  medical
challenges.

Our technology provides a body-fluid testing apparatus for performing metered measurement of samples utilizing: (i) a lancing device to obtain a
test sample (blood in the case of the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System); and (ii) an adaptor specifically designed to connect a strip devised to absorb
the sample, which then produces an electric signal indicating the level of the substance tested for in the sample. The adaptor is then connected to a smart
mobile  device,  which  allows  the  test  signal  to  be  transmitted  to  the  smart  mobile  device,  which  will  then  utilize  our  software  application  to  obtain  and
display the test result on the device. This is coupled with a set of software features available via a smart mobile device application as well as cloud-based
services, in real-time. We are presently pursuing patent applications in multiple jurisdictions covering the specific processes related to blood glucose level
measurement as well as more general methods of rapid tests of body fluids using mobile devices and cloud-based services. On August 5, 2014, we were
issued a U.S. patent (No. 8,797,180) relating to how the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System draws power from and transmits data to a smartphone via
the  audio  jack  port,  on  September  8,  2015,  we  were  issued  a  U.S.  patent  (No.  9,125,549)  that  broadens  our  registered  patent  No.  8,797,180  to  include
testing of other bodily fluids through an audio jack connection, and on November 11, 2017, we were issued a U.S. patent (No. 9,832,301) that enhances the
way the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System communicates with users’ smartphone devices. We believe these represent critical intellectual property
recognition and a significant initial validation of our intellectual property efforts.

Hypertension

According to a 2014 publication of the American Heart Association, about 77.9 million adults have high blood pressure in the United States. A
higher percentage of men than women have high blood pressure until age 45. From ages 45–54 and 55–64, the percentage of men and women is similar;
after that, a much higher percentage of women than men have high blood pressure. About 69% of people who have a first heart attack, 77% who have a
first stroke, and 74% who have congestive heart failure have blood pressure higher than 140/90 mm Hg. High blood pressure was listed as a primary or
contributing cause of death in about 348,102 of the more than 2.4 million U.S. deaths in 2009.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Blood pressure categories

The five blood pressure ranges as recognized by the American Heart Association are:

·

·

·

·

·

Normal - blood pressure numbers of less than 120/80 mm Hg are considered within the normal range.

Elevated  blood  pressure  -  is  when  readings  consistently  range  from  120-129  systolic  and  less  than  80  mm  Hg  diastolic.  People  with
elevated blood pressure are likely to develop high blood pressure unless steps are taken to control the condition.

Hypertension Stage 1 - is when blood pressure consistently ranges from 130-139 systolic or 80-89 mm Hg diastolic. At this stage of high
blood pressure, doctors are likely to prescribe lifestyle changes and may consider adding blood pressure medication based on your risk of
atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease (ASCVD), such as heart attack or stroke.

Hypertension  Stage  2  -  is  when  blood  pressure  consistently  ranges  at  140/90  mm  Hg  or  higher.  At  this  stage  of  high  blood  pressure,
doctors are likely to prescribe a combination of blood pressure medications and lifestyle changes.

Hypertensive Crisis - this stage of high blood pressure requires medical attention. If blood pressure readings suddenly exceed 180/120
mm Hg, it may evidence that a person is experiencing a hypertensive crisis.

According  to  the  2014 AHA  publication,  Hypertension  is  recognized  as  a  tremendous  threat  to  medical  and  financial  health.  National  medical
costs associated with hypertension account for about $131 billion, or over 3% of the national healthcare expenditure. While the incremental cost associated
with  hypertension  for  US  adults  has  remained  steady  at  around  $2000  per  year,  it  is  promising  that  expenditures  seem  to  be  shifting  from  inpatient  to
outpatient settings. This may reflect the expansion of preventative care services for millions of Americans under the Affordable Care Act. As overall U.S.
healthcare costs continue to rise, it is imperative to identify effective strategies to improve control of chronic diseases that are associated with high annual
expenditures. For hypertension, these efforts may focus on expanded access to preventative care services and continued innovation for non-office based
care delivery such as telemonitoring of home measurements and 24-hour ambulatory blood pressure monitoring.

Our Strategy

Our  business  strategy  is  to  generate  proven  and  repeatable  clinical  and  financial  outcomes  across  four  market  channels  --  direct  to  consumer,
providers, payers, and employers. We plan to do this by offering a highly clinically and cost-effective solution with proven engagement and outcomes. We
have developed a flexible product that gives us the freedom to offer modular packages to the different needs across our channels.

Key elements of our business strategy include:

·

·

·

·

·

·

Educating  about  the  dramatic  shift  that  is  occurring  in  terms  of  efficacy  and  feasibility  of  providing  remote  care  for  individuals  with
chronic conditions.

Demonstrating the potential for such care to generate revenue to providers and reduce expenses for payers and employers.

Providing the elements of our Dario Solution in a modular offering with pricing models that go beyond Per Employee Per Month (PEPM)
/ Per Member Per Month (PMPM).

Educating payers about billable remote monitoring codes and working with payers to expand the reach of those codes.

Generating  outcomes  data  and  cost  per  unit  of  improvement  to  demonstrate  the  cost-effectiveness  of  our  solution  relative  to  other
products.

Maintaining best-in-class consumer satisfaction.

Key elements of our growth strategy include:

·

·

·

·

Providing in-house enrollment marketing and recruitment to facilitate uptake.

Increasing conditions covered by our platform.

Maintaining a price point that enables shared revenue generation for providers.

Keeping our data-driven development process which has resulted in high satisfaction rates, so we believe that we can repeat equally high
satisfaction rates from corporate customers.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DarioHealth’s Solutions

Our DTx products are centered around our users and include the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System, the Dario Smart Diabetes Management
Solution (provided to our users in the form of a smartphone application that enables the delivery of valuable content and periodical evidence-based reports
that are intended to be utilized by our users to better control and improve their diabetes), the DarioEngage platform (which provides support and two-way
real-time connectivity between our users and their caregivers) and Dario Intelligence (which utilizes user data and is intended to be an analytics tool that
can assist healthcare providers in the treatments and predictability of diseases).

Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution

The Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System, our flagship product, is an all-in-one smart glucose meter. It syncs with the Dario Smart Diabetes
Management  app  to  measure,  record,  and  track  blood  glucose  levels.  In  addition,  the  app  records  carbohydrate  intake,  insulin  medication,  and  physical
activity. In addition, in 2019 we expanded our platform to provide for the ability to sync a blood pressure meter that connects to our application via blue-
tooth connection and allows recording blood pressure measurement in addition to glucose measurements.

The  flagship  brand  of  DarioHealth,  the  Dario  Smart  Diabetes  Management  Solution,  was  initially  launched  in  the  United  Kingdom  in  the  first
quarter of 2015 and has since expanded to Canada, Australia, the United States, and Germany. We earn a majority of our revenues in the United States. We
manufacture  our  products  using  subcontractors  and  distribute  our  proprietary  device  ourselves.  We  believe  this  control  over  the  end  to  end  production
allows us to maintain high standards of quality control. To that end, we are the owner of several patents relating to our technology and processes.

We use our patented technology to enhance the way our Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System communicates with users’ smartphone devices.
In  the  U.S.  market,  the  Dario  Blood  Glucose  Monitoring  System  connects  to  a  smartphone  via  a  sugar-cube  dongle  that  does  not  require  a  battery  for
operation;  rather,  it  relies  on  the  smartphone’s  battery  as  its  power  source.  In  the  effort  to  reduce  battery-dependence  and  ensure  100%  real-time  data
capture, the application is able to monitor and adjust power levels on smartphones accordingly to enable sufficient output with minimal reliance.

The benefits and features of our product include:

·

·

Form factor - Sleek, pocket-sized all-in-one smart glucose meter simplifies diabetes management, Blood pressure cuff is comfortable to use and
easy to pair to the app.

Record - Automatically records every blood glucose measurement without ever having to sync your meter.

· One app, multiple conditions - Our app integrates data from across devices to the same core experience allowing users and clinicians to see the

border picture.

·

·

·

·

Share - Easily share results with loved ones and your healthcare team takes diabetes management to a new level.

Emergency Hypo Alerts - Built-in, emergency hypo alert feature with GPS location adds an extra safety measure.

Track - Tracking activity and counting carbs are made easy with a scanner feature that syncs with a database of over 1 million verified items
across more than 50 unique countries.

Just  in  time  learning  -  With  less  than  1  in  5  diabetes  apps  providing  just-in-time  education,  Dario’s  personalized  messaging  driven  by  our
Journey Engine stands out. Likewise, practical tips for getting to in-range blood pressure will also be planned to be integrated in the future.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available worldwide in the Apple App Store and Google Play Store, our user-friendly Dario Smart Diabetes Management mobile app is known for
its accuracy and ease-of-use. The Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution is accessible with affordable pricing models, including subscription plans.
Our  pricing  is  often  in  line  with  current  co-payments,  and  sometimes  it  may  even  be  less  than  current  out  of  pocket  costs.  In  addition,  many  of  our
customers in the United States get coverage through their flexible spending accounts or FSA. or health savings accounts, or HSA, or with our third-party
healthcare integrations.

Our revenues are derived from sales of Dario’s components, including the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System itself, and principally from the
recurring sale of our disposable cartridges of test strips and other consumables.  Our customers receive access to the Dario Smart Diabetes Management
application, which incorporates tools to help people with diabetes manage their condition.  Importantly, our revenue model is driven by the fact that only
our test strips, purchased through our partners and us, can be utilized with the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System and software, so we expect that we
will be the sole source for Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System compatible test strips.

 During the second half of 2018, we have begun to offer our U.S. users the opportunity to register for our membership programs by purchasing 3
month  and  1-year  membership  plans.  In  addition  to  our  products,  these  plans  include  an  unlimited  supply  of  test  strips,  subject  to  the  user’s  active
measurement of his glucose level, and a weekly digital progress report about the user’s measurements, in order to help users to understand the progress
made in their diabetes management. Our members are also provided with personalized diabetes programs – including lifestyle changes, healthy eating, and
advanced tracking, and live coaching seminars. In addition, in 2019 we expanded our platform to provide for the ability to sync a blood pressure meter that
connects to our application via blue-tooth connection and allows recording blood pressure measurement in addition to glucose measurements.

In addition, we anticipate generating revenues in the future from our second revenue pillar that we call the DarioEngage platform, our software
platform  for  health  coaches.  We  plan  to  offer  this  software  platform  to  healthcare  providers  such  as  insurers,  self-insured  employers,  diabetes  clinics,
certified diabetes educators and other third-party providers of coaching and remote-monitoring services for people with diabetes and hypertension, for a
monthly service fee. Our third revenue pillar, which we are planning to introduce at a later stage, is the Dario Intelligence platform. The Dario Intelligence
platform will take advantage of a large amount of data that will be collected through our servers through the use of our Dario Smart Diabetes Management
Solution and the DarioEngage platform, in order to develop predictive models and artificial intelligence algorithms as detailed below.

We believe the following features of our Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution and the manner in which we plan to market and distribute

the product will help position Dario to gain users and drive revenue growth:

●

●

●

Look and Feel. While utilizing the same state of the art electrochemical, blood-based measurement techniques as standard glucose monitors
offer familiar usability, and the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System is easily integrated with the patient’s own smart mobile device that
offers a distinctive look and feel.  Furthermore, unlike the market standards, the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System has an integrated
lancing device and a disposable strip cartridge.  This eliminates the need for a separate glucose monitor, lancing device and strip vial and,
we believe, makes the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System among the smallest footprint in the market.  Furthermore, Dario has novel
applications incorporating software tools to help diabetic patients manage their disease.

Large Market of Potential Users. Our reliance on diabetics within the massive smart mobile device market gives us an established potential
user-base.  According  to  a  February  2019  published  Mobile  Fact  Sheet  by  Pew  Research  Center,  or  PRC,  81%  of  Americans  own  a
smartphone, up just 35% in PRC’s first survey of smartphone ownership conducted in 2011. Between the ages of 18 to 34, 95% have a
smartphone, and between the age of 34 to 49, 92% own a smartphone. We believe that it is reasonable to assume that the percentage of
smart mobile device users with diabetes mirrors that of the general population.

Marketing and Distribution. In the U.S. and Australia, we have our own direct to consumer marketing channel to support our sales efforts.
In  the  U.S.  we  also  plan  to  contract  with  partners  to  provide  coaching  services  to  employers  and  health  care  providers.  In  the  United
Kingdom and Canada, we use distribution partners to market and sell the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System. This approach enables a
direct  communication  channel  with  the  market  and  the  diabetic  community.  This  approach  is  also  designed  to  effectively  create  brand
awareness with a significantly reduced use of our capital resources versus the amounts required via the traditional, offline retail channels.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
●

●

●

“Expanding  the  Pie.”  Our  goal  is  to  obtain  significant  market  share  using  technological  innovations  and  by  expanding  into  additional
chronic conditions such as hypertension, pre-diabetes and obesity.

Competitive  Cost  of  Goods  Sold.  Based  on  our  market  research  and  discussions  with  our  test  strip  manufacturer,  we  believe  that  our
anticipated  outsourced  manufacturing  cost  of  the  test  strips  is  similar  to  our  estimate  of  our  competitors’  cost  for  existing  single-use
disposable  strips.  In  addition,  we  believe  the  manufacturing  costs  of  our  Dario  Blood  Glucose  Monitoring  System  are  competitive  with
those of the leading glucose meters.

Opportunities for Commercialization Partnerships.    Healthcare  and  pharmaceutical  company  entrants  into  the  DTx  market  are  licensing
and/or acquiring technologies, seeking differentiation, thereby providing us with opportunities for more rapid commercialization through
partnerships. We believe that our connected platform can assist other companies in providing an effective data-evidenced and personalized
solutions to their patients Therefore, we plan to explore the possibility of entering into commercialization agreements, including upfront
payment, a supply agreement, and royalty payments, with strategic partners.

DarioEngage

DarioEngage  represents  our  customer  remote  engagement  and  management  software  platform,  which  enables  our  team  as  well  as  external
healthcare  providers  in  all  aspects  of  user  engagement,  including  enrollment,  coaching  and  ongoing  communications  with  the  end-users  based  on  user
consent. DarioEngage was developed in order to allow for a one-stop scalable management tool to improve the efficacy and outcomes of caregivers. We
believe that DarioEngage will assist healthcare providers and payers by offering them an open platform, which allows customers to implement their own
clinical and population health expertise in a digital, user-centric and efficient way. We believe this approach can address two key issues: improving the
quality of health for individuals, which in turn will lower healthcare costs across the spectrum.

The DarioEngage platform empowers health providers offering diabetes services with:

· Monitoring - 100% data capture, access to users’ real-time clinical and behavioral data.

·

Engagement - Personalized coaching in response to users’ habits and needs, response to user events, and enhanced communication and support.

· Management - Clinical program integration, automated processes, scheduling tools, and reporting.

The  DarioEngage  platform  provides  caregivers  with  real-time  access  to  data  collected  by  a  user  such  as  glucose  level,  carb  counting,  physical
activity, weight tracking, blood pressure, and other parameters. Such access allows caregivers to prioritize user intervention based on real-time data and
alerts and allows for multi-channel digital interaction with the user (chat, in-app messages, email and text). DarioEngage is a cloud-based SaaS solution
that also includes open APIs for platform integration.

We believe that the DarioEngage platform is a user-centric, data-driven health solution which allows people with diabetes to get the right care, at
the right time, and allows for the effective monitoring, coaching, and management of their chronic conditions, such as type 1 and 2 diabetes, gestational
diabetes, and prediabetes.

Dario Intelligence

The last pillar in our planned suite of product offerings is Dario Intelligence. We are planning to offer Dario Intelligence, which utilizes the large
amount of data that will be collected on our servers through the use of our Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution and the DarioEngage platform, to
develop predictive models and artificial intelligence algorithms to meet the potential demand of intelligence-driven analytics that healthcare providers will
be looking to improve their services.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  believe  the  future  development  of  Dario  Intelligence  will  present  an  opportunity  in  the  chronic  disease  management  field  and  will  help  us
leverage our data capturing platform, to be used for big data analytics, research, EMRs (Electronic Medical Record) / EHRs (Electronic Health Records),
and the development of real-time and predictive-based health management solutions.

·

·

·

·

Data Collection - Real-time data collections and aggregation

Analytics - Dario big data analytics solution

Discovery - Data discovery and analysis

Insights - Predictive models and AI-driven insights

Through  Dario  Intelligence,  we  believe  we  may  be  able  to  develop  innovative  artificial  intelligence  and  machine  learning  approaches  that  will
enable us to transform big data into individual and specific predictive models to meet the demands of both consumers and the health care providers. We
believe  that  by  coupling  data  and  algorithmic  development,  Dario  Intelligence  may  offer  in  the  future  the  way  to  detect,  predict  and  intervene  most
effectively for each individual using our platform.

Our Vision for Dario Intelligence

We  intend  to  offer  solutions  built  from  a  foundation  of  rich  and  robust  data,  ultimately  transforming  our  revenue  model  from  simple  product
volume to the product value. We believe that the current ineffective care of diabetes and other chronic conditions reflects a need for more intelligent and
nuanced approaches relating to predictive behaviors and real-time care. We believe that financial incentives tied to patient outcomes have the potential to
generate sizeable revenue growth for us and position us as a leader in transforming the management of diabetes. Achieving the strategic vision of Dario
Intelligence  requires  multiple  steps  and  evolutions  in  order  to  harness  the  power  from  the  data  generated  by  a  connected  community,  and  subsequently
impact individual behavior.

Phase 1 – Collect & Analyze

As the Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution user-base has grown, we have collected a significant amount of user data and information.
Initial efforts in Phase 1 are centered around an understanding of our user-base. Compiling basic demographic data such as age, gender, country geography,
etc., and establishing links to test strip usage and blood glucose control are critically important. Further, examining variation amongst population cohorts in
both  utilization  and  blood  glucose  outcomes  is  fundamental  to  future  targeting  and  retention  campaigns.  We  intend  to  generate  analytical  insights  on
individuals who achieve improvement in blood glucose levels in order to develop an in-depth understanding of those who maintain such an improvement
over time, which we believe will form the backbone of interventional program development that we intend to generate with our potential partners.

Phase 2 – Expand Collection of Data Types, Experiment with Outreach Campaigns

As continued growth of users accelerates globally, concerted efforts will be undertaken at expanding the collection of highly relevant data types. In
addition, we intend to expand data collection on user data points such as carbohydrate intake, exercise, and physical activity, medication and medication
adherence,  GPS  location,  time  stamps,  insurance  coverage  type/status.  When  more  data  elements  are  gathered,  the  intention  is  for  Dario  Intelligence  to
apply its artificial intelligence and machine learning capabilities to enhance understanding of individuals and detailed profiles that will be generated with
comprehensive user information such as the type of advertising that was used to recruit patients or how frequently an individual interacts with the Dario
Smart Diabetes Management app. The result is intended to be a cohort-specific predictive model that can be used to develop interventional programs on a
wide basis.

Phase 3 – Monetize De-Identified Data, Learn, Expand Intervention Programs

We believe that pharmaceutical companies, device manufacturers, insurers, governments, researchers, advertisers, and start-up companies would
be  willing  to  pay  for  the  de-identified  data  that  we  will  obtain  through  our  Dario  Intelligence  platform.  As  such,  we  believe  there  is  an  opportunity  to
develop a consistent revenue stream from this data.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition to data that reports on the activity and performance of the population as a whole, we believe that we will be able to provide access to a
globally connected community of patients and consumers. We are planning to monetize access to specific patient cohorts, designing programs to improve
utilization, engagement, and outcomes. These future programs will be adapted, modified, and enhanced based on continuous learning and additional data
inputs from external third parties that we are planning to engage with in the future. Pay for performance models will be developed and experimented with,
as we will implement next-generation artificial intelligence and machine learning programs designed to influence user’s behavior.

Background on Diabetes

Diabetes  is  a  chronic  disease  that  arises  when  the  pancreas  does  not  produce  enough  (or  ceases  to  produce)  insulin,  or  when  the  body  cannot
effectively use the insulin it produces (insulin resistance). Insulin is a hormone made by the pancreas that enables cells to take in glucose from the blood
and use it for energy. Failure to produce insulin, or insulin to act properly, or both, leads to raised glucose (sugar) levels in the blood (hyperglycemia),
which can be detected with a blood test. Excess glucose in the blood has been shown to cause damage to blood vessels and is thus associated with long-
term damage to the body and failure of various organs and tissues, including the retina and the kidneys. There are three main types of diabetes:

Type 1 diabetes, sometimes called insulin-dependent, or juvenile, diabetes, is caused by an auto-immune reaction where the body’s defense system
attacks the insulin-producing cells located in a person’s pancreas.  The reason why this occurs is not fully understood.  People with Type 1 diabetes produce
very little or no insulin.  The disease can affect people of any age but usually occurs in children or young adults.  People with this form of diabetes need
injections or infusions of insulin several times a day in order to control the levels of glucose in their blood. The use of insulin may lead to excessively low
levels of glucose in the blood, also known as hypoglycemia, leading to other health problems. Type 1 diabetes patients constitute approximately 10% of the
overall number of patients, but are much more extensive users of BGMS, as these diabetics need to measure their glucose levels 4-10 times a day to avoid
both hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia (versus once or twice a day for most Type 2 non-insulin dependent diabetic patients). The vast majority of Type 1
diabetes patients are insulin-dependent.

Type  2  diabetes  is  sometimes  called  adult-onset  diabetes  and  accounts  for  at  least  90%  of  all  cases  of  diabetes.    It  is  characterized  by  insulin
resistance and relative insulin deficiency, either of which may be present at the time that diabetes becomes clinically manifest. The diagnosis of Type 2
diabetes  usually  occurs  after  the  age  of  40  but  can  occur  earlier,  especially  in  populations  with  high  diabetes  incidence.    Type  2  diabetes  can  remain
undetected for many years, and the diagnosis is often made from associated complications or incidentally through abnormal blood or urine glucose test.  It
is often, but not always, associated with obesity, which may contribute to insulin resistance and lead to elevated blood glucose levels.  A portion of the Type
2 diabetes patients are insulin-dependent or use insulin as part of their treatment.

Gestational diabetes (GDM) is a form of diabetes consisting of high blood glucose levels during pregnancy.  It develops in one in 25 pregnancies
worldwide  and  is  associated  with  complications  in  the  time  period  immediately  before  and  after  birth.    GDM  usually  disappears  after  pregnancy,  but
women with GDM and their offspring are at an increased risk of developing Type 2 diabetes later in life.  Approximately half of women with a history of
GDM go on to develop Type 2 diabetes within five to ten years after delivery.

The Diabetes and BGMS Markets and the Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution

Diabetes  is  a  growing  epidemic  for  which  no  cure  exists,  but  for  which  treatments  (including  a  regimen  of  frequent  blood  glucose  testing)  are
available.  The medical journal Lancet has reported that the number of worldwide diabetics has doubled over the past thirty years.  While about 70% of the
increase has been attributed in the Lancet report to population growth and aging, the balance was linked to changing diets, rising obesity levels, and less
physical activity.

According to the information published in 2017 by the International Diabetes Foundation (IDF), in its 8th edition of the “IDF Diabetes Atlas,”
approximately 425 million people worldwide were estimated to have diabetes in 2017 or one in eleven adults worldwide. The greatest numbers are between
40 and 59 years old. If these trends continue, by 2045, some 629 million people are forecasted by the IDF to have diabetes. According to the IDF Diabetes
Atlas,  in  Europe,  there  were  58  million  adults  over  the  age  of  20  with  diabetes  in  2017  and  approximately  30.2  million  adults  over  the  age  of  20  with
diabetes in the U.S. in 2017.  As of 2017, approximately 187 million adults with diabetes live in China and India, with approximately 12.4 million in Brazil
and 8.5 million in Russia.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
It is estimated that the costs of diabetes complications account for between 5% and 10% of total healthcare spending in the world. In the United
States, the American Diabetes Association, or ADA, estimated that the total cost of diagnosed diabetes has risen from $174 billion in 2007 to $245 billion
in  2012.    Early  diagnosis  of  warning  signs  and  ongoing  monitoring  of  diabetes  are  the  keys  to  the  prevention  and  treatment  of  the  disease,  with  blood
glucose  monitoring  being  the  primary  method  of  diagnosis  and  disease  management,  coupled  with  matching  blood  glucose  readings  with  food  (i.e.,
carbohydrate) and insulin or another medication intake.

Since blood glucose self-monitoring is a key part of managing diabetes, the market for BGMS products required to service these many patients is
also large. As reported in a press release published by Allied Market Research, the blood glucose self-monitoring market was estimated to be $7.76 billion
in 2017 and is expected to grow to an estimated $10.82 billion by 2025.   The biggest drivers for growth in the diabetes device market will be the increased
prevalence and awareness of diabetes.  The U.S. is the largest market, contributing close to 40% of the global market for these devices. 

Key factors driving market growth include an increasing number of people with diabetes, growing patient awareness, technological advancements
and the increasing number of patients adopting blood glucose self-monitoring.  In addition, the affordable cost of blood glucose test strips, and an increase
in daily monitoring, are also expected to contribute to market growth.  As such, BGMS represents a large market that has grown significantly over the past
30 years and is expected to continue to grow.

We also believe we will be able to support patients with pre-diabetes, also called metabolic syndrome.  Metabolic syndrome is a combination of
medical disorders that increase the risk of developing cardiovascular disease and diabetes.  According to the American Diabetes Association, in 2015, 84.1
million Americans age 18 and older had pre-diabetes. This population is typically prescribed with periodic lab-based glucose level testing (which requires a
doctor visit, significantly reducing the compliance level) and typically does not involve the utilization of self-monitoring glucose devices.

It is important to note that the diabetic market is the first point of entry for the Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution and we believe that our
goal of providing mHealth health solutions for a variety of chronic and wellness related conditions based on mobile device testing will grant us access to a
much  larger  market.  The  Dario  Smart  Diabetes  Management  Solution  is  targeted  at  the  digital  health  market,  which  was  estimated  by  Zion  Market
Research at around $122 billion globally in 2017 and is expected to reach $423 billion by 2024.

Industry Background and the Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution Opportunity

From a competition perspective, four companies currently dominate the BGMS business, controlling a majority of the market: Roche Diagnostics
(part of Hoffman-LaRoche), LifeScan (a Johnson & Johnson company), Ascensia (formerly Diabetes care), and Abbott Laboratories.  These “big  four”
offer a wide variety of BGMS products and have led the market since the late 1990s. Numerous second-tier and third-tier competitors, including several in
Asia, hold the remaining 10% of the market. We believe that the BGMS offerings by all vendors are comparable, with mild differentiation of the main
feature sets of the devices.  This is akin to the differentiation among personal computers (PCs) during the 1990s and 2000s, where most of them had the
same key feature set of Microsoft Windows and Intel Processors.

We believe that the increasing global adoption of mobile phones has created an opportunity for disruption in the BGMS market. The Dario Smart
Diabetes Management Solution, which features our compact all-in-one Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System device coupled with iOS, Android and
web-based apps, is intended to eliminate the need for separate glucose monitors, carb-calculators and cumbersome dependency on wired, computer-based
logging tools.  Our intention is for Dario not only to deliver the best blood glucose monitoring experience but also use the unique capabilities of mobile
smart mobile devices to deliver better health outcomes.

With  respect  to  the  U.S.  BGMS  market,  the  principal  barriers  to  entry  (all  of  which  we  believe  the  features  of  the  Dario  Smart  Diabetes

Management Solution can overcome) can be summarized as follows:

●

Achieving  significant  product  differentiation  in  the  eyes  of  diabetes  patients  or  insurance  payers.    We  believe  that  Dario  offers  a  novel
design  that  is  compatible  with  the  usability  of  the  current  devices  yet  offers  a  modern  look  and  feel  when  compared  to  products  in  the
marketplace.  Marketing of the product directly to consumers will emphasize the product’s distinguishing attributes, without incurring the
significant product introduction expenses typically incurred for the marketing of a standard glucose meter via traditional retail channels.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

●

●

Costs.  We anticipate that low manufacturing costs for the dongle (the part of the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System that attaches to
the phone jack or Lightning connector) and the similarity to our competitors’ estimated cost of manufacturing the strips, when coupled with
our  direct-to-consumer  marketing,  creates  the  potential  for  providing  us  with  a  meaningful  cost  advantage  versus  most  vendors  of
traditional glucose meters.

Difficulty obtaining shelf space at the pharmacy.  With many products on the market, a new entrant has to battle for visibility on the shelf or
in e-commerce stores.  The Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution will limit this obstacle by emphasizing internet based direct-to-
consumer marketing and sales.

The  challenge  of  influencing  diabetes  specialists  to  recommend  another  BGMS  product  to  patients.    We  make  efforts  to  introduce  and
present the Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution to the medical community through our participation in academic and professional
conferences.    The  Dario  Smart  Diabetes  Management  Solution  will  continue  to  be  marketed  directly  to  our  target  users  (“Business  to
Consumer,”  or  B2C),  who  we  believe  are  increasingly  becoming  the  primary  decision-makers  in  choosing  their  glucose  monitoring
equipment. We have also started marketing our products in a “Business-to-Business,” or B2B, business model, selling to large organizations
that include distributors, retailers, pharmacies and hospitals.

We  believe  that  Dario’s  specific  features  and  trends  in  the  marketplace  create  a  significant  opportunity  to  penetrate  the  market  and  effectively

compete with and gain market share against the established players.

Utilization of Mobile Health Applications

Smart  mobile  device  applications  combine  easy-to-use  interfaces  with  continuous  internet  access  to  create  transformational  mobile  health
solutions (often called mHealth, eHealth or digital health).  Although the potential benefits of mHealth solutions have been widely discussed for over a
decade, the market is now starting to emerge from the trial phase. The need to reduce long waiting periods in order to access health care facilities from
specialists is the primary driver responsible for the adoption of mHealth. We believe that Dario is designed to play directly into this market trend.

In  addition,  the  Grand View  Research  report  states  that  the  availability  of  applications  for  consumers  is  continuing  to  grow  rapidly,  especially
healthcare apps. These applications assist users in self-management of wellness, disease and chronic abnormalities. This has led to the patient playing an
important  and  active  role  in  staying  informed  and  updated  on  their  own  healthcare  decisions,  contributing  to  the  rise  in  the  adoption  of  mHealth  apps
globally.

Healthcare is gradually transitioning towards a precision-based model, better known as a “personalized medicine” model. mHealth is becoming a
widespread trend due to the introduction of technologies such as EMRs, remote monitoring, and other communication platforms. mHealth leverages the
4Ps of healthcare delivery: personalized, predictive, participatory, and preventive, to ensure delivery of optimal care to its users. In addition, the growing
penetration of smartphones, especially in low- & middle-income countries and the growing focus on utilizing mobile technology to leverage healthcare
delivery and ensure a population health plan is anticipated to benefit the market.

The Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution includes the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System and software application for people with
diabetes. Dario currently allows users to easily record, analyze, transmit and store key data points such as glucose level, insulin, and carbohydrate intake.
Moreover, the Dario Smart Diabetes Management application provides knowledge and motivation with the aim of improving health outcomes. In addition,
we are developing software for health care providers and payers to help better support patients and intelligently manage large patient populations.

Sales and Marketing

Our initial marketing efforts in the United States were focused on the early adopter users who have diabetes and who are paying out of pocket for
their monitoring tools to manage their chronic condition, and we have concentrated our efforts in gaining market share and brand awareness through direct
to consumer marketing efforts.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  2018,  we  began  to  expand  our  marketing  efforts  to  the  insured  population  by  offering  our  DarioEngage  platform  to  a  variety  of  healthcare
providers who are supporting and coaching individuals with diabetes. We believe this will help us to diversify our revenues, from only selling our Dario
Blood  Glucose  Monitoring  System  and  its  consumables  to  revenues  generated  from  providing  online  real-time  monitoring,  supervising  and  coaching
capabilities  to  all  relevant  healthcare  providers  who  support  individuals  with  diabetes  and  hypertension,  and  in  the  longer  terms  also  other  chronic
conditions. As part of these efforts, during 2019 we announced our planned cooperation with Attain Health, Giant Eagle, BestBuy, and Better Living Now
(BLN).

In the U.K., the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System is a fully reimbursed product distributed by a distributor since the second quarter of
2016.  The  Dario  Blood  Glucose  Monitoring  System  is  now  available  via  all  main  pharmacies  in  the  U.K.  Our  sales  and  marketing  efforts  have  been
focused on wholesalers, pharmacies, HCP’s (Health Care Professionals), diabetes educators and hospitals via the distributor. This has created awareness
and understanding of the value proposition we offer to people with diabetes. In addition, we will be focusing on increasing our presence in the U.K. market
via our direct to consumer strategy, utilizing the countrywide availability of the strips in pharmacy and clinical awareness of the product via the healthcare
providers.

In  Canada,  the  Dario  Blood  Glucose  Monitoring  System  is  available  through  major  pharmacy  chains  across  Canada  that  includes  brands  like
London Drugs. We also offer consumers the ability to buy direct via our online platform or to get their prescriptions serviced online via Bayshore. Similar
to the U.K., in Canada, we work on both promoting and marketing Dario to the medical establishment via our distributor and expanding its awareness via
our direct to consumer strategy which we have been ramping up.

On  the  marketing  side,  we  primarily  utilize  online  marketing  in  order  to  create  awareness  of  Dario.  Rather  than  solely  rely  on  an  online
advertisement, we will also consider revenue sharing with affiliate networks and a variety of other pay-for-performance methods commonly used in online
commerce.

We also expect to collaborate with the medical community to showcase what we expect will be the Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution’s

clinical equivalence and usability superiority through DarioEngage and Dario Intelligence.

Manufacturing

As  we  do  not  directly  manufacture  our  products  ourselves,  we  have  supply  agreements  with  manufacturers  for  the  Dario  Blood  Glucose
Monitoring  System,  glucose  test  strips,  lancing  devices,  and  lancets.    We  have  arrangements  in  place  with  commercial-scale  manufacturers  for  both
the  Dario  Blood  Glucose  Monitoring  System  and  for  our  test  strips.  As  a  result  of  investments,  we  have  made  over  the  past  several  years,  we  own  the
specialized equipment used to manufacture Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System.

During  2015,  we  commenced  the  manufacturing  of  our  Dario  Blood  Glucose  Monitoring  System  with  a  Chinese  manufacturer  as  part  of  our
efforts to further reduce manufacturing cost. At the beginning of 2016, we transitioned our manufacturing to a new Chinese manufacturer as part of our
effort to increase our manufacturing capacity and improve cost savings.

Insurance Reimbursement

In the United States and in other jurisdictions such as England, we expect that Dario’s test strips should generally be available for full or partial
patient reimbursement by third-party payers.  We expect to work with third-party payers in the countries into which we expect to market Dario in order to
establish  coverage  for  test  strips,  although  we  cannot  be  sure  of  coverage  being  obtained.    In  April  2014,  we  announced  the  receipt  of  reimbursement
coverage for the use of the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System in Italy, making 600,000 Italians eligible for reimbursement coverage. In June 2014,
we were granted (effective September 1, 2014) reimbursement status in England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland for strips and lancets to be utilized
together with the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System.  In May 2015, we launched Dario in Canada and the majority of Canadian medical plans are
now  covering  test  strips  for  the  Dario  Blood  Glucose  Monitoring  System  with  reimbursement.  We  expect  the  balance  of  Canadian  insurance  plans  to
provide reimbursement coverage in the near future. We are planning to pursue reimbursement coverage in other jurisdictions.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Clinical Studies and Outcomes

Our  platform  is  planned  to  target  different  chronic  conditions.  Our  initial  focus  has  been  on  diabetes  because  that  is  a  condition  in  which  we
believe  there  is  the  biggest  opportunity  to  make  a  meaningful  impact  and  improve  healthcare  outcomes  and  lower  costs.  It  is  also  a  condition  that  is
associated  with  multiple  different  comorbidities,  each  of  which  represents  a  significant  health  and  economic  burden.  The  majority  of  our  end-users  are
individuals with type 2 diabetes. Most people with type 2 diabetes are diagnosed after age 45 and have at least two co-existing chronic conditions. The
most common chronic condition in people living with type 2 diabetes include hypertension (73.6%), overweight/obesity (87.5%), hyperlipidemia (75.2%),
chronic kidney disease (36.5%), and cardiovascular disease (32.2%). Typically, the health of people with type 2 diabetes is managed by a primary care
physician, although few may also be seen by an endocrinologist.

On average, people with type 2 diabetes see a physician more than five times per year. While there are a number of metrics that physicians use to
track the health of these patients, the most common is hemoglobin A1c, or HbA1c, which measures the average 90-day glycemic (blood glucose) level in
red blood cells. Clinical guidelines published by the ADA suggest that a reasonable HbA1c target for many non-pregnant adults is less than 7%, or 154
milligrams per deciliter. A higher HbA1c has been associated with increased health risk and associated costs. The ADA estimates that annual healthcare
costs for a person with diabetes cost an average of $16,750 compared to $7,151 for a healthy individual. Research published by Oxford University in the
United Kingdom suggests that a 1% reduction in HbA1c levels leads to a 21% reduction in death from diabetes, a 14% reduction in heart attacks and a 43%
reduction in peripheral vascular disease. Monitoring HbA1c levels is typically done through routine blood work in a clinical laboratory with a physician
order. Treatment can involve a range of therapies, the most common of which is lifestyle management such as nutrition, physical activity and medication.
Physicians will also employ various strategies to manage diabetes-associated comorbidities.

We  believe  that  patients  using  a  digital  diabetes  management  platform  have  the  potential  to  promote  behavioral  modification  and  sustain  adherence  to
diabetes management, demonstrating better glycemic control.

Our sophisticated customer-focused solutions provide significant, meaningful improvements in the measurable clinical outcomes of our members.

Clinical Studies

The system accuracy and user performance of our product has been evaluated in several studies that we have performed, in over 1,300 diabetic patients
from  2015  through  2017,  and  was  found  compliant  with  the  most  stringent  current  requirements  of  FDA  guidelines  and  international  standards  then  in
effect.

Clinical validation of our product was performed with 350 diabetic patients for each product type, namely the meter with the audio jack and the

meter with the lightning connector, and the results that were achieved were as follows:

·

·

Dario  BGMS  (Android):  For  all  subject's  samples  96.6%  within  ±15%  and  100%  within  ±20%  of  the  medical  laboratory  values  at  the  entire
glucose concentrations range

Dario LC BGMS (iPhone, Lightning connector): For all subject’s samples 96.3% within ±15% and 99.4% within ±20% of the medical laboratory
values at the entire glucose concentrations range.

Published Clinical Data

Since 2017, we have conducted numerous real-world-data studies through analyzing the clinical data of our user’s utilizing the rapidly increasing

database that is stores on our data cloud.

Several  scientific  studies  were  published  by  us  between  2017  and  through  2019  in  leading  diabetes  conferences  such  as  the  ADA,  AADE  and

ATTD.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Main Highlights

In all of the below studies, we believe that the results show a trend of continued improvement, demonstrating a direct correlation between using
the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System and app and improving clinical parameters. The combination of Dario’s Blood Glucose Monitoring System
and app may promote behavioral modification and enhanced adherence to diabetes management, demonstrating improvement in glycemic outcomes and
sustainment for a long period of time.

Dario reported an Average Reduction in Estimated HbA1C of 1.4% for High-Risk type 2 Diabetes Users.

Dario presented at the 77th ADA session a study that was titled “Reducing A1C Levels in Individuals with High-Risk Diabetes Using the Mobile

Glucose Meter Technology.” In the study Dario reported an average reduction in estimated HbA1C of 1.4% for high-risk type 2 Diabetes users.

At the ADA 2018 session, Dario presented three real-world-data analysis studies, as detailed below.

Type 2 Diabetes Users of Dario Digital Diabetes Management System Experience a Shift from Greater than 180 mg/dL to Normal Glucose Levels
with Sustainable Results

·

·

Reduction of 19.3% in high glucose readings within 12 months

Increase of 11.3% in In-range readings within 12 months

Method: A retrospective data evaluation study was performed on the DarioTM cloud database. A population of all active Type 2 Diabetic (T2D)
users that took measurements with DarioTM BGMS on average of 20 measurements per month during 2017. The study assessed the ratio of all high blood
glucose readings (180-400 mg/dL) and the ratio of all normal blood glucose readings (80-120 mg/dL) in their first month of use to their last month of use
during 2017 as recorded in the database.

Results: For 17,156 T2D users activated during 2017 the average ratio of high events (180-400 mg/dL) was reduced by 19.3% (from 28.4% to
22.9% of the entire measurements). While at the same time, the ratio of normal range readings (80-120 mg/dL) was increased by 11.3% (from 25.6% to
28.5%  of  the  entire  measurements).  The  most  significant  shift  occurred  after  one  month  of  usage  (14%  decrease)  and  maintained  stability  over  the
following months throughout the full year. |

Updated Analysis combining 2017 and 2018 data totals 38,838 Type 2 Diabetes active users and 3,318,014 measurements show 14.3% decrease

in high readings (180-400 mg/dL) and 9.2 % increase in In-range (80-120 mg/dL) readings

A decrease in High Readings and Severe Hyperglycemic Events for People with T2D over the Full Year of 2017 in Users Monitoring with Dario
Digital Diabetes Management System

·

·

Reduction of 20% of High events (180-400 mg/dL) in T2D sustained within 12 months

Reduction of 58% of Hyper events (>400mg/dL) in T2D within 12 months

Method: A retrospective data evaluation study was performed on the DarioTM cloud database. A population of active Type 2 Diabetic (T2D) users
that continuously measured their blood glucose using DarioTM BGMS during the full year of 2017 was evaluated. The study assessed the ratio of high
(180-400 mg/dL) and hyperglycemic (>400mg/dL) blood glucose readings during full year of 2017 as recorded in the database. The average of high and
hyperglycemic  glucose  readings  were  calculated  in  periods  of  30-60,  60-90,  90-120,  120-150,  150-180,  180-210,  210-240,  240-270,  270-300,  300-330,
330-360 days and compared to first 30 days as a starting point of analysis.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results: For 225 T2D active users the ratio of high events (180-400 mg/dL) was reduced gradually in 19.6% (from 23.4% to 18.8% of the entire
measurements) from baseline compared to the 12th month of the year. Moreover, the ratio of severe hyperglycemia events (>400 mg/dL) was decreased in
57.8% (from 0.90% to 0.38% of the entire measurements) at the same period.

Continuous Reduction of Blood Glucose Average during One Year of Glucose Monitoring Using Dario Digital Monitoring System in a High-Risk
Population

·

·

Reduction of 14% Blood Glucose average was observed in T2D within 12 months

76% of the population showed 24% improvement in Blood glucose average within 12 months

Methods: An exploratory data analysis study reviewed a population of high risk active type 2 Diabetic users with initial 30 days glucose average
above  180  mg/dL  during  a  full  calendar  year.  The  study  assessed  the  average  blood  glucose  readings  along  a  year  of  usage.  The  average  of  glucose
readings  was  calculated  per  user  in  periods  of  30  days  intervals  from  30-60  to  330-360  days  and  compared  to  the  first  30  days  as  the  starting  point
baseline of analysis.

Results: Overall of 238 highly engaged T2D users (more than one daily measurement in average) whose average blood glucose level was above
180mg/dL in the first 30 days of measurements (225±45 mg/dL) showed continuous reduction in glucose level average vs. baseline. Reduction in blood
glucose average level was demonstrated gradually, in the succeeding 3, 6 and 12 months showing average decrease of 7%, 11% and 14% vs. baseline,
respectively. Furthermore, 76% of the entire population (180 out of 238 users) improved their average blood glucose level over a year. Those 180 users
(average blood glucose 228±46) showed an average decrease of 10%, 16% and 24% in their glucose average following 3, 6 and 12 months, respectively.

At the American Association of Diabetes Educators (AADE) 2018 Dario presented a study titled “Decrease in Estimated A1C for people in High-
risk over a full year of users monitoring with a digital Diabetes management system.”

A reduction of 1.4% in estimated HbA1C in Type 2 Diabetes high risk users from baseline after one year of the Dario system use.

Method: A retrospective data evaluation study was performed on the DarioTM cloud database. A population of high-risk (with baseline A1C > 7.5
percent), active users that continuously measured their blood glucose using DarioTM BGMS during a full year was evaluated. The study assessed estimated
A1C values based on blood glucose readings during a full year as recorded in the database. The estimated A1C values were calculated in periods of 3, 6, 9
and 12 months and compared to first 30 days as a starting point of analysis.

Results: A group of 363 high-risk Dario BGMS users (A1C>7.5) with greater than two blood glucose measurements taken per day in the first 30
days  and  in  the  12th  month  of  the  year  was  selected.  Estimated  A1C  was  improved  by  -0.7,  -0.8  and  -1  percent  from  baseline  to  3,  6  and  9  months
respectively, and remained -1 percent lower following 12 months of usage (8.65±0.96 vs.7.65±1.0). Moreover, subgroup analyses by diabetes type revealed
substantial estimated A1C improvement among people with T2D showing improvement of -1 percent from baseline to 3, 6 months and 1.4 percent following
12 months (8.5 ± 0.91% vs. 7.14% ± 0.98%). 

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
An additional study evaluated on the potential improvement in glycemic variability in Type 2 diabetes over six months in patients monitoring with
Dario  Diabetes  management  system.  Dario  presented  the  study  results  at  the  Advance  Technologies  and  Treatment  for  Diabetes  (ATTD)  conference  in
February 2019 in Berlin. We presented two additional studies outcomes at ADA 2019 conference.

Decrease in Glycemic Variability for T2D over Six Months in Patients Monitoring with Dario Digital Diabetes Management System

·

·

Reduction of 14%-18% in measurements variability was observed in T2D within 6 months

Hypo events (<70 mg/dL) remained <1 event on average

Method: A retrospective data evaluation study was performed on the DarioTM database. A population of T2D high-risk patients (blood glucose
measurements  average  (GMavg)  >180  mg/dL)  measuring  more  than  20  times  in  the  first  30  days  (analysis  baseline)  was  evaluated  on  days  60-90  (3
months) and 150-180 days (6 months). Standard deviation (SD) and GMavg were calculated and compared to the baseline.

Results: A group of 698 T2D high-risk DarioTM users was selected. GV was reduced by 10% and 14% from baseline through 3 and 6 months,
respectively (SD of 55.7, 58.4 vs.65.0). GMavg was reduced by 8% and 12% from baseline through 3 and 6 months, respectively (201.1±25.57, 192.8±54.3
vs. 219.5±38.5) while patient’s hypoglycemic event (<70mg/dL) was in average, less than one (<1) during this period. Subgroup analyses (355 patients)
revealed  substantial  GV  improvement  among  non-Insulin  T2D  patients.  The  GV  was  reduced  by  14%  and  18%  from  baseline  through  3  and  6  months,
respectively (SD of 52.8, 50.7 vs.61.7).

T2D Users of Dario Digital Diabetes Management System Experience an Increase of in-range Glucose Levels Linked to App Engagement

Relative Increase of 10 % In-range linked to App engagement

Method: A retrospective data evaluation study was performed on the DarioTM cloud database. A population of active Type 2 Diabetic (T2D) users
(>15 measurements per month on average) was evaluated. The study assessed the ratio of in-range blood glucose readings (70-140 mg/dL) as a function of
App engagement level for 6 months as recorded in the database compared to first 30 days as a starting point of analysis.

Results:  A  population  of  4917  T2D  non-insulin  users  measuring  more  than  15  times  per  month  on  average  during  6  months  in  a  row  was
evaluated.  The  ratio  of  in-range  (70-140  mg/dL)  readings  was  increased  following  3  months  in  correlation  to  the  level  of  tagging  meal
reference/carbs/physical activity occurrences (4.0%, 9.1% and 11.9% for tagging 0-1, 1-2 and >2 times per day on average, respectively) and sustained for
6  months  (3.1%,  7.0%  and  12.2%,  respectively).  In  subgroup  analysis  focusing  on  users  entering  their  meal  reference,  high  correlation  was  observed
following 3 months with an increase of in-range measurements in 4.6%, 8.4% and 12.0% for 0-1, 1-2 and >2 meal reference tagging per day on average,
respectively, and maintained stability over 6 months period (3.2%, 7.4%, and 12.5%, respectively).

Reduction of Blood Glucose Average Less than 140mg/dL in People with Type2 Diabetes Using Dario Digital Diabetes Management System

30-40% of T2D Dario users experienced Reduction of Blood Glucose Average below 140 mg/dL

Method: A retrospective data evaluation study was performed on the DarioTM cloud database. A population of active T2D users that continuously
measured for 6 months was evaluated. The study assessed their BG avg and estimated A1C (eA1C) values based on blood glucose readings as recorded in
the database. Values were calculated in periods of 3 and 6 months and compared to their first 30 days as a starting point analysis.

Results:  A  group  of  1248  Dario  BGMS  T2D  active  users  (1.98  measurements  per  day  on  average  during  6  months  in  a  row)  with  BG  avg

>140mg/dL (eA1C>6.5) was evaluated.100% reduced their BG avg along 6 months on average.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A  group  of  31%  (387)  achieved  BG  avg  of  <140  mg/dL  (eA1C<6.5)  following  3  months  showing  19%  reduction  on  average  from  baseline
(132.38±13.36 vs.162.79±25.41 mg/dL and eA1C 6.24±0.46 vs 7.3±0.88) and sustained their glycemic control during a 6 months period (131.57±13.86
mg/dL and eA1C 6.21±0.48).

Subgroup  analyses  of  568  non-insulin  users  revealed  that  40%  (226)  achieved  a  BG  avg  <140  mg/dL  following  3  months  (131.95±13.21
vs.161.67±24.18 mg/dL and eA1C 6.22±0.46 vs 7.26±0.84) and sustained for 6 months period (131.03±13.70 mg/dL and eA1C 6.19±0.47). Along the 6
months period, hypo events (<50mg/dL) per user per month on average remained stable.

In August 2019 another study was presented at the AADE 2019 in Atlanta. The study evaluated the “Impact of Digital Intervention on In-range
Glucose Levels in Users with Diabetes.” The study results showed 6% improvement in average blood glucose levels over 3 months intervention program
for a group of 162 users. A 39% increase in the in-range measurements was observed in a subgroup of 101 patients who started with average blood glucose
levels of over 140mg/dL.

In February 2020, we presented an additional clinical study at the Advanced Technologies & Treatments for Diabetes (“ATTD”) conference in
Madrid, Spain. The presented data shows the Dario digital therapeutics platform successfully assists insulin dependent patients with diabetes in reducing
hypoglycemic events.

Decrease in Hypoglycemia Events Over Two Years in Patients Monitoring with Dario’s Digital Diabetes Management System

Method: A retrospective data analysis was performed on the Dario real-world database. Insulin dependent of users with type 1 or type 2 diabetes
population was evaluated for two year of continuous system use. Average numbers of level 1 hypoglycemia (<70mg/dL) and level 2 hypoglycemia (<54
mg/dL) events were calculated monthly and compared to baseline (first month).

Results: For 1481 type 1 and type 2 insulin dependent users, average of level 1 hypoglycemia events and level 2 were reduced by 24% and by
17% after 6 months and by 50% and 57% after 2 years vs. baseline respectively. Users with type 1 diabetes (N=363) reduced level 1 hypoglycemia events
by 50% and Level 2 by 55% after 2 years. Moreover, a 40% reduction in high blood glucose readings was observed as well after 2 years.

Government Regulation

The principal markets that we have initially targeted for Dario are the United States, Canada, the European Union, Australia, and New Zealand.

The following is an overview of the regulatory regimes in these jurisdictions.

United States Regulation Generally

In  the  United  States,  devices  are  subject  to  varying  levels  of  regulatory  control,  the  most  comprehensive  of  which  requires  that  a  clinical
evaluation  is  conducted  before  a  device  receives  clearance  for  commercial  distribution.    Under  Section  201(h)  of  the  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act,  a
medical  device  is  an  article,  which,  among  other  things,  is  intended  for  use  in  the  diagnosis  of  disease  or  other  conditions,  or  in  the  cure,  mitigation,
treatment or prevention of disease, in man or other animals.  The Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System is classified as a medical device and subject to
regulation  by  numerous  agencies  and  legislative  bodies,  including  the  FDA  and  its  foreign  counterparts.    FDA  regulations  govern  product  design  and
development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, manufacturing, labeling, storage, pre-market clearance or approval, advertising and promotion, and sales and
distribution.  Specifically, the FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Class I devices are relatively simple and can be manufactured and
distributed with general controls.  Class II devices are somewhat more complex and require greater scrutiny.  Class III devices are new and frequently help
sustain life.

Unless  an  exemption  applies,  each  medical  device  commercially  distributed  in  the  United  States  will  require  a  510(k)  clearance,  510(k)+  “de-

novo” clearance, or pre-market approval (or PMA) from the FDA. 

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
510(k) Clearance Process.   After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or
that would constitute a major change in its intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or could even require a premarket application approval.  The FDA
requires  each  manufacturer  to  make  this  determination  in  the  first  instance,  but  the  FDA  can  review  any  such  decision.    If  the  FDA  disagrees  with  the
determination,  the  agency  may  retroactively  require  the  manufacturer  to  seek  510(k)  clearance  or  premarket  application  approval.    The  FDA  also  can
require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or premarket application approval is obtained.

De Novo Classification.   If the FDA denies 510(k) clearance of a device because it is novel and an adequate predicate device does not exist, the
“de  novo  classification”  procedure  can  be  invoked  based  upon  a  reasonable  assurance  that  the  device  is  safe  and  effective  for  its  intended  use.    This
procedure approximates the level of scrutiny in the 510(k) process but may add several months to the clearance process. If the FDA grants the request, the
device is permitted to enter commercial distribution in the same manner as if 510(k) clearance had been granted.

Premarket  Application  Approval  Process.      After  approval  of  a  premarket  application,  a  new  premarket  application  or  premarket  application
supplement is required in the event of a modification to the device, its labeling or its manufacturing process.  The premarket application approval pathway
is much more costly, lengthy and uncertain.  It generally takes from one to three years or longer.

European and Non-European Regulation Generally

Sales of medical devices outside the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. These
laws and regulations range from simple product registration requirements in some countries to complex clearance and production controls in others.  As a
result,  the  processes  and  time  periods  required  to  obtain  foreign  marketing  clearance  may  be  longer  or  shorter  than  those  necessary  to  obtain  FDA
clearance.

The commercialization of medical devices in Europe is regulated by the European Union. The European Union presently requires that all medical
products bore the CE mark, an international symbol of adherence to quality assurance standards and demonstrated clinical effectiveness.  Compliance with
the Medical Device Directive (MDD) or the Active Implantable Medical Device Directive (AIMD) or the In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Device Directive
(IVDD) as audited by a notified body and certified by a recognized European Competent Authority, permits the manufacturer to affix the CE mark on its
products.

In September 2013, we obtained ISO 13485 certification for our quality management system and CE Mark certification to market Dario, and in
May 2015 Dario was cleared to fulfill the criteria according to EN ISO 15197:2013 The granting of the CE Mark allows Dario to be marketed and sold in
32  countries  across  Europe  as  well  as  in  certain  other  countries  worldwide.  On  November  21,  2014,  MDSS,  our  European  Authorized  Representative,
completed the registration of the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System with the German Authority as required by Article 10 of Directive 98/79/EC on in
vitro  diagnostic  medical  devices.  We  commenced  an  initial  soft  launch  of  the  product  in  Europe  in  2014,  created  initial  demand  for  the  product  and
established brand awareness and marketing techniques to reach our target market with a goal to continue expansion to new markets and territories.

We  achieved  regulatory  clearance  to  market  Dario  in  other  countries  that  do  not  rely  on  the  CE  Mark.  To  date,  the  non-CE  Mark  jurisdictions

which we have begun to market Dario include the United States, New Zealand, Canada, and Australia. 

In January 2014, we completed the registration with Medsafe, the New Zealand Medicines and Medical Devices Safety Authority, through their
WAND (Web-Assisted Notification of Devices) system allowing us to sell the Dario in New Zealand. We also have completed the process of registering the
Dario with the Australian TGA, in the ARTG (Australian Register of Therapeutic Goods), which is required in order to bring and sell the Dario in Australia
and effective March 3, 2015, our product is approved for reimbursement in Australia. In February 2015, we also gained National Pharmaceutical Product
Interface (known as NAPPI) approval and registered the Dario in South Africa. In May 2015, we also received Health Canada approval to market the Dario
blood glucose monitoring system and commenced marketing the product. We have also received reimbursement status from the majority of insurance plans
in Canada.

21

 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
To the extent that we seek to market our product in other non-CE Mark countries in the future, we will be required to comply with the applicable
regulatory requirements in each such country.  Such regulatory requirements vary by country and may be tedious.  As a result, no assurance can be given
that we will be able to satisfy the regulatory requirements to sell our products in any such country.

Clinical Studies

Even when a clinical study has an approved Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) from the FDA under significant risk (SR) determination, has
been  approved  by  an  Institutional  Review  Board  (IRB)  under  non-significant  risk  (NSR)  determination  and/or  has  been  approved  by  local  or  regional
Ethics Committee,  the study is subject to factors beyond a manufacturer’s control, including, but not limited to the fact that the institutional review board
at a given clinical site might not approve the study, might decline to renew approval which is required annually, or might suspend or terminate the study
before the study has been completed. There is no assurance that a clinical study at any given site will progress as anticipated; the interim results of a study
may not be satisfactory leading the sponsor or others to terminate the study, there may be an insufficient number of patients who qualify for the study or
who agree to participate in the study or the investigator at the site may have priorities other than the study.  Also, there can be no assurance that the clinical
study  will  provide  sufficient  evidence  to  assure  regulatory  authorities  that  the  product  is  safe,  effective  and  performs  as  intended  as  a  prerequisite  for
granting market clearance. See “Clinical Trials” above for clinical trials performed to date.

Post-Clearance Matters

Even  if  the  FDA  or  other  non-US  regulatory  authorities  approve  or  clear  a  device,  they  may  limit  its  intended  uses  in  such  a  way  that
manufacturing  and  distributing  the  device  may  not  be  commercially  feasible.  After  clearance  or  approval  to  market  is  given,  the  FDA  and  foreign
regulatory agencies, upon the occurrence of certain events, are authorized under various circumstances to withdraw the clearance or approval or require
changes to a device, its manufacturing process or its labeling or additional proof that regulatory requirements have been met.

A manufacturer of a device approved through the premarket approval application process is not permitted to make changes to the device which
affects its safety or effectiveness without first submitting a supplement application to its premarket approval application and obtaining FDA clearance for
that supplement.  In some instances, the FDA may require a clinical trial to support a supplement application.  A manufacturer of a device cleared through a
510(k) submission or a 510(k)+ “de-novo” submission must submit another premarket notification if it intends to make a change or modification in the
device that could significantly affect the safety or effectiveness of the device, such as a significant change or modification in design, material, chemical
composition,  energy  source  or  manufacturing  process.   Any  change  in  the  intended  uses  of  a  premarket  approval  application  device  or  a  510(k)  device
requires an approval supplement or cleared premarket notification.  Exported devices are subject to the regulatory requirements of each country to which
the device is exported, as well as certain FDA export requirements.

Mobile Medical Applications Guidance

On September 23, 2013, the FDA issued final guidance for developers of mobile medical applications, or apps, which are software programs that
run on mobile communication devices and perform the same functions as traditional medical devices.  The guidance outlines the FDA’s tailored approach
to mobile apps.  The FDA plans to exercise enforcement discretion (meaning it will not enforce requirements under the Federal Food, Drug & Cosmetic
Act)  for  the  majority  of  mobile  apps  as  they  pose  minimal  risk  to  consumers.    The  FDA  plans  to  focus  its  regulatory  oversight  on  a  subset  of  mobile
medical apps that present a greater risk to patients if they do not work as intended.  The FDA is focusing its oversight on mobile medical apps that:

●

●

are intended to be used as an accessory to a regulated medical device – for example, an application that allows a health care professional
to make a specific diagnosis by viewing a medical image from a picture archiving and communication system (PACS) on a smart mobile
device or a mobile tablet; or

transform  a  mobile  platform  into  a  regulated  medical  device  –  for  example,  an  application  that  turns  a  smart  mobile  device  into  an
electrocardiography (ECG) machine to detect abnormal heart rhythms or determine if a patient is experiencing a heart attack.

22

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ongoing Regulation by FDA

Even after a device receives clearance or approval and is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply.  These include:

●

●

●

●

●

●

establishment registration and device listing;

quality system regulation, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control,
documentation, and other quality assurance procedures during all phases of the product life-cycle;

labeling  regulations  and  FDA  prohibitions  against  the  promotion  of  products  for  uncleared,  unapproved  or  “off-label”  uses,  and  other
requirements related to promotional activities;

medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed
to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction
were to recur;

corrections and removals reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls
or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic
Act that may present a risk to health; and

post-market  surveillance  regulations,  which  apply  when  necessary  to  protect  the  public  health  or  to  provide  additional  safety  and
effectiveness data for the device.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following
sanctions: fines, injunctions, civil or criminal penalties, recall or seizure of our current or future products, operating restrictions, partial suspension or total
shutdown of production, refusing our request for 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of new products, rescinding previously granted 510(k) clearances or
withdrawing previously granted PMA approvals.

We may be subject to announced and unannounced inspections by the FDA, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our
subcontractors. If, as a result of these inspections, the FDA determines that our or our subcontractor’s equipment, facilities, laboratories or processes do not
comply with applicable FDA regulations and conditions of product clearance, the FDA may seek civil, criminal or administrative sanctions and/or remedies
against us, including the suspension of our manufacturing and selling operations.

Ongoing Regulation by International Regulators

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which may vary substantially from country to country.

In order to maintain the right to affix the CE Mark to sell medical devices in the European Union, an annual surveillance audit in the company
premises  and,  if  needed,  at  major  subcontractors’  premises  needs  to  be  carried  out  by  the  notified  body.   Additionally,  European  Directives  dictate  the
following requirements:

●

●

Vigilance system, which requires the manufacturer to immediately notify the relevant Competent Authority when a company product has
been involved in an incident that led to a death; led to a serious injury or serious deterioration in the state of health of a patient, user or
another person; or might have led to death, serious injury or serious deterioration in health; and

Post-market surveillance including a documented procedure to review experience gained from devices on the market and to implement
any necessary corrective action, commensurate with nature and risks involved with the product.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the regulatory agency, which may include any of
the  following  sanctions:  fines,  injunctions,  civil  or  criminal  penalties,  recall  or  seizure  of  our  current  or  future  products,  operating  restrictions,  partial
suspension  or  total  shutdown  of  production,  refusing  our  request  for  renewing  clearance  and/or  registration  of  our  products  or  granting
clearance/registration for new products.

State Licensure Requirements

Several states require that Durable Medical Equipment (“DME”) providers be licensed in order to sell products to patients in that state. Certain of
these  states  require  that  DME  providers  maintain  an  in-state  location.  If  these  rules  are  determined  to  be  applicable  to  us  and  if  we  were  found  to  be
noncompliant, we could lose our licensure in that state, which could prohibit us from selling our current or future products to patients in that state.

Federal Anti-Kickback and Self-Referral Laws

The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return

for, or to induce the:

●

●

●

referral of a person;

furnishing  or  arranging  for  the  furnishing  of  items  or  services  reimbursable  under  Medicare,  Medicaid  or  other  governmental
programs; or

purchase,  lease,  or  order  of,  or  the  arrangement  or  recommendation  of  the  purchasing,  leasing,  or  ordering  of  any  item  or  service
reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs.

To the extent we are required to comply with these regulations, it is possible that regulatory authorities could allege that we have not complied,
which could subject us to sanction.  Noncompliance with the federal anti-kickback legislation can result in exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other
governmental programs, restrictions on our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions, as well as civil and criminal penalties, any of which could have an
adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Federal  law  also  includes  a  provision  commonly  known  as  the  “Stark  Law,”  which  prohibits  a  physician  from  referring  Medicare  or  Medicaid
patients to an entity providing “designated health services,” including a company that furnishes durable medical equipment, in which the physician has an
ownership  or  investment  interest  or  with  which  the  physician  has  entered  into  a  compensation  arrangement. Violation  of  the  Stark  Law  could  result  in
denial of payment, disgorgement of reimbursements received under a noncompliant arrangement, civil penalties, and exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or
other governmental programs.

Federal False Claims Act

The  Federal  False  Claims  Act  provides,  in  part,  that  the  federal  government  may  bring  a  lawsuit  against  any  person  whom  it  believes  has
knowingly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or who has made a false statement
or used a false record to get a claim approved.  In addition, amendments in 1986 to the Federal False Claims Act have made it easier for private parties to
bring “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits against companies.  Penalties include fines ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim, plus three times
the number of damages that the federal government sustained because of the act of that person.

Civil Monetary Penalties Law

The Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law prohibits the offering or transferring of remuneration to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary that the
person knows or should know likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services.
Noncompliance can result in civil money penalties of up to $10,000 for each wrongful act, assessment of three times the amount claimed for each item or
service and exclusion from the Federal healthcare programs.

24

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
State Fraud and Abuse Provisions

Many states have also adopted some form of anti-kickback and anti-referral laws and false claims acts. A determination of liability under such

laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

Administrative Simplification of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, mandated the adoption of standards for the exchange of electronic
health information in an effort to encourage overall administrative simplification and enhance the effectiveness and efficiency of the healthcare industry.
Ensuring the privacy and security of patient information is one of the key factors driving the legislation.

Intellectual Property

Patent applications

On  May  8,  2011,  certain  of  our  founders  filed  a  Patent  Cooperation  Treaty  (PCT)  Application  No.  PCT/IL2011/000369,  titled  “Fluids  Testing
Apparatus  and  Methods  of  Use.”    This  PCT  claimed  priority  from  two  preceding  U.S.  provisional  applications  filed  by  our  founders,  with  the  earliest
priority date being May 9, 2010. The PCT application was transferred to us by our founders on October 27, 2011.

This  application  covers  the  novel  blood  glucose  measurement  device,  comprising  the  glucose  meter;  and  an  adaptor  that  connects  the  glucose
meter to a smart-phone to receive power supply and data display, storage, and analysis.  A PCT search report and written opinion on patentability that we
received  from  World  Intellectual  Property  Organization  (known  as  WIPO)  that  included  only  two  “Y”  citations  and  one  additional  non-relevant
reference.  Corresponding national applications of our PCT were filed in the U.S., Europe, Japan, China, Australia and Israel.

On May 1, 2014, we announced the receipt of a U.S. Notice of Allowance for a key patent relating to how the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring
System draws power from and transmits data to a smartphone via the audio jack port. This patent was issued as U.S. Patent No. 8,797,180 in August 2014,
and in August2015, we received U.S. patent (No. 9,125,549) that broadened our registered patent No. 8,797,180 to include testing of other bodily fluids
through an audio jack connection. We believe these early patents represent critical intellectual property recognition and a significant initial validation of our
intellectual property efforts. Further, a corresponding European patent was granted to us in May 2016, as European patent No. 2569622 for testing of fluids
through an audio jack connection. An additional corresponding patent was granted in Israel in April 2016. In February 2016 we were granted U.S. patent
No. 9,257,038, which is a further Continuation application connected to the U.S. patent No. 8,797,180, this new patent enhanced the way the Dario Blood
Glucose Monitoring System communicates with the end user’s smartphone devices.

In November 11, 2017, U.S. patent No. 9,832,301 titled “Systems and methods for adjusting power levels on a monitoring device” was granted.
This  patent  enhances  the  way  the  Dario  Blood  Glucose  Monitoring  System  communicates  with  users’  smartphone  devices.  This  family  includes  a
corresponding pending application in China.

Additionally, we recently received U.S. patent No. 10,445,072 that enables optical communication between the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring

System and the end user’s smartphone devices.

Additional patent applications are in the process of being discussed and developed, and we believe that we have a rich potential pipeline of future

technologies that we intend to develop.

For example, we are further seeking to develop and protect new intellectual property around future generations of our hardware and software with

the goal of achieving enhanced functionality, user interface, data usability, cyber protection, and artificial intelligence enhancement.

25

 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
Design patents and patent applications on the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System

To further protect our market distinction and branding for the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System, three U.S. Design Applications have been
filed and granted covering the glucose meter, the cartridge, and connection dongle. At least some of these applications were granted and registered in the
United States, as well as Brazil, Canada, China, Europe, and Hong Kong.

Trademark applications

We have also filed several families of trademark applications covering the “Dario” name (wordmark), the Dario name and logo (logo), the Dario
logo alone (logo), the DARIO-LITE wordmark, the LABSTYLE INNOVATIONS wordmark, the DARIOHEALTH wordmark, and the DARIOHEALTH
logo.  In particular, the “Dario” wordmark is registered as a trademark in the Australia, Canada, China, Costa Rica, United States, Israel, China, Canada,
Hong  Kong,  South  Africa,  Japan,  Costa  Rica,  Europe,  Israel,  Japan,  Korea,  Mexico,  New  Zealand,  Panama,  Russia,  South  Africa,  and  the  USA.  The
“DARIOHEALTH” wordmark is registered as a trademark in the United States, Canada, China and India.

Utility Models

We have been granted Utility Models for our core invention in Japan and Germany.

Other intangible assets

As the number of Dario users grows, an ever-growing amount of data is being collected from diabetic patients, including their blood sugar levels,
meal  compositions,  routines,  physical  exercise  (intensity  and  duration)  as  well  as  many  other  factors,  and  lately  also  blood  pressure  data,  which  are  all
useful  for  creating  meaningful  correlations  between  these  factors  and  insulin  use.    We  expect  that  this  database  will  be  highly  valuable  and  may  be
capitalized in many ways. The accumulation of this type of know-how and related algorithms are protected as trade secrets using specialized confidentiality
protocols.

Competition

We  face  competition  in  each  segment  of  our  offering  (devices,  applications,  coaching  and  analytics)  and  more  importantly  from  competitors

integrating these four components.

Blood Glucose Monitors (BGM). Our device competes directly and primarily with other BGM suppliers including, but not limited to, the global
market leaders: Abbott Laboratories, Ascensia (formerly Bayer Diabetes Care), Johnson & Johnson LifeScan, Roche Diabetes and a large number of low-
price private label manufacturers. An increasing number of these BGM devices connect to smartphones and tablets, such as, but not limited to, the Sanofi
iBGStar, Medisana GlucoDock, Philosys Gmate Smart, One Drop, Intuity POGO and iHealth Align, or have standalone connected devices like Livongo.

Continuous blood Glucose Monitors (CGM). Continuous blood glucose monitors have made significant market progression in the last few years,
such  as  but  not  limited  to,  Dexcom,  Medtronic  or  Agamatrix.  More  insulin-using  patients  are  using  CGM  devices  on  a  continuing  basis  rather  than  an
intermittent  basis  (such  as  every  other  month).  “Intermittent  CGM”  such  as  Abbott  Libre  (that  requires  the  user  to  voluntarily  scan  the  sensor  with  the
meter) are also gaining popularity as an intermediate option between BGM and CGM, both appealing to non-insulin users and insulin users.

While the market of BGM and CGM is highly competitive, we believe that we have important comparative advantages.

-

-

-

We  offer  an  all-in-one  glucose  monitoring  system,  including  a  small  form  factor  glucose  reader,  lancing  device  and  a  strip  cartridge
connected to existing smart mobile devices

We  are  targeting  non-insulin  using  patients  and  therefore  do  not  compete  with  CGM.  A  large  percentage  of  insulin-using  patients
continue to prefer testing with a BGM rather than a CGM

Most importantly, in our opinion, is the fact that our integrated solution separates us from BGM and CGM competitors, and especially (i)
the functions that go beyond blood glucose management such as, but not limited to, nutrition management and activity management (ii)
the remote monitoring capabilities that our platform provides, the real time alerts to caregivers, remote-coaching capabilities to us and to
third party caregivers and educating capabilities of our users.

Diabetes management applications. There are thousands of diabetes management applications available for download on a smart phone (such as
Glucose Buddy, mySugr (now part of Roche Diabetes), Carb Manager, Sugar Sense and Welldoc). We believe that the large majority of existing diabetes
management applications do not offer a good value which translates into users quickly stopping to use these applications.

26

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe that our application is differentiated from our competitors by the high level of user engagement which comes from a unique know-how
in terms of user interface (UI), user experience (UX), design of user journeys, agile development technics that allow for frequent update of the application,
as well as the intrinsic nature of our integrated solution.

Coaching services. Pure coaching services such as Cecilia Health, or services delivered by medical distributors or healthcare providers are often
relatively expensive and mostly offered on a limited time basis (e.g. one month after the discharge of a patient, or three months for onboarding of a new
diabetes drug). We believe that our coaching services is differentiated as compared to our competitors in that our coaching services are an essential part of
our solution and is maintained throughout a patient’s use of our application.

Digital health integrated competitors. Several digital health competitors integrate several, or all of, the four components of our offering, including
but  not  limited  to:  Livongo,  Glooko,  Omada,  OneDrop.  In  practice,  we  believe  that  the  closest  competitor  in  terms  of  an  integrated  offering  may  be
Livongo.

Our differentiation versus such integrated competitors includes

Proven and significant results, placing us in the category of “Digital Therapeutics” (DTx);

Open platform (capable of integrating non-proprietary devices and coaching services);

Operating in the U.S., Canada, Europe and Australia;

Small form factor glucose reader whereas most devices from competitors have the size of another cell phone that the user needs to carry
around;

Instant connection of the reader with the phone, thus maximizing opportunities to engage with the user; and

Flexibility  of  our  product  to  integrate  with  the  workflows  of  our  business  partners  (e.g.  messages  integrated  with  the  health
communications generated by a retailer, interventions using the coaches operating from a diabetes clinic).

-

-

-

-

-

-

Employees

We currently have 62 full-time employees and 10 part-time employees. We have employment agreements with our three executive officers.  See

“Management – Employment Agreements.”

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Investing in our securities is highly speculative and involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following factors and other
information in this Annual Report and our other SEC filings before making a decision to invest in our securities. Additional risks and uncertainties that we
are unaware of may become important factors that affect us. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial conditions and operating results
may be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our common stock and warrants may decline, and you could lose all or part of
your investment.

We were formed in August 2011 and are thus subject to the risks associated with new businesses.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Capital Requirements

We were formed in August 2011 as a new business and, commencing from 2015, we entered the commercialization stage of our technology. As
such, this limited operating history may not be adequate to enable you to fully assess our ability to develop and commercialize the Dario Smart Diabetes
Management Solution, achieve market acceptance of the Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution, develop other products and respond to competition.
We commenced a commercial launch of the free Dario Smart Diabetes Management application in the United Kingdom in late 2013 and commenced an
initial soft launch of the full Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution (including the app and the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System) in selected
jurisdictions  in  March  2014  with  the  goal  of  collecting  customer  feedback  to  refine  our  longer-term  roll-out  strategy  and  continued  to  scale  up  launch
during 2014 in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands and New Zealand, in 2015 in Australia, Israel and Canada and in 2016 in the United States. These
efforts have not generated sufficient revenues, and we will need to generate additional revenues over the next years. Therefore, we are, and expect for the
foreseeable future to be, subject to all the risks and uncertainties, inherent in a new business and the development and sale of new medical devices and
related software applications. As a result, we may be unable to fully develop, obtain regulatory approval for, commercialize, manufacture, market, sell and
derive material revenues in the timeframes we project, if at all, and our inability to do so would materially and adversely impact our viability as a company.
In  addition,  we  still  must  establish  many  functions  necessary  to  operate  a  business,  including  finalizing  our  managerial  and  administrative  structure,
continuing  product  and  technology  development,  assessing  and  commencing  our  marketing  activities,  implementing  financial  systems  and  controls  and
personnel recruitment.

Accordingly, you should consider our prospects in light of the costs, uncertainties, delays and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in
their initial revenue generating stages, particularly those in the medical device and mobile health fields. In particular, potential investors should consider
that there is a significant risk that we will not be able to:

·

·

·

·

·

implement or execute our current business plan, or that our business plan is sound;

maintain our management team and Board of Directors;

raise sufficient funds in the capital markets or otherwise to effectuate our business plan;

determine that our technologies that we have developed are commercially viable; and/or

attract, enter into or maintain contracts with, and retain customers.

In  the  event  that  we  do  not  successfully  address  these  risks,  our  business,  prospects,  financial  condition,  and  results  of  operations  could  be

materially and adversely affected.

28

 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Given  our  limited  revenue  and  lack  of  positive  cash  flow,  we  will  need  to  raise  additional  capital,  which  may  be  unavailable  to  us  or,  even  if
consummated, may cause dilution or place significant restrictions on our ability to operate.

According  to  our  management’s  estimates,  based  on  our  current  cash  on  hand  and  further  based  on  our  budget  and  the  assumption  that  initial
commercial sales will commence during our anticipated timeframes, we believe that we will have sufficient resources to continue our activities only into
June 2021.

Since  we  might  be  unable  to  generate  sufficient  revenue  or  cash  flow  to  fund  our  operations  for  the  foreseeable  future,  we  will  need  to  seek
additional  equity  or  debt  financing  to  provide  the  capital  required  to  maintain  or  expand  our  operations.  We  may  also  need  additional  funding  for
developing products and services, increasing our sales and marketing capabilities, and promoting brand identity, as well as for working capital requirements
and  other  operating  and  general  corporate  purposes.  Moreover,  the  regulatory  compliance  arising  out  of  being  a  publicly  registered  company  has
dramatically increased our costs.

We do not currently have any arrangements or credit facilities in place as a source of funds, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to
raise sufficient additional capital on acceptable terms, or at all. If such financing is not available on satisfactory terms, or is not available at all, we may be
required to delay, scale back or eliminate the development of business opportunities and our operations and financial condition may be materially adversely
affected.

If we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders may be reduced, and accordingly
these  stockholders  may  experience  substantial  dilution.  We  may  also  issue  equity  securities  that  provide  for  rights,  preferences  and  privileges  senior  to
those of our common stock. Given our need for cash and that equity raising is the most common type of fundraising for companies like ours, the risk of
dilution is particularly significant for stockholders of our company.

Debt financing, if obtained, may involve agreements that include liens on our assets, covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific
actions, such as incurring additional debt, could increase our expenses and require that our assets be provided as a security for such debt. Debt financing
would also be required to be repaid regardless of our operating results.

If we raise additional funds through collaborations and licensing arrangements, we may be required to relinquish some rights to our technologies

or candidate products, or to grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

Funding from any source may be unavailable to us on acceptable terms, or at all, If we do not have sufficient capital to fund our operations and

expenses, we may not be able to achieve or maintain competitiveness, which could lead to the failure of our business and the loss of your investment.

We  have  incurred  significant  losses  since  inception.  As  such,  you  cannot  rely  upon  our  historical  operating  performance  to  make  an  investment
decision regarding our company.

Since our inception, we have engaged primarily in research and development activities and in 2015 entered the commercialization stage. We have
financed our operations primarily through private placements and public offerings of common stock and have incurred losses in each year since inception
including net losses of $17,736,000 and $17,803,000 in 2019 and 2018, respectively. Our accumulated deficit at December 31, 2019 was approximately
$110,145,000. We do not know whether or when we will become profitable. Our ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability depends upon our
ability, alone or with others, to launch Dario in additional European countries, and elsewhere and manufacture, market and sell Dario where approved. We
may be unable to achieve any or all of these goals.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has expressed in its report to our 2019 audited consolidated financial statements a substantial doubt
about our ability to continue as a going concern.

During 2015 we entered the commercialization stage, and the development and commercialization of Dario is uncertain and expected to require
substantial expenditures. We have not yet generated sufficient revenues from our operations to fund our activities and are therefore dependent upon external
sources for financing our operations. There is a risk that we will be unable to obtain the necessary financing to continue our operations on terms acceptable
to us or at all. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm has expressed in its auditors’ report on the consolidated financial statements
for December 31, 2019, a substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. Our consolidated financial statements do not include any
adjustments that might result from the outcome of the uncertainty regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. This going concern opinion could
materially limit our ability to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or debt securities or otherwise. Future reports on our financial statements
may include an explanatory paragraph with respect to our ability to continue as a going concern. If we cannot continue as a going concern, our stockholders
may lose their entire investment in the common stock.

29

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
We may be subject to claims for rescission or damages in connection with certain sales of shares of our securities.

In  March  2016,  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  declared  effective  a  registration  statement  that  we  filed  to  cover  the  sale  of  66,667
shares of common stock, 76,667 warrants to purchase common stock, 76,667 shares of common stock underlying such warrants, and underwriters’ warrants
to purchase up to 7,172 shares of common stock. Sales of approximately 2,778 shares of common stock, approximately 12,778 shares of common stock
underlying  warrants  and  approximately  1,278  shares  of  common  stock  underlying  underwriters’  warrants  may  not  have  been  made  in  accordance  with
Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the purchasers of those securities may have rescission rights or be entitled to damages.
The amount of such liability, if any, is uncertain. In the event that we are required to make payments to investors as a result of these unregistered sales of
securities, our liquidity could be negatively impacted.

Risks Related to Our Business

We only recently began commercializing Dario, and our success will depend on the acceptance of Dario in the healthcare market.

Dario has been CE marked since 2013, enabling us to commercialize in 32 countries across Europe as well as in certain other countries worldwide.
It was also approved by the regulatory authorities in Australia, New Zealand, Canada, Israel and South Africa, and most recently in December 2015, we
received FDA clearance. As a result, we have a limited history of commercializing Dario and commenced selling Dario in the United States in 2016. We
have  limited  experience  engaging  in  commercial  activities  and  limited  established  relationships  with  physicians  and  hospitals  as  well  as  third-party
suppliers  on  whom  we  depend  for  the  manufacture  of  our  product.  We  are  faced  with  the  risk  that  the  marketplace  will  not  be  receptive  to  Dario  over
competing products and that we will be unable to compete effectively. Factors that could affect our ability to establish Dario or any potential future product
include:

·

·

·

·

·

the  development  of  products  or  devices  which  could  result  in  a  shift  of  customer  preferences  away  from  our  device  and  services  and
significantly decrease revenue;

the increased use of improved diabetes drugs that could encourage certain diabetics to test less often, resulting in less usage of a self-
monitoring test device for certain types of diabetics;

the challenges of developing (or acquiring externally-developed) technology solutions that are adequate and competitive in meeting the
requirements of next-generation design challenges;

the  significant  number  of  current  competitors  in  the  BGMS  market  who  have  significantly  greater  brand  recognition  and  more
recognizable trademarks and who have established relationships with healthcare providers and payors; and

intense  competition  to  attract  acquisition  targets,  which  may  make  it  more  difficult  for  us  to  acquire  companies  or  technologies  at  an
acceptable price or at all.

We cannot assure you that Dario or any future product will gain broad market acceptance. If the market for Dario or any future product fails to
develop or develops more slowly than expected, or if any of the technology and standards supported by us do not achieve or sustain market acceptance, our
business and operating results would be materially and adversely affected.

There is no assurance that our recently launched DarioEngage software platform will succeed or be adopted by healthcare providers.

We have recently launched a new product offering of our DarioEngage software platform, where we digitally engage with Dario users, assist them
in monitoring their chronic illnesses and provide them with coaching, support, digital communications, and real-time alerts, trends and pattern analysis. We
expect that the DarioEngage software platform may be leveraged by our potential partners, such as clinics, health care service providers, employers, and
payers for scalable monitoring of people with diabetes in a cost-effective manner, which we expect will open for us additional revenue streams. However,
the success of our DarioEngage software platform will depend entirely on our potential partners’ adoption of the platform and we cannot assure you that
our potential partners will do so, or, if adopted, that they will continue to use the platform continually and for an extended period of time. If we cannot
encourage  potential  partners  to  utilize  our  DarioEngage  software  platform  we  may  not  succeed  in  marketing  the  product  to  our  potential  partners,  the
failure of which may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

A pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease in the United States, Israel or elsewhere may adversely affect our business.

If  a  pandemic,  epidemic  or  outbreak  of  an  infectious  disease  occurs  in  the  United  States,  Israel  or  elsewhere,  our  business  may  be  adversely
affected. In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, was identified in Wuhan, China. This virus continues to spread globally and, as of
March 2020, has spread to over 100 countries, including the United States and Israel. The spread of COVID-19 from China to other countries has resulted
in the World Health Organization declaring the outbreak of COVID-19 as a “pandemic,” or a worldwide spread of a new disease, on March 11, 2020. Many
countries around the world have imposed quarantines and restrictions on travel and mass gatherings to slow the spread of the virus. On March 10, 2020, the
Government of Israel announced that effective Thursday, March 12, 2020, at 20:00 (Israel time) foreign travelers arriving from any country will be required
to remain in home quarantine until 14 days have passed since the date of entry into Israel; non-Israeli residents will be required to prove they have the
means to self-quarantine before being allowed entry into Israel and, in addition, non-Israeli residents or citizens traveling from certain countries may be
denied  entry  into  Israel.  In  addition,  the  Ministry  of  Health  in  the  State  of  Israel  issued  guidelines  on  March  11,  2020  recommending  people  avoid
gatherings in one space and providing that no gathering of more than 100 people should be held under any circumstances. Employers (including us) are
also required to prepare and increase as much as possible the capacity and arrangement for employees to work remotely. In addition, on March 11, 2020,
the  President  of  the  United  States  issued  a  proclamation  to  restrict  travel  to  the  United  States  from  foreign  nationals  who  have  recently  been  in  certain
European countries. We are still assessing the effect on our business, from the spread of COVID-19 and the actions implemented by the governments of the
State of Israel, the United States and elsewhere across the globe.

The spread of an infectious disease, including COVID-19, may also result in the inability of our manufacturers to deliver components or finished
products on a timely basis. In addition, health professionals may reduce staffing and reduce or postpone meetings with clients in response to the spread of
an  infectious  disease.  Such  events  may  result  in  a  period  of  business  and  manufacturing  disruption,  and  in  reduced  operations,  any  of  which  could
materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our business will depend on future

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19
and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others.

30

 
We may not be successful in launching Dario Intelligence and even if we are successful in doing so, there is no assurance that we will be successful in
marketing and/or selling our product in the marketplace.

We  intend  to  launch  our  Dario  Intelligence  program,  which  will  utilize  a  large  amount  of  data  collected  on  our  servers  to  develop  predictive
models and artificial intelligence algorithms to meet the potential demand of intelligence-driven analytics that healthcare providers may be looking for to
improve their services. However, the launch of Dario Intelligence will require significant financial and technical resources. There is no assurance that we
will successfully develop or launch Dario Intelligence. Even if we are successful in doing so, there is no assurance that the marketplace will accept or adopt
the usage of Dario Intelligence. If we cannot successfully develop Dario Intelligence, or encourage the use and adoption of Dario Intelligence by market
participants, our business and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

We cannot accurately predict the volume or timing of any future sales, making the timing of any revenues difficult to predict.

We  may  be  faced  with  lengthy  customer  evaluation  and  approval  processes  associated  with  Dario.  Consequently,  we  may  incur  substantial
expenses and devote significant management effort and expense in developing customer adoption of Dario which may not result in revenue generation. We
must also obtain regulatory approvals of Dario in certain jurisdictions as well as approval for insurance reimbursement in order to initiate sales of Dario,
each of which is subject to risk and potential delays, and neither of which may actually occur. As such, we cannot accurately predict the volume or timing
of any future sales.

If Dario fails to satisfy current or future customer requirements, we may be required to make significant expenditures to redesign the product, and we
may have insufficient resources to do so.

Dario is being designed to address an evolving marketplace and must comply with current and evolving customer requirements in order to gain
market acceptance. There is a risk that Dario will not meet anticipated customer requirements or desires. If we are required to redesign our products to
address customer demands or otherwise modify our business model, we may incur significant unanticipated expenses and losses, and we may be left with
insufficient resources to engage in such activities. If we are unable to redesign our products, develop new products or modify our business model to meet
customer desires or any other customer requirements that may emerge, our operating results would be materially adversely affected and our business might
fail.

We expect to derive substantially all of our revenues from our principal technology, which leaves us subject to the risk of reliance on such technology.

We expect to derive substantially all of our revenues from sales of products derived from our principal technology. Our initial product utilizing this
technology  is  Dario.  As  such,  any  factor  adversely  affecting  sales  of  Dario,  including  the  product  release  cycles,  regulatory  issues,  market  acceptance,
product  competition,  performance  and  reliability,  reputation,  price  competition  and  economic  and  market  conditions,  would  likely  harm  our  operating
results. We may be unable to develop other products utilizing our technology, which would likely lead to the failure of our business. Moreover, in spite of
our efforts related to the registration of our technology, if patent protection is not available for our principal technology, the viability of Dario and any other
products  that  may  be  derived  from  such  technology  would  likely  be  adversely  impacted  to  a  significant  degree,  which  would  materially  impair  our
prospects.  

We are dependent upon third-party manufacturers and suppliers making us vulnerable to supply shortages and problems and price fluctuations, which
could harm our business.

We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities for clinical or commercial production of the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System and we
lack the resources and the capability to manufacture the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System on a commercial scale. Therefore, we rely on a limited
number  of  suppliers  who  manufacture  and  assemble  certain  components  of  the  Dario  Blood  Glucose  Monitoring  System.  Our  suppliers  may  encounter
problems during manufacturing for a variety of reasons, including, for example, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, failure to comply with
applicable legal and regulatory requirements, equipment malfunction and environmental factors, failure to properly conduct their own business affairs, and
infringement of third-party intellectual property rights, any of which could delay or impede their ability to meet our requirements. Our reliance on these
third-party suppliers also subjects us to other risks that could harm our business, including:

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● we are not a major customer of many of our suppliers, and these suppliers may therefore give other customers’ needs higher priority than

ours;

● third  parties  may  threaten  or  enforce  their  intellectual  property  rights  against  our  suppliers,  which  may  cause  disruptions  or  delays  in

shipment, or may force our suppliers to cease conducting business with us;

● we may not be able to obtain an adequate supply in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms;

● our  suppliers,  especially  new  suppliers,  may  make  errors  in  manufacturing  that  could  negatively  affect  the  efficacy  or  safety  of  the  Dario

Blood Glucose Monitoring System or cause delays in shipment;

● we may have difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers;

● switching components or suppliers may require product redesign and possibly submission to FDA, European Economic Area Notified Bodies,

or other foreign regulatory bodies, which could significantly impede or delay our commercial activities;

● one or more of our sole- or single-source suppliers may be unwilling or unable to supply components of the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring

System;

● other customers may use fair or unfair negotiation tactics and/or pressures to impede our use of the supplier;

● the occurrence of a fire, natural disaster or other catastrophe impacting one or more of our suppliers may affect their ability to deliver products

to us in a timely manner; and

● our  suppliers  may  encounter  financial  or  other  business  hardships  unrelated  to  our  demand,  which  could  inhibit  their  ability  to  fulfill  our

orders and meet our requirements.

We  may  not  be  able  to  quickly  establish  additional  or  alternative  suppliers  if  necessary,  in  part  because  we  may  need  to  undertake  additional
activities to establish such suppliers as required by the regulatory approval process. Any interruption or delay in obtaining products from our third-party
suppliers, or our inability to obtain products from qualified alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the
demand  of  our  customers  and  cause  them  to  switch  to  competing  products.  Given  our  reliance  on  certain  single-source  suppliers,  we  are  especially
susceptible to supply shortages because we do not have alternate suppliers currently available.

We rely in part on a small group of third-party distributors to effectively distribute our products.

We depend in part on medical device distributors for the marketing and selling of our products in certain territories in which we have launched
product  sales.  We  depend  on  these  distributors’  efforts  to  market  our  products,  yet  we  are  unable  to  control  their  efforts  completely.  These  distributors
typically sell a variety of other, non-competing products that may limit the resources they dedicate to selling Dario. In addition, we are unable to ensure that
our  distributors  comply  with  all  applicable  laws  regarding  the  sale  of  our  products.  If  our  distributors  fail  to  effectively  market  and  sell  Dario,  in  full
compliance with applicable laws, our operating results and business may suffer. Recruiting and retaining qualified third-party distributors and training them
in  our  technology  and  product  offering  requires  significant  time  and  resources.  To  develop  and  expand  our  distribution,  we  must  continue  to  scale  and
improve our processes and procedures that support our distributors. Further, if our relationship with a successful distributor terminates, we may be unable
to  replace  that  distributor  without  disruption  to  our  business.  If  we  fail  to  maintain  positive  relationships  with  our  distributors,  fail  to  develop  new
relationships  with  other  distributors,  including  in  new  markets,  fail  to  manage,  train  or  incentivize  existing  distributors  effectively,  or  fail  to  provide
distributors with competitive products on attractive terms, or if these distributors are not successful in their sales efforts, our revenue may decrease and our
operating results, reputation and business may be harmed.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Failure in our online and digital marketing efforts could significantly impact our ability to generate sales.

In several of our principal target markets, we utilize online and digital marketing in order to create awareness to Dario. Our management believes
that  using  online  advertisement  through  affiliate  networks  and  a  variety  of  other  pay-for-performance  methods  will  be  superior  for  marketing  and
generating sales of Dario rather than utilizing traditional, expensive retail channels. However, there is a risk that our marketing strategy could fail. Because
we plan to use non-traditional retail sales tools and to rely on healthcare providers to educate our customers about Dario, we cannot predict the level of
success, if any, that we may achieve by marketing Dario via the internet. The failure of our online marketing efforts would significantly and negatively
impact our ability to generate sales.

Our Dario Smart Diabetes Management application, which is a key to our business model, is available via Apple’s App Store and via Google’s Android
platforms and maybe in the future via additional platforms. If we are unable to achieve or maintain a good relationship with each of Apple and Google
or similar platforms, or if the Apple App Store or the Google Play Store or any other applicable platform were unavailable for any prolonged period of
time, our business will suffer.

A key component of the Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution is an iPhone or Android application which includes tools to help diabetic
patients  manage  their  disease.  This  application  is  compatible  with  Apple’s  iOS  and  with  Google’s  Android  platforms  and  may  in  the  future  become
compatible via additional platforms. If we are unable to make our Dario Smart Diabetes Management application compatible with these platforms, or if
there  is  any  deterioration  in  our  relationship  with  either  Apple  or  Google  or  others  after  our  application  is  available,  our  business  would  be  materially
harmed.

We  are  subject  to  each  of  Apple’s  and  Google’s  standard  terms  and  conditions  for  application  developers,  which  govern  the  promotion,
distribution, and operation of games and other applications on their respective storefronts. Each of Apple and Google has broad discretion to change its
standard terms and conditions, including changes which could require us to pay to have our Dario Smart Diabetes Management application available for
downloading.  In  addition,  these  standard  terms  and  conditions  can  be  vague  and  subject  to  changing  interpretations  by  Apple  or  Google.  We  may  not
receive any advance warning of such changes. In addition, each of Apple and Google has the right to prohibit a developer from distributing its applications
on its storefront if the developer violates its standard terms and conditions. In the event that either Apple or Google ever determines that we are in violation
of  its  standard  terms  and  conditions,  including  by  a  new  interpretation,  and  prohibits  us  from  distributing  our  Dario  Smart  Diabetes  Management
application on its storefront, it would materially harm our business.

Additionally,  we  will  rely  on  the  continued  function  of  the  Apple  App  Store  and  the  Google  Play  Store  as  digital  storefronts  where  our  Dario
Smart Diabetes Management application may be obtained. There have been occasions in the past when these digital storefronts were unavailable for short
periods of time or where there have been issues with the in-app purchasing functionality within the storefront. In the event that either the Apple App Store
or  the  Google  Play  Store  is  unavailable  or  if  in-app  purchasing  functionality  within  the  storefront  is  non-operational  for  a  prolonged  period  of  time,  it
would have a material adverse effect on the ability of our customers to secure the Dario Smart Diabetes Management application, which would materially
harm our business.

Our products are subject to technological changes which may impact their use.

Our Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System is currently designed to be plugged into the audio jack or the charging jack of a mobile device. In
addition, we have recently completed the development of a version of the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System that connects to an iPhone 7 and later
models through the Lightning jack instead of the missing audio jack. As a result, our products are subject to future technological changes to mobile devices
that may occur in the future. If we are unable to modify our products to keep pace with such technological changes, it would have a material adverse effect
the ability of our customers to use our products, which would materially harm our business.

As we conduct business internationally, we are susceptible to risks associated with international relationships.

Outside of the United States, we operate our business internationally, presently in Europe, Australia and Canada. The international operation of
our  business  requires  significant  management  attention,  which  could  negatively  affect  our  business  if  it  diverts  their  attention  from  their  other
responsibilities.  In  the  event  that  we  are  unable  to  manage  the  complications  associated  with  international  operations,  our  business  prospects  could  be
materially and adversely affected. In addition, doing business with foreign customers subjects us to additional risks that we do not generally face in the
United States. These risks and uncertainties include:

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

management, communication and integration problems resulting from cultural differences and geographic dispersion;

localization of products and services, including translation of foreign languages;

delivery, logistics and storage costs;

longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

difficulties supporting international operations;

difficulties supporting customer services;

changes in economic and political conditions;

impact of trade protection measures;

complying with import or export licensing requirements;

exchange rate fluctuations;

competition from companies with international operations, including large international competitors and entrenched local companies;

potentially adverse tax consequences, including foreign tax systems and restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;

maintaining and servicing computer hardware in distant locations;

keeping current and complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and legal standards, including local labor laws;

securing or maintaining protection for our intellectual property; and

reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights, including the ability to transfer such rights to third parties, in some countries.

The  occurrence  of  any  or  all  of  these  risks  could  adversely  affect  our  international  business  and,  consequently,  our  results  of  operations  and

financial condition. 

We expect to be exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Because we expect to conduct a material portion of our business outside of the United States but report our financial results in U.S. Dollars, we
face  exposure  to  adverse  movements  in  currency  exchange  rates.  Our  foreign  operations  will  be  exposed  to  foreign  exchange  rate  fluctuations  as  the
financial results are translated from the local currency into U.S. Dollars upon consolidation. Specifically, the U.S. Dollar cost of our operations in Israel is
influenced by any movements in the currency exchange rate of the New Israeli Shekel (NIS). Such movements in the currency exchange rate may have a
negative  effect  on  our  financial  results.  If  the  U.S.  Dollar  weakens  against  foreign  currencies,  the  translation  of  these  foreign  currencies  denominated
transactions will result in increased revenue, operating expenses and net income. Similarly, if the U.S. Dollar strengthens against foreign currencies, the
translation of these foreign currencies denominated transactions will result in decreased revenue, operating expenses and net income. As exchange rates
vary, sales and other operating results, when translated, may differ materially from our or the capital market’s expectations.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Non-U.S. governments often impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

We intend to seek approval to market Dario and any future product in both the U.S. and in non-U.S. jurisdictions. If we obtain approval in one or
more  non-U.S.  jurisdictions,  we  will  be  subject  to  rules  and  regulations  in  those  jurisdictions  relating  to  our  products.  In  some  countries,  particularly
countries of the European Union, each of which has developed its own rules and regulations, pricing may be subject to governmental control under certain
circumstances. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for
a medical device candidate. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares
the cost-effectiveness of our product to other available products. If reimbursement of our product candidates is unavailable or limited in scope or amount,
or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

Our  Dario  Smart  Diabetes  Management  Solution  and  associated  business  processes  may  contain  undetected  errors,  which  could  limit  our  ability  to
provide our services and diminish the attractiveness of our service offerings.

The  Dario  Smart  Diabetes  Management  Solution  may  contain  undetected  errors,  defects  or  bugs.  As  a  result,  our  customers  or  end  users  may
discover errors or defects in our products, software or the systems we design, or the products or systems incorporating our designs and intellectual property
may not operate as expected. We may discover significant errors or defects in the future that we may not be able to fix. Our inability to fix any of those
errors could limit our ability to provide our products, impair the reputation of our brand and diminish the attractiveness of our product offerings to our
customers.

In addition, we may utilize third-party technology or components in our products and we rely on those third parties to provide support services to

us. Failure of those third parties to provide necessary support services could materially adversely impact our business.

Our future performance will depend on the continued engagement of key members of our management team.

Our future performance depends to a large extent on the continued services of members of our current management including, in particular, Erez
Raphael, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors and Zvi Ben David, our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary. In
the event that we lose the continued services of such key personnel for any reason, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations,
and prospects.

If we are not able to attract and retain highly skilled managerial, scientific and technical personnel, we may not be able to implement our business
model successfully.

We believe that our management team must be able to act decisively to apply and adapt our business model in the rapidly changing markets in
which we will compete. In addition, we will rely upon technical and scientific employees or third-party contractors to effectively establish, manage and
grow our business. Consequently, we believe that our future viability will depend largely on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled managerial, sales,
scientific and technical personnel. In order to do so, we may need to pay higher compensation or fees to our employees or consultants than we currently
expect and such higher compensation payments would have a negative effect on our operating results. Competition for experienced, high-quality personnel
is intense and we cannot assure that we will be able to recruit and retain such personnel. We may not be able to hire or retain the necessary personnel to
implement our business strategy. Our failure to hire and retain such personnel could impair our ability to develop new products and manage our business
effectively.

Risks Related to Product Development and Regulatory Approval

The regulatory clearance process which we must navigate is expensive, time-consuming, and uncertain and may prevent us from obtaining clearance
for the commercialization of Dario or our any future product.

We are not permitted to market Dario until we receive regulatory clearance. To date, we have received regulatory clearance in Australia, Canada,

Israel, Italy, the Netherlands, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United States.

35

 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The research, design, testing, manufacturing, labeling, selling, marketing and distribution of medical devices are subject to extensive regulation by
the FDA and non-U.S. regulatory authorities, which regulations differ from country to country. There can be no assurance that even after such time and
expenditures,  we  will  be  able  to  obtain  necessary  regulatory  approvals  for  clinical  testing  or  for  the  manufacturing  or  marketing  of  any  products.    In
addition, during the regulatory process, other companies may develop other technologies with the same intended use as our products.  

We  are  also  subject  to  numerous  post-marketing  regulatory  requirements,  which  include  labeling  regulations  and  medical  device  reporting
regulations, which may require us to report to different regulatory agencies if our device causes or contributes to a death or serious injury, or malfunctions
in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. In addition, these regulatory requirements may change in the future in a way that
adversely affects us. If we fail to comply with present or future regulatory requirements that are applicable to us, we may be subject to enforcement action
by regulatory agencies, which may include, among others, any of the following sanctions:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties;

customer notification, or orders for repair, replacement or refunds;

voluntary or mandatory recall or seizure of our current or future products;

imposing operating restrictions, suspension or shutdown of production;

refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses or modifications to Dario or future
products;

rescinding 510(k) clearance or suspending or withdrawing pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and

criminal prosecution.

The occurrence of any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, on September 23, 2013, the FDA issued final guidance (which we refer to herein as the Guidance) for developers of mobile medical
applications,  or  apps,  which  are  software  programs  that  run  on  mobile  communication  devices  and  perform  the  same  functions  as  traditional  medical
devices.  The  Guidance  outlines  the  FDA’s  tailored  approach  to  mobile  apps.    The  FDA  plans  to  exercise  enforcement  discretion  (meaning  it  will  not
enforce requirements under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act) for the majority of mobile apps as they pose minimal risk to consumers. The FDA
plans  to  focus  its  regulatory  oversight  on  a  subset  of  mobile  medical  apps  that  present  a  greater  risk  to  patients  if  they  do  not  work  as  intended.  We
anticipate that the Dario Smart Diabetes Management application will be subject to FDA regulation as a “mobile medical app.” 

We have conducted limited clinical studies of Dario. Clinical and pre-clinical data is susceptible to varying interpretations, which could delay, limit or
prevent additional regulatory clearances.

To date, we have conducted limited clinical studies on Dario.   There can be no assurance that we will successfully complete additional clinical
studies necessary to receive additional regulatory approvals in certain jurisdictions. While studies conducted by us have produced results we believe to be
encouraging and indicative of the potential efficacy of Dario, data already obtained, or in the future obtained, from pre-clinical studies and clinical studies
do not necessarily predict the results that will be obtained from later pre-clinical studies and clinical studies. Moreover, pre-clinical and clinical data are
susceptible to varying interpretations, which could delay, limit or prevent additional regulatory approvals. A number of companies in the medical device
and pharmaceutical industries have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical studies, even after promising results in earlier studies. The failure to
adequately demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of an intended product under development could delay or prevent regulatory clearance of the device,
resulting in delays to commercialization, and could materially harm our business.  Even though we have received CE mark and FDA clearance of Dario,
there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  receive  approval  for  other  potential  applications  of  our  principal  technology,  or  that  we  will  receive
regulatory clearances from other targeted regions or countries.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  may  be  unable  to  complete  required  clinical  trials,  or  we  may  experience  significant  delays  in  completing  such  clinical  trials,  which  could
significantly delay our targeted product launch timeframe and impair our viability and business plan.

The completion of any future clinical trials for Dario or other trials that we may be required to undertake in the future could be delayed, suspended

or terminated for several reasons, including:

·

·

·

·

our failure or inability to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements;

sites participating in the trial may drop out of the trial, which may require us to engage new sites for an expansion of the number of sites
that are permitted to be involved in the trial;

patients may not enroll in, remain in or complete, the clinical trial at the rates we expect; and

clinical investigators may not perform our clinical trial on our anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol and good
clinical practices.

If our clinical trial is delayed it will take us longer to further commercialize Dario and generate additional revenues. Moreover, our development
costs will increase if we have material delays in our clinical trial or if we need to perform more or larger clinical trials than planned. We may be faced with
similar risks in connection with future trials we conduct. See “Business - Clinical Trials” for a description of our clinical trials performed to date.

If  we  or  our  manufacturers  fail  to  comply  with  the  FDA’s  Quality  System  Regulation  or  any  applicable  state  equivalent,  our  operations  could  be
interrupted and our operating results could suffer.

We, our manufacturers and suppliers must, unless specifically exempt by regulation, follow the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (QSR) and are
also subject to the regulations of foreign jurisdictions regarding the manufacturing process. If our affiliates, our manufacturers or suppliers are found to be
in  significant  non-compliance  or  fail  to  take  satisfactory  corrective  action  in  response  to  adverse  QSR  inspectional  findings,  the  FDA  could  take
enforcement actions against us and our manufacturers which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order
to meet our customers’ demands. Accordingly, our operating results could suffer.

We are subject to the risk of reliance on third parties to conduct our clinical trial work.

We depend on independent clinical investigators to conduct our clinical trials. Contract research organizations may also assist us in the collection
and analysis of data. These investigators and contract research organizations will not be our employees and we will not be able to control, other than by
contract, the number of resources, including the time that they devote to products that we develop. If independent investigators fail to devote sufficient
resources to our clinical trials, or if their performance is substandard, it will delay the approval or clearance and commercialization of any products that we
develop.  Further,  the  FDA  and  other  regulatory  bodies  around  the  world  require  that  we  comply  with  standards,  commonly  referred  to  as  good  clinical
practice, for conducting, recording and reporting clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity,
and  confidentiality  of  trial  subjects  are  protected.  If  our  independent  clinical  investigators  and  contract  research  organizations  fail  to  comply  with  good
clinical practice, the results of our clinical trials could be called into question and the clinical development of our product candidates could be delayed.
Failure of clinical investigators or contract research organizations to meet their obligations to us or comply with federal regulations could adversely affect
the  clinical  development  of  our  product  candidates  and  harm  our  business.  Moreover,  we  intend  to  have  several  clinical  trials  in  order  to  support  our
marketing efforts and business development purposes. Such clinical trials will be conducted by third parties as well. Failure of such clinical trials to meet
their primary endpoints could adversely affect our marketing efforts.

Legislative reforms to the United States healthcare system may adversely affect our revenues and business.

From time to time, legislative reform measures are proposed or adopted that would impact healthcare expenditures for medical services, including
the  medical  devices  used  to  provide  those  services.  For  example,  in  March  2010,  U.S.  President  Barack  Obama  signed  the  Patient  Protection  and
Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively referred to as the Affordable Care Act. The Affordable
Care Act made a number of substantial changes in the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers and the way that Medicare
providers are reimbursed. Among other things, the Affordable Care Act requires certain medical device manufacturers and importers to pay an excise tax
equal to 2.3% of the price for which such medical devices are sold, beginning January 1, 2013.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition,  other  legislative  changes  have  been  proposed  and  adopted  since  the  Affordable  Care  Act  was  enacted.  On  August  2,  2011,  the
President  signed  into  law  the  Budget  Control  Act  of  2011,  which,  among  other  things,  created  the  Joint  Select  Committee  on  Deficit  Reduction  to
recommend to Congress proposals in spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee did not achieve a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion
for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes reductions to Medicare
payments to providers of 2.0% per fiscal year. On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or the
ATRA, which delayed for another two months the budget cuts mandated by these sequestration provisions of the Budget Control Act of 2011. On March 1,
2013, the President signed an executive order implementing sequestration, and on April 1, 2013, the 2% Medicare payment reductions went into effect. The
Bipartisan  Budget  Act  of  2013,  enacted  on  December  26,  2013,  extends  these  cuts  to  2023.  The  ATRA  also,  among  other  things,  reduced  Medicare
payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers, and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the
government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. In December 2014, Congress passed an omnibus funding bill (the Consolidated
and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2015) and a tax extenders bill, both of which may negatively impact coverage and reimbursement of healthcare
items  and  services.  We  expect  that  additional  state  and  federal  healthcare  reform  measures  will  be  adopted  in  the  future,  any  of  which  could  limit  the
amounts  that  federal  and  state  governments  will  pay  for  healthcare  products  and  services,  which  could  result  in  reduced  demand  for  our  products  or
additional pricing pressure. For example, U.S. President Donald Trump has recently publicly indicated an intent to lower healthcare costs through various
potential  initiatives.  In  addition,  President  Trump  and  other  U.S.  lawmakers  have  made  statements  about  potentially  repealing  and/or  replacing  the
Affordable Care Act, although specific legislation for such repeal or replacement has not yet been introduced. While we are unable to predict what changes
may ultimately be enacted, to the extent that future changes affect how our products are paid for and reimbursed by government and private payers our
business could be adversely impacted.

Government and private sector initiatives to limit the growth of health care costs, including price regulation, competitive pricing, coverage and
payment policies, comparative effectiveness reviews of therapies, technology assessments, and managed-care arrangements, are continuing. Government
programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, private health care insurance and managed-care plans have attempted to control costs by limiting the amount
of  reimbursement  they  will  pay  for  particular  procedures  or  treatments,  tying  reimbursement  to  outcomes,  and  other  mechanisms  designed  to  constrain
utilization and contain costs, including delivery reforms such as expanded bundling of services. Hospitals are also seeking to reduce costs through a variety
of mechanisms, which may increase price sensitivity among customers for our products, and adversely affect sales, pricing, and utilization of our products.
Some third-party payors must also approve coverage for new or innovative devices or therapies before they will reimburse health care providers who use
medical devices or therapies. We cannot predict the potential impact of cost-containment trends on future operating results.

We may be subject to federal, state and foreign healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations.

Many federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations apply to the BGMS business and medical devices. We may be subject to certain
federal and state regulations, including the federal healthcare programs’ Anti-Kickback Law, the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability
Act of 1996, and other federal and state false claims laws. The medical device industry has been under heightened scrutiny as the subject of government
investigations  and  enforcement  actions  involving  manufacturers  who  allegedly  offered  unlawful  inducements  to  potential  or  existing  customers  in  an
attempt to procure their business, including arrangements with physician consultants. If our operations or arrangements are found to be in violation of such
governmental regulations, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs and the
curtailment of our operations. All of these penalties could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

Product liability suits, whether or not meritorious, could be brought against us due to an alleged defective product or for the misuse of Dario or our
potential future products. These suits could result in expensive and time-consuming litigation, payment of substantial damages, and an increase in our
insurance rates.

If  Dario  or  any  of  our  future  products  are  defectively  designed  or  manufactured  contain  defective  components  or  are  misused,  or  if  someone
claims  any  of  the  foregoing,  whether  or  not  meritorious,  we  may  become  subject  to  substantial  and  costly  litigation.  Misusing  our  device  or  failing  to
adhere to the operating guidelines or the device producing inaccurate meter readings could cause significant harm to patients, including death. In addition,
if our operating guidelines are found to be inadequate, we may be subject to liability. Product liability claims could divert management’s attention from our
core  business,  be  expensive  to  defend  and  result  in  sizable  damage  awards  against  us.  While  we  maintain  product  liability  insurance,  we  may  not  have
sufficient  insurance  coverage  for  all  future  claims.  Any  product  liability  claims  brought  against  us,  with  or  without  merit,  could  increase  our  product
liability  insurance  rates  or  prevent  us  from  securing  continuing  coverage,  could  harm  our  reputation  in  the  industry  and  could  reduce  revenue.  Product
liability claims in excess of our insurance coverage would be paid out of cash reserves harming our financial condition and adversely affecting our results
of operations.

38

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
If  we  are  found  to  have  violated  laws  protecting  the  confidentiality  of  patient  health  information,  we  could  be  subject  to  civil  or  criminal  penalties,
which could increase our liabilities and harm our reputation or our business.

Part of our business plan includes the storage and potential monetization of medical data of users of Dario. There are a number of federal and state
laws protecting the confidentiality of certain patient health information, including patient records, and restricting the use and disclosure of that protected
information. In particular, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services promulgated patient privacy rules under the Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996 (which we refer to as HIPAA). These privacy rules protect medical records and other personal health information by limiting
their  use  and  disclosure,  giving  individuals  the  right  to  access,  amend  and  seek  accounting  of  their  own  health  information  and  limiting  most  use  and
disclosures of health information to the minimum amount reasonably necessary to accomplish the intended purpose. We may face difficulties in holding
such information in compliance with applicable law. If we are found to be in violation of the privacy rules under HIPAA, we could be subject to civil or
criminal  penalties,  which  could  increase  our  liabilities,  harm  our  reputation  and  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and
results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

The  failure  to  obtain  or  maintain  patents,  licensing  agreements  and  other  intellectual  property  could  materially  impact  our  ability  to  compete
effectively.

In order for our business to be viable and to compete effectively, we need to develop and maintain, and we will heavily rely on, our proprietary
position  with  respect  to  our  technologies  and  intellectual  property.  We  filed  a  Patent  Cooperation  Treaty  (or  PCT)  application  for  a  “Fluids  Testing
Apparatus and Methods of Use” in May 2011 which incorporates two U.S. provisional applications submitted in the preceding year. The PCT covers the
specific processes related to blood glucose level measurement as well as more general methods of rapid tests of body fluids and has subsequently been
converted into several national phase patent applications. We have also filed patent applications for other aspects of the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring
Solution. We have also obtained numerous Web domains.

However, to date, we have only been issued four patents (three of which were issued in the United States) relating to how the Dario Blood Glucose
Monitoring System draws power from and transmits data to a smartphone via the audio jack port. None of our other patents have been granted by a patent
office.  In  addition,  there  are  significant  risks  associated  with  our  actual  or  proposed  intellectual  property.  The  risks  and  uncertainties  that  we  face  with
respect to our pending patent and other proprietary rights principally include the following:

·

·

·

·

·

·

pending  patent  applications  we  have  filed  or  will  file  may  not  result  in  issued  patents  or  may  take  longer  than  we  expect  to  result  in
issued patents;

we may be subject to interference proceedings;

we may be subject to opposition proceedings in foreign countries;

any patents that are issued to us may not provide meaningful protection;

we may not be able to develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

other companies may challenge patents licensed or issued to us;

39

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·

·

·

other companies may have independently developed and/or patented (or may in the future independently develop and patent) similar or
alternative technologies, or duplicate our technologies;

other companies may design their technologies around technologies we have licensed or developed; and

enforcement of patents is complex, uncertain and very expensive.

We cannot be certain that patents will be issued as a result of any of our pending or future applications, or that any of our patents, once issued, will
provide  us  with  adequate  protection  from  competing  products.  For  example,  issued  patents  may  be  circumvented  or  challenged,  declared  invalid  or
unenforceable, or narrowed in scope. In addition, since the publication of discoveries in scientific or patent literature often lags behind actual discoveries,
we cannot be certain that we were the first to make our inventions or to file patent applications covering those inventions.

It is also possible that others may have or may obtain issued patents that could prevent us from commercializing our products or require us to
obtain  licenses  requiring  the  payment  of  significant  fees  or  royalties  in  order  to  enable  us  to  conduct  our  business.  As  to  those  patents  that  we  have
licensed, our rights depend on maintaining our obligations to the licensor under the applicable license agreement, and we may be unable to do so.

Costly litigation may be necessary to protect our intellectual property rights and we may be subject to claims alleging the violation of the intellectual
property rights of others.

We may face significant expense and liability as a result of litigation or other proceedings relating to patents and intellectual property rights of
others. In the event that another party has also filed a patent application or been issued a patent relating to an invention or technology claimed by us in
pending  applications,  we  may  be  required  to  participate  in  an  interference  proceeding  declared  by  the  United  States  Patent  and  Trademark  Office  to
determine priority of invention, which could result in substantial uncertainties and costs for us, even if the eventual outcome was favorable to us. We, or
our  licensors,  also  could  be  required  to  participate  in  interference  proceedings  involving  issued  patents  and  pending  applications  of  another  entity.  An
adverse outcome in an interference proceeding could require us to cease using the technology, substantially modify it or to license rights from prevailing
third parties.

The cost to us of any patent litigation or other proceeding relating to our licensed patents or patent applications, even if resolved in our favor,
could  be  substantial,  especially  given  our  early  stage  of  development.  Our  ability  to  enforce  our  patent  protection  could  be  limited  by  our  financial
resources and may be subject to lengthy delays. A third party may claim that we are using inventions claimed by their patents and may go to court to stop
us from engaging in our normal operations and activities, such as research, development and the sale of any future products. Such lawsuits are expensive
and would consume significant time and other resources. There is a risk that a court will decide that we are infringing the third party’s patents and will
order us to stop the activities claimed by the patents. In addition, there is a risk that a court will order us to pay the other party damages for having infringed
their patents.

Moreover, there is no guarantee that any prevailing patent owner would offer us a license so that we could continue to engage in activities claimed
by  the  patent,  or  that  such  a  license  if  made  available  to  us,  could  be  acquired  on  commercially  acceptable  terms.  In  addition,  third  parties  may,  in  the
future, assert other intellectual property infringement claims against us with respect to our services, technologies or other matters.

We have limited foreign intellectual property rights and may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

We  have  limited  intellectual  property  rights  outside  the  United  States.  Filing,  prosecuting  and  defending  patents  on  devices  in  all  countries
throughout  the  world  would  be  prohibitively  expensive,  and  our  intellectual  property  rights  in  some  countries  outside  the  United  States  can  be  less
extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property to the same extent as laws in
the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or
from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in
jurisdictions where we have not obtained patents to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where
we have patents, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Many  companies  have  encountered  significant  problems  in  protecting  and  defending  intellectual  property  in  foreign  jurisdictions.  The  legal
systems  of  certain  countries,  particularly  China  and  certain  other  developing  countries,  do  not  favor  the  enforcement  of  patents,  trade  secrets  and  other
intellectual  property,  particularly  those  relating  to  medical  devices  and  biopharmaceutical  products,  which  could  make  it  difficult  for  us  to  stop  the
infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. To date, we have not sought to enforce any
issued patents in these foreign jurisdictions. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our
efforts and attention from other aspects of our business could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications
at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or
other  remedies  awarded,  if  any,  may  not  be  commercially  meaningful.  The  requirements  for  patentability  may  differ  in  certain  countries,  particularly
developing  countries.  Certain  countries  in  Europe  and  developing  countries,  including  China  and  India,  have  compulsory  licensing  laws  under  which  a
patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In those countries, we and our licensors may have limited remedies if patents are infringed
or if we or our licensors are compelled to grant a license to a third party, which could materially diminish the value of those patents. This could limit our
potential  revenue  opportunities.  Accordingly,  our  efforts  to  enforce  our  intellectual  property  rights  around  the  world  may  be  inadequate  to  obtain  a
significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

We rely on confidentiality agreements that could be breached and may be difficult to enforce, which could result in third parties using our intellectual
property to compete against us.

Although  we  believe  that  we  take  reasonable  steps  to  protect  our  intellectual  property,  including  the  use  of  agreements  relating  to  the  non-
disclosure of confidential information to third parties, as well as agreements that purport to require the disclosure and assignment to us of the rights to the
ideas, developments, discoveries and inventions of our employees and consultants while we employ them, the agreements can be difficult and costly to
enforce. Although we seek to enter into these types of agreements with our contractors, consultants, advisors and research collaborators, to the extent that
employees  and  consultants  utilize  or  independently  develop  intellectual  property  in  connection  with  any  of  our  projects,  disputes  may  arise  as  to  the
intellectual property rights associated with our technology. If a dispute arises, a court may determine that the right belongs to a third party. In addition,
enforcement  of  our  rights  can  be  costly  and  unpredictable.  We  also  rely  on  trade  secrets  and  proprietary  know-how  that  we  seek  to  protect  in  part  by
confidentiality agreements with our employees, contractors, consultants, advisors or others. Despite the protective measures we employ, we still face the
risk that:

·

·

·

·

these agreements may be breached;

these agreements may not provide adequate remedies for the applicable type of breach;

our proprietary know-how will otherwise become known; or

our competitors will independently develop similar technology or proprietary information.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship of our patents and other intellectual property.

We may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our patents or other intellectual property
as an inventor or co-inventor. For example, we may have inventorship disputes arise from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved
in developing our product candidates. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship. If we fail in defending
any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use,
valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such
claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. In addition, the Israeli Supreme Court ruled in
2012  that  an  employee  who  receives  a  patent  or  contributes  to  an  invention  during  his  employment  may  be  allowed  to  seek  compensation  for  such
contributions from his or her employer, even if the employee’s contract of employment specifically states otherwise and the employee has transferred all
intellectual  property  rights  to  the  employer.  The  Israeli  Supreme  Court  ruled  that  the  fact  that  a  contract  revokes  an  employee’s  right  for  royalties  and
compensation, does not rule out the right of the employee to claim their right for royalties. As a result, it is unclear whether and, if so, to what extent our
employees  may  be  able  to  claim  compensation  with  respect  to  our  future  revenue.  We  may  receive  less  revenue  from  future  products  if  any  of  our
employees successfully claim for compensation for their work in developing our intellectual property, which in turn could impact our future profitability.

41

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Our Industry

We face intense competition in the self-monitoring of blood glucose market, and as a result we may be unable to effectively compete in our industry.

With  our  first  product,  Dario,  we  compete  directly  and  primarily  with  large  pharmaceutical  and  medical  device  companies  such  as  Abbott
Laboratories, Asensia (formerly Bayer Diabetes Care), Johnson & Johnson LifeScan, Roche Diagnostics and Sanofi. The first four of these companies has
a  combined  majority  market  share  of  the  BGMS  business  and  strong  research  and  development  capacity  for  next-generation  products.  Their  dominant
market position since the late 1990s, and significant control over the market could significantly limit our ability to introduce Dario or effectively market
and generate sales of the product. We will also compete with numerous second-tier and third-tier competitors.

We only recently commenced sales of our products, and most of our competitors have long histories and strong reputations within the industry.
They  have  significantly  greater  brand  recognition,  financial  and  human  resources  than  we  do.  They  also  have  more  experience  and  capabilities  in
researching and developing testing devices, obtaining and maintaining regulatory clearances and other requirements, manufacturing and marketing those
products than we do. There is a significant risk that we may be unable to overcome the advantages held by our competition, and our inability to do so could
lead to the failure of our business and the loss of your investment.

Competition  in  the  BGMS  markets  is  extremely  intense,  which  can  lead  to,  among  other  things,  price  reductions,  longer  selling  cycles,  lower
product  margins,  loss  of  market  share  and  additional  working  capital  requirements.  To  succeed,  we  must,  among  other  critical  matters,  gain  consumer
acceptance for Dario and potential future devices incorporating our principal technology and offer better strategic concepts, technical solutions, prices and
response time, or a combination of these factors, than those of other competitors. If our competitors offer significant discounts on certain products, we may
need  to  lower  our  prices  or  offer  other  favorable  terms  in  order  to  compete  successfully.  Moreover,  any  broad-based  changes  to  our  prices  and  pricing
policies could make it difficult to generate revenues or cause our revenues, if established, to decline. Some of our competitors may bundle certain software
products  offering  competing  applications  for  diabetes  management  at  low  prices  for  promotional  purposes  or  as  a  long-term  pricing  strategy.  These
practices could significantly reduce demand for Dario or potential future products or constrain prices we can charge. Moreover, if our competitors develop
and commercialize products that are more effective or desirable than Dario or the other products that we may develop, we may not convince our customers
to use our products. Any such changes would likely reduce our commercial opportunity and revenue potential and could materially adversely impact our
operating results.

If we fail to respond quickly to technological developments our products may become uncompetitive and obsolete.

The BGMS market and other markets in which we plan to compete experience rapid technological developments, changes in industry standards,
changes in customer requirements and frequent new product introductions and improvements. If we are unable to respond quickly to these developments,
we may lose competitive position, and Dario or any other device or technology may become uncompetitive or obsolete, causing revenues and operating
results  to  suffer.  In  order  to  compete,  we  must  develop  or  acquire  new  devices  and  improve  our  existing  device  on  a  schedule  that  keeps  pace  with
technological developments and the requirements for products addressing a broad spectrum and designers and designer expertise in our industries. We must
also be able to support a range of changing customer preferences. For instance, as non-invasive technologies become more readily available in the market,
we may be required to adopt our platform to accommodate the use of non-invasive or continuous blood glucose sensors. We cannot guarantee that we will
be successful in any manner in these efforts.

If third-party payors do not provide adequate coverage and reimbursement for the use of Dario, our revenue will be negatively impacted.

In the United States and other jurisdictions such as Germany and England, we expect that Dario’s test strips should generally be available for full
or  partial  patient  reimbursement  by  third-party  payers.    Our  success  in  marketing  Dario  depends  and  will  depend  in  large  part  on  whether  U.S.  and
international government health administrative authorities, private health insurers and other organizations adequately cover and reimburse customers for the
cost of our products.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
In the United States, we expect to derive nearly all our sales from sales of Dario from direct to consumer cash sales as well as retail pharmacy and
DME  distributors  who  typically  bill  various  third-party  payors,  including  Medicare,  Medicaid,  private  commercial  insurance  companies,  health
maintenance organizations and other healthcare-related organizations, to cover all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with Dario and bill patients
for any applicable deductibles or co-payments. Access to adequate coverage and reimbursement for Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS)
procedures using Dario (and our other products in development) by third-party payors is essential to the acceptance of our products by our customers.

Third-party  payors,  whether  foreign  or  domestic,  or  governmental  or  commercial,  are  developing  increasingly  sophisticated  methods  of
controlling healthcare costs. In addition, in the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for medical device products and services
exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for medical device products and services can differ significantly from payor to
payor. In addition, payors continually review new technologies for possible coverage and can, without notice, deny coverage for these new products and
procedures.  As  a  result,  the  coverage  determination  process  is  often  a  time-consuming  and  costly  process  that  will  require  us  to  provide  scientific  and
clinical  support  for  the  use  of  our  products  to  each  payor  separately,  with  no  assurance  that  coverage  and  adequate  reimbursement  will  be  obtained,  or
maintained if obtained.

Reimbursement systems in international markets vary significantly by country and by region within some countries, and reimbursement approvals
must be obtained on a country-by-country basis. In many international markets, a product must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved
for sale in that country. Further, many international markets have government-managed healthcare systems that control reimbursement for new devices and
procedures. For example, the government healthcare system in the Netherlands, New Zealand and Israel have not yet approved reimbursement of Dario. In
most markets, there are private insurance systems as well as government-managed systems. If sufficient coverage and reimbursement are not available for
our current or future products, in either the United States or internationally, the demand for our products and our revenues will be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Operations in Israel

Potential political, economic and military instability in the State of Israel, where our management team and our research and development facilities are
located, may adversely affect our results of operations.

Our operating subsidiary, along with our management team and our research and development facilities, is located in Israel. Accordingly, political,
economic and military conditions in Israel and the surrounding region may directly affect our business and operations. Since the establishment of the State
of  Israel  in  1948,  a  number  of  armed  conflicts  have  taken  place  between  Israel  and  its  neighboring  countries.  Any  hostilities  involving  Israel  or  the
interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its trading partners could adversely affect our operations and results of operations. The hostilities
involved missile strikes against civilian targets in various parts of Israel, including areas in which our employees and some of our consultants are located,
and negatively affected business conditions in Israel. Our offices, located in Caesarea, Israel, are within the range of the missiles and rockets that have been
fired at Israeli cities and towns from Gaza sporadically since 2006, with escalations in violence (such as the recent escalation in July 2014) during which
there were a substantially larger number of rocket and missile attacks aimed at Israel. In addition, since February 2011, Egypt has experienced political
turbulence and an increase in terrorist activity in the Sinai Peninsula. Such political turbulence and violence may damage peaceful and diplomatic relations
between Israel and Egypt, and could affect the region as a whole. Similar civil unrest and political turbulence has occurred in other countries in the region,
including  Syria  which  shares  a  common  border  with  Israel,  and  is  affecting  the  political  stability  of  those  countries.  This  instability  and  any  outside
intervention may lead to deterioration of the political and economic relationships that exist between the State of Israel and some of these countries, and may
have the potential for causing additional conflicts in the region. In addition, Iran has threatened to attack Israel and is widely believed to be developing
nuclear weapons. Iran is also believed to have a strong influence among extremist groups in the region, such as Hamas in Gaza, Hezbollah in Lebanon, and
various rebel militia groups in Syria. Additionally, a violent jihadist group named Islamic State of Iraq and Levant (ISIL) is involved in hostilities in Iraq
and Syria and have been growing in influence. Although ISIL’s activities have not directly affected the political and economic conditions in Israel, ISIL’s
stated purpose is to take control of the Middle East, including Israel. These situations may potentially escalate in the future to more violent events which
may affect Israel and us. Any armed conflicts, terrorist activities or political instability in the region could adversely affect business conditions and could
harm our results of operations and could make it more difficult for us to raise capital. Parties with whom we do business may decline to travel to Israel
during periods of heightened unrest or tension, forcing us to make alternative arrangements when necessary in order to meet our business partners face to
face. In addition, the political and security situation in Israel may result in parties with whom we have agreements involving performance in Israel claiming
that they are not obligated to perform their commitments under those agreements pursuant to force majeure provisions in such agreements. Further, in the
past, the State of Israel and Israeli companies have been subjected to economic boycotts. Several countries still restrict business with the State of Israel and
with Israeli companies. These restrictive laws and policies may have an adverse impact on our operating results, financial condition or the expansion of our
business.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Our  commercial  insurance  does  not  cover  losses  that  may  occur  as  a  result  of  events  associated  with  the  security  situation  in  the  Middle  East.
Although the Israeli government currently covers the reinstatement value of direct damages that are caused by terrorist attacks or acts of war, we cannot
assure you that this government coverage will be maintained. Any losses or damages incurred by us could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Any armed conflicts or political instability in the region would likely negatively affect business conditions and could harm our results of operations.

Further,  the  State  of  Israel  and  Israeli  companies  have  been  subjected  to  an  economic  boycott.  Several  countries  still  restrict  business  with  the
State of Israel and with Israeli companies. These restrictive laws and policies may have an adverse impact on our operating results, financial condition or
the expansion of our business.

Our operations may be disrupted as a result of the obligation of Israeli citizens to perform military service.

Many Israeli citizens are obligated to perform several days, and in some cases more, of annual military reserve duty each year until they reach the
age of 40 (or older, for reservists who are military officers or who have certain occupations) and, in the event of a military conflict, may be called to active
duty.  In  response  to  increases  in  terrorist  activity,  there  have  been  periods  of  significant  call-ups  of  military  reservists.  It  is  possible  that  there  will  be
military  reserve  duty  call-ups  in  the  future.  Our  operations  could  be  disrupted  by  such  call-ups,  which  may  include  the  call-up  of  members  of  our
management. Such disruption could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Investors may have difficulties enforcing a U.S. judgment, including judgments based upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities
laws, against us, or our executive officers and directors or asserting U.S. securities laws claims in Israel.

Certain of our directors and officers are not residents of the United States and whose assets may be located outside the United States. Service of
process upon us or our non-U.S. resident directors and officers and enforcement of judgments obtained in the United States against us or our non-U.S. our
directors and executive officers may be difficult to obtain within the United States. We have been informed by our legal counsel in Israel that it may be
difficult to assert claims under U.S. securities laws in original actions instituted in Israel or obtain a judgment based on the civil liability provisions of U.S.
federal securities laws. Israeli courts may refuse to hear a claim based on a violation of U.S. securities laws against us or our officers and directors because
Israel may not be the most appropriate forum to bring such a claim. In addition, even if an Israeli court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that Israeli
law and not U.S. law is applicable to the claim. If U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact, which can
be  a  time-consuming  and  costly  process.  Certain  matters  of  procedure  will  also  be  governed  by  Israeli  law.  There  is  little  binding  case  law  in  Israel
addressing  the  matters  described  above.  Israeli  courts  might  not  enforce  judgments  rendered  outside  Israel,  which  may  make  it  difficult  to  collect  on
judgments rendered against us or our officers and directors.

Moreover, among other reasons, including but not limited to, fraud or absence of due process, or the existence of a judgment which is at variance
with another judgment that was given in the same matter if a suit in the same matter between the same parties was pending before a court or tribunal in
Israel, an Israeli court will not enforce a foreign judgment if it was given in a state whose laws do not provide for the enforcement of judgments of Israeli
courts (subject to exceptional cases) or if its enforcement is likely to prejudice the sovereignty or security of the State of Israel.

Risks Related to the Ownership of Our Common Stock and Warrants

Our  officers,  directors  and  founding  stockholders  may  exert  significant  influence  over  our  affairs,  including  the  outcome  of  matters  requiring
stockholder approval.

As  of  the  date  of  this  Annual  Report,  our  officers,  directors  and  affiliated  stockholders  collectively  have  a  beneficial  ownership  interest  of
approximately  40%  of  our  Company.  As  a  result,  such  individuals  will  have  the  ability,  acting  together,  to  control  the  election  of  our  directors  and  the
outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, such as: (i) a merger or a sale of our company, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of our
assets, and (iii) amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. This concentration of voting power and control could have a significant effect in
delaying, deferring or preventing an action that might otherwise be beneficial to our other stockholders and be disadvantageous to our stockholders with
interests  different  from  those  individuals.  Certain  of  these  individuals  also  have  significant  control  over  our  business,  policies  and  affairs  as  officers  or
directors of our company. Therefore, you should not invest in reliance on your ability to have any control over our company.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Our common stock has less liquidity than many other stocks listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

Historically, the trading volume of our common stock has been relatively low when compared to larger companies listed on the Nasdaq Capital
Market or other stock exchanges. While we have experienced increased liquidity in our stock during the year ended December 31, 2019, we cannot say
with certainty that a more active and liquid trading market for our common stock will continue to develop. Because of this, it may be more difficult for
shareholders to sell a substantial number of shares for the same price at which shareholders could sell a smaller number of shares.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their
recommendations regarding our common stock or warrants adversely, the price of our common stock or warrants and trading volume could decline.

The  trading  market  for  our  common  stock  or  warrants  may  be  influenced  by  the  research  and  reports  that  securities  or  industry  analysts  may
publish  about  us,  our  business,  our  market  or  our  competitors.  If  any  of  the  analysts  who  may  cover  us  change  their  recommendation  regarding  our
common  stock  or  warrants  adversely,  or  provide  more  favorable  relative  recommendations  about  our  competitors,  the  price  of  our  common  stock  or
warrants would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could
lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the price of our common stock or warrants or trading volume to decline.

The market price of our common stock and warrants may be significantly volatile.

The market price for our common stock and warrants may be significantly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors including

the following:

·

·

·

·

·

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

changes in financial or operational estimates or projections;

conditions in markets generally;

changes in the economic performance or market valuations of companies similar to ours; and

general economic or political conditions in the United States or elsewhere.

In particular, the market prices for securities of mHealth and medical device have historically been particularly volatile. Some of the factors that

may cause the market price of our common stock and warrants to fluctuate include:

·

·

·

·

·

·

any delay in or the results of our clinical trials;

any delay in manufacturing of our products;

any delay with the approval for reimbursement for the patients from their insurance companies;

our failure to comply with regulatory requirements;

the announcements of clinical trial data, and the investment community’s perception of and reaction to those data;

the results of clinical trials conducted by others on products that would compete with ours;

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

any delay or failure to receive clearance or approval from regulatory agencies or bodies;

our inability to commercially launch products or market and generate sales of our products, including Dario;

failure of Dario or any other products, even if approved for marketing, to achieve any level of commercial success;

our failure to obtain patent protection for any of our technologies and products (including those related to Dario) or the issuance of third-
party patents that cover our proposed technologies or products;

developments or disputes concerning our product’s intellectual property rights;

our or our competitors’ technological innovations;

general and industry-specific economic conditions that may affect our expenditures;

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, capital commitments,
new technologies, or patents;

future sales of our common stock or other securities, including shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or otherwise
issued pursuant to certain contractual rights;

period-to-period fluctuations in our financial results; and

low or high trading volume of our common stock due to many factors, including the terms of our financing arrangements.

In addition, if we fail to reach important research, development or commercialization milestone or result by a publicly expected deadline, even if
by  only  a  small  margin,  there  could  be  a  significant  impact  on  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock  and  warrants.  Additionally,  as  we  approach  the
announcement of anticipated significant information and as we announce such information, we expect the price of our common stock and warrants to be
particularly volatile, and negative results would have a substantial negative impact on the price of our common stock and warrants.

In  some  cases,  following  periods  of  volatility  in  the  market  price  of  a  company’s  securities,  stockholders  have  often  instituted  class  action
securities  litigation  against  those  companies.  Such  litigation,  if  instituted,  could  result  in  substantial  costs  and  diversion  of  management  attention  and
resources, which could significantly harm our business operations and reputation.

Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market for our common stock and warrants.

From time to time, certain of our stockholders may be eligible to sell all or some of their shares of common stock by means of ordinary brokerage
transactions in the open market pursuant to Rule 144, promulgated under the Securities Act, subject to certain limitations. In general, pursuant to Rule 144,
after satisfying a six month holding period: (i) affiliated stockholder (or stockholders whose shares are aggregated) may, under certain circumstances, sell
within  any  three  month  period  a  number  of  securities  which  does  not  exceed  the  greater  of  1%  of  the  then  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock  or  the
average weekly trading volume of the class during the four calendar weeks prior to such sale and (ii) non-affiliated stockholders may sell without such
limitations, provided we are current in our public reporting obligations. Rule 144 also permits the sale of securities by non-affiliates that have satisfied a
one year holding period without any limitation or restriction. Any substantial sale of our common stock pursuant to Rule 144 or pursuant to any resale
report may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our securities.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  compliance  with  complicated  U.S.  regulations  concerning  corporate  governance  and  public  disclosure  is  expensive.  Moreover,  our  ability  to
comply  with  all  applicable  laws,  rules  and  regulations  is  uncertain  given  our  management’s  relative  inexperience  with  operating  U.S.  public
companies.

As  a  publicly  reporting  company,  we  are  faced  with  expensive  and  complicated  and  evolving  disclosure,  governance  and  compliance  laws,
regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, and, to the
extent we complete our anticipated public offering, the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market. New or changing laws, regulations and standards are subject to
varying interpretations in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is
provided by regulatory and governing bodies, which could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by
ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. As a result, our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards of a U.S. public
company are likely to continue to result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-
generating activities to compliance activities.

Moreover, our executive officers have little experience in operating a U.S. public company, which makes our ability to comply with applicable
laws, rules and regulations uncertain. Our failure to company with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to U.S. public companies could subject us or
our management to regulatory scrutiny or sanction, which could harm our reputation and stock price.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, the price of our common stock may be adversely affected.

Our internal control over financial reporting may have weaknesses and conditions that could require correction or remediation, the disclosure of
which may have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.  We are required to establish and maintain appropriate internal control over financial
reporting.  Failure to establish those controls, or any failure of those controls once established, could adversely affect our public disclosures regarding our
business,  prospects,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.    In  addition,  management’s  assessment  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may
identify weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal control over financial reporting or other matters that may raise concerns for
investors.  Any actual or perceived weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal control over financial reporting or disclosure of
management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting may have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may
affect the trading price of our common stock and warrants.

We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a
change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person
becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our certificate of incorporation
and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws:

·

·

·

·

·

·

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our Board of Directors to thwart a takeover attempt;

provide that vacancies on our Board of Directors, including newly created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors
then in office;

provide  that  special  meetings  of  stockholders  may  only  be  called  by  our  Chairman,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and/or  President  or  other
executive officer, our Board of Directors or a super-majority (66 2/3%) of our stockholders;

place  restrictive  requirements  (including  advance  notification  of  stockholder  nominations  and  proposals)  on  how  special  meetings  of
stockholders may be called by our stockholders;

do not provide stockholders with the ability to cumulate their votes; and

provide that our Board of Directors or a super-majority of our stockholders (66 2/3%) may amend our bylaws.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, and consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your
investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends to holders of our common
stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the
only way to realize any future gains on their investments. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain
the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2.

Properties

We  do  not  own  any  real  property.  Currently,  we  maintain  our  headquarters  at  8  HaTokhen  St.,  Caesarea  Industrial  Park,  3088900,  Israel.  On
September 8, 2016, we signed a lease agreement for these headquarters’ facilities for a period of 5 years commencing upon the completion of construction
of the new office building. We moved into these offices during November 2017. The rental agreement will be extended automatically for an additional 60
months following expiration of the initial term. The monthly rent and management services under this lease are approximately $17,317. In December 2017
we  signed  a  lease  agreement  for  our  new  U.S.  headquarters  facilities  in  New  York,  New  York  for  a  monthly  rent  and  management  services  of
approximately $3,708.

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

We are currently not a party to any pending legal proceeding, nor is our property the subject of a pending legal proceeding, that we believe is not

ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business or otherwise material to the financial condition of our business.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
PART II

 Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “DRIO”. Our warrants to purchase common stock are quoted on the

Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “DRIOW”.

Record Holders

As of March 2, 2020, we had 249 stockholders of record of our common stock.

Dividends

We have never paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We anticipate that we will retain funds and future earnings to support operations
and  to  finance  the  growth  and  development  of  our  business.  Therefore,  we  do  not  expect  to  pay  cash  dividends  in  the  foreseeable  future. Any  future
determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital
requirements and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant. In addition, the terms of any future debt or credit financings may preclude us
from paying dividends.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans as of December 31, 2019:

The  following  table  provides  information  as  of  December  31,  2019,  with  respect  to  options  outstanding  under  the  Company’s  Amended  and

Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Equity Incentive Plan”) and the Company’s other equity compensation arrangements.

Plan category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders *
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders **
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders ***
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders ****
Total

Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights    

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights   

Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance  
146,180 
- 
- 
- 
- 
146,180 

54.03     
2,522.91     
2,502.00     
115.20     
140.40     
68.56     

145,155    $
607    $
213    $
1,966    $
139    $
148,080    $

 *

 **

In March 2013, our Board adopted a non-employee director’s remuneration policy.

On May 2014, our Board approved the grant of non-plan options to the Company’s Scientific Advisory Board (“SAB”). These options have an
exercise price of $2,502.00 vest in 4 quarterly installments in arrears, have a cashless exercise feature and a ten-year term.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 ***

 ****

In September 2015, our Board approved the grant of non-plan options to our Board members and members of our SAB. These options have an
exercise price of $115.20 per share, one-third vesting immediately and the balance vest over 8 quarterly installments, have a cashless exercise
feature and a six-year term.

In December 2015, our Board approved the grant of non-plan options to a member of the SAB. The options to the SAB member have an exercise
price of $140.40 per share, and vest over a three-year period. One third vest after one year and the balance vest over 8 quarterly installments after
the first anniversary; these options have a cashless exercise feature and a six-year term.

On January 23, 2012, our Board of Directors and a majority of the holders of our then outstanding shares of our common stock adopted our 2012
Equity  Incentive  Plan  (which  includes  both  U.S.  and  Israeli  sub-plans).  On  January  23,  2012,  an  Israeli  sub-plan  was  adopted  under  our  2012  Equity
Incentive  Plan,  which  sets  forth  the  terms  for  the  grant  of  stock  awards  to  Israeli  employees  or  Israeli  non-employees.  The  sub-plan  was  adopted  in
accordance with the amended sections 102 and 3(i) of Israel’s Income Tax Ordinance. The sub-plan is part of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and subject to
the  same  terms  and  conditions.  On  September  26,  2016  and  November  30,  2016,  respectively,  our  Board  of  Directors  and  stockholders  approved  an
amendment to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan increasing the number of shares of common stock available under the plan to 1,873,000 as well as amended
the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan to permit grants of shares of common stock. On February 2, 2017 and March 9, 2017, respectively, our Board of Directors
and stockholders approved an amendment to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan increasing the number of shares of common stock available under the plan to
2,373,000. On October 9, 2017 and December 4, 2017, respectively, our Board of Directors and stockholders approved an amendment to the 2012 Equity
Incentive Plan increasing the number of shares of common stock available under the plan to 3,873,000. On March 26, 2018 and May 18, 2018, respectively,
our  Board  of  Directors  and  stockholders  approved  an  amendment  to  the  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan  increasing  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock
available under the plan to 5,373,000. On October 7, 2018 and November 29, 2018, respectively, our Board of Directors and stockholders approved an
amendment to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan increasing the number of shares of common stock available under the plan to 7,873,000. On September 3,
2019 and November 6, 2019, respectively, our Board of Directors and stockholders approved an amendment to the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan increasing
the number of shares of common stock available under the plan to 12,373,000 (618,650 post reverse split). On December 26, 2019 and February 5, 2020,
respectively,  our  Board  of  Directors  and  stockholders  approved  an  amendment  to  the  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan  increasing  the  number  of  shares  of
common stock available under the plan to 1,968,650. Following amendments, there are currently 345,673 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

The purpose of our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan is to attract and retain directors, officers, consultants, advisors and employees whose services are
considered  valuable,  to  encourage  a  sense  of  proprietorship  and  to  stimulate  an  active  interest  of  such  persons  in  our  development  and  financial
achievements. The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors or by the full board, which
may determine, among other things, the (a) terms and conditions of any option or stock purchase right granted, including the exercise price and the vesting
schedule, (b) persons who are to receive options and stock purchase rights and (c) the number of shares to be subject to each option and stock purchase
right. The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the grant of (i) ”incentive” options (qualified under section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986,  as  amended)  to  employees  of  our  company  and  (ii)  non-qualified  options  to  directors  and  consultants  of  our  company.  In  addition,  our  Board  of
Directors has authorized the appointment of Tamir Fishman Equity Plan Services to act as a trustee for grants of options under the Israeli sub-plan to Israeli
residents.

In connection with the administration of our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, our Compensation Committee will:

·       determine which employees and other persons will be granted awards under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

·       grant the awards to those selected to participate;

·       determine the exercise price for options; and

·       prescribe any limitations, restrictions and conditions upon any awards, including the vesting conditions of awards.

Our Compensation Committee will: (i) interpret our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan; and (ii) make all other determinations and take all other action

that may be necessary or advisable to implement and administer our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The 2012 Equity Incentive Plan provides that in the event of a change of control event, the Compensation Committee or our Board of Directors

shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent to accelerate the vesting, exercise or payment of an award.

In addition, our Board of Directors may amend our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan at any time. However, without stockholder approval, our 2012

Equity Incentive Plan may not be amended in a manner that would:

·       increase the number of shares that may be issued under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

·       materially modify the requirements for eligibility for participation in our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

·       materially increase the benefits to participants provided by our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan; or

·       otherwise disqualify our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan for coverage under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Awards previously granted under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan may not be impaired or affected by any amendment of our 2012 Equity Incentive

Plan, without the consent of the affected grantees.

Option Exercises

To date, no options have been exercised by our directors or officers.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

During the fourth quarter of 2019, we issued an aggregate 625 shares of our common stock to certain of our service providers as compensation to
them for services rendered. We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for the foregoing
transactions under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

Not applicable.

 Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

Readers  are  advised  to  review  the  following  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  together  with  our
consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Some of the information
contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our
business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”. You
should review the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially
from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a leading Global Digital Therapeutics (DTx) company revolutionizing the way people manage their health across the chronic condition
spectrum  by  delivering  evidence-based  interventions  that  are  driven  by  precision  data  analytics,  high  quality  software,  and  personalized  coaching.  We
empower  individuals  to  make  healthy  adjustments  to  their  daily  lifestyle  choices  in  a  personalized  way  and  improve  their  overall  health.  Our  cross-
functional  team  operates  at  the  intersection  of  life  science,  behavioral  science,  and  software  technology  to  deliver  highly  engaging  therapeutic
interventions. With 4.9/5.0 stars from 9,000+ reviews on the Apple App Store as of March 2020, the DarioTM Blood Sugar Monitor’s user-centric approach
is loved by tens of thousands of customers around the globe. We are rapidly expanding solutions for additional chronic conditions such as hypertension,
using a performance-based approach to improve the health of users managing chronic disease.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  flagship  product,  Dario,  which  we  also  refer  to  as  our  Dario  Smart  Diabetes  Management  Solution,  is  a  mobile,  real-time,  cloud-based,
diabetes  management  solution  based  on  an  innovative,  multi-feature  software  application  to  track  and  monitor  all  facets  of  diabetes,  combined  with  a
stylish, ‘all-in-one’, pocket-sized, blood glucose monitoring device, which we call the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System, that essentially turns a
smartphone  into  a  glucometer.  In  addition,  our  product  offerings  will  focus  on  the  newly  launched  DarioEngage  software  platform,  where  we  digitally
engage with Dario users, assist them in monitoring their chronic illnesses and provide them with coaching, support, digital communications and real time
alerts,  trends  and  pattern  analysis.  The  DarioEngage  platform  can  be  leveraged  by  our  potential  partners,  such  as  clinics,  health  care  service  providers,
employers  and  payers  for  scalable  monitoring  of  people  with  diabetes  in  a  cost-effective  manner,  which  we  expect  will  open  for  us  additional  revenue
streams. Finally, we intend to utilize the data we obtain from our Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution and DarioEngage platform to develop our
upcoming  healthcare  analytics  program,  Dario  Intelligence.  As  such,  we  intend  to  develop  our  solutions  such  that  they  will  span  the  full  spectrum  of
disease monitoring, user-centric engagement, coaching tools, and big data and intelligence solutions. We have obtained regulatory clearance or approval for
the Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System in the U.S., Canada, the E.U., Israel and Australia, among others. We believe that our targeted health platform
is a highly personalized preventative and proactive approach to health improvement based on individual behavior and treatment, tailored to each person’s
unique profile.

Our principal operating subsidiary, LabStyle Innovation Ltd., is an Israeli company with its headquarters in Caesarea, Israel. We were formed on

August 11, 2011 as a Delaware corporation.

We commenced a commercial launch of our free application in the United Kingdom in late 2013 and commenced an initial soft launch of the full
Dario  solution  (including  the  app  and  the  Dario  Blood  Glucose  Monitoring  System)  in  selected  jurisdictions  in  March  2014.  We  continued  to  scale  up
launch during 2014 in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands and New Zealand, and during 2015 in Australia, Israel and Canada, with the goal of collecting
customer feedback to refine our longer-term roll-out strategy. We are consistently adding new additional features and functionality in making Dario the new
standard of care in diabetes data management.

Through  our  Israeli  subsidiary,  Labstyle  Innovation  Ltd.,  our  plan  of  operations  is  to  continue  the  development  of  our  software  and  hardware
offerings  and  related  technology.  During  2015,  we  successfully  launched  the  Dario  Smart  Diabetes  Management  Solution  according  to  plan  and  are
currently  expanding  the  launch  to  other  jurisdictions.  In  2016,  we  established  our  direct  to  consumer  model  in  the  U.S.  to  achieve  higher  and  faster
penetration  into  the  market  during  the  launch  phase.  We  have  invested  in  a  robust  digital  marketing  department  with  in-house  platforms,  experienced
personnel  and  robust  infrastructures  to  support  expected  growth  of  users  and  online  subscribers  in  this  market.  During  the  third  quarter  of  2016  we
expanded these efforts to include Australia as well. In 2017, we expanded our direct to consumer marketing efforts in the United Kingdom in cooperation
with our local distributor and launched similar marketing efforts in Germany. In support of these goals, we intend to utilize our funds for the following
activities:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

ramp up of mass production, marketing and distribution and sales efforts related to the Dario Smart Diabetes Management Solution and the
DarioEngage platform;

develop our customer support and telemarketing services in order to support the expect growth of our revenues and the increase of user, and
service provider who will use our platform to better serve people with diabetes and improve their clinical outcome;

continued product and software development, and related activities (including costs associated with application development and data storage
capabilities  as  well  as  any  necessary  design  modifications  to  the  various  elements  of  the  Dario  Smart  Diabetes  Management  Solution,  the
DarioEngage platform and the Dario Intelligence tools and capabilities);

continued work on registration of our patents worldwide;

Regulatory and quality assurance matters;

professional fees associated with being a publicly reporting company; and

general and administrative matters.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In September 2019 we formed a strategic alliance with Dance Biopharm Holdings, Inc., a clinical-stage company reimagining the treatment of

chronic diseases with inhaled therapies to expand access to a personalized digital health management platform for patients with chronic diseases.

Also in September 2019, we received a notice of allowance from the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office titled “Systems and Methods for Enabling
Optical Transmission of Data Between a Sensor and a Smart Device.” The patent will allow us to develop paired smartphone devices that can collect and
analyze real-time medical data and provide immediate and highly detailed, personalized data reports to the user. Once collected, this data can be shared
with healthcare providers through the DarioEngage platform to facilitate digital health interventions based on the data analysis.

Readers  are  cautioned  that,  according  to  our  management’s  estimates,  based  on  our  budget  and  the  initial  launch  of  our  commercial  sales,  we
believe that we will have sufficient resources to continue our activity only into June 2021 without raising additional capital. This includes an amount of
anticipated inflows from sales of Dario through direct sales in the United States and through distribution partners. As such, we have a significant present
need  for  capital.  If  we  are  unable  to  scale  up  our  commercial  launch  of  Dario  or  meet  our  commercial  sales  targets  (or  if  we  are  unable  to  ramp  up
revenues),  and  if  we  are  unable  to  obtain  additional  capital  resources  in  the  near  term,  we  may  be  unable  to  continue  activities,  absent  a  material
alternations in our business plans and our business might fail.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  using  the  accrual  basis  of  accounting  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally

accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). Our fiscal year ends December 31.

This  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  discuss  our  consolidated  financial  statements,
which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP.  The  preparation  of  these  consolidated  financial  statements  requires  making  estimates  and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated
financial  statements,  as  well  as  the  reported  revenues  and  expenses  for  the  reporting  periods.  On  an  ongoing  basis,  we  evaluate  such  estimates  and
judgments. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results
of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual
results may differ (perhaps significantly) from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While  all  the  accounting  policies  impact  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  certain  policies  may  be  viewed  to  be  critical.  Our  management
believes  that  the  accounting  policies  which  involve  more  significant  judgments  and  estimates  used  in  the  preparation  of  our  consolidated  financial
statements, include revenue recognition, inventories, liability related to certain warrants, and accounting for production lines and its related useful life and
impairment.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenue principally from:

•

•

•

sale of our products, device-specific disposables test strip cartridges, lancets and our Dario Blood Glucose Monitoring System through distributors
or directly to end users;

revenue from providing Remote Patient Monitoring services to healthcare providers through the DarioEngage platform; and

revenue  from  ongoing  membership  programs,  providing  our  users  personalized  diabetes  management  programs,  including  lifestyle  changes,
healthy eating, advanced tracking and live coaching.

Revenue  is  recognized  under  the  five-step  methodology  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  -  ASC  606,  which
requires  us  to  identify  the  contract  with  the  customer,  identify  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract,  determine  the  transaction  price,  allocate  the
transaction price to the performance obligations identified, and recognize revenue when (or as) each performance obligation is satisfied.

Revenue from product sales is recognized in the period in which the products are provided to customers. Revenues are recognized when control of

the promised products is transferred to customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to receive from patients.

Revenues from ongoing membership programs and Remote Patient Monitoring services are recognized for each individual performance obligation
when delivery has occurred, by fulfillment of product and service to costumer. Our revenues are recognized in the period in which services and related
products are provided to customers and are recorded either at a point in time for the sale of products, or over the fixed service period for membership. The
fee paid in upfront, fixed or determinable, the allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligations product and service based on the best
estimate  of  selling  price  which  is  established  considering  several  internal  factors  including,  but  not  limited  to,  historical  sales,  pricing  practices  and
geographies in which we offer our products.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventories

Inventory write-down is measured as the difference between the cost of the inventory and net realized value based upon assumptions about future
demand, and is charged to the cost of sales. At the point of the loss recognition, a new, lower-cost basis for that inventory is established, and subsequent
changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis.

If there were to be a sudden and significant decrease in demand for our products or if there were a higher incidence of inventory obsolescence
because  of  rapidly  changing  technology  and  customer  requirements,  we  could  be  required  to  increase  our  inventory  write-downs  and  our  gross  margin
could be adversely affected. Inventory and supply chain management remain areas of focus as we balance the need to maintain supply chain flexibility, to
help ensure competitive lead times with the risk of inventory obsolescence.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, total inventory write-off expenses amounted to $62,000.

Production Lines

Capitalization of Costs. We capitalize direct incremental costs of third-party manufacturers related to the equipment in our production lines. We
cease  construction  cost  capitalization  relating  to  our  production  lines  once  they  are  ready  for  its  intended  use  and  held  available  for  occupancy.  All
renovations and betterments that extend the economic useful lives of assets and/or improve the performance of the production lines are capitalized.

Useful Lives of Assets. We are required to make subjective assessments as to the useful lives of our production lines for purposes of determining
the amount of depreciation to record on an annual basis with respect to our construction of the production lines. These assessments have a direct impact on
our  net  income  (loss).  Production  lines  are  usually  depreciated  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  a  period  of  up  to  seven  years,  except  any  renovations  and
betterments which are depreciated over the remaining life of the production lines.

Impairment of production lines. We are required to review our production lines for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, “Property, Plant and
Equipment,” whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to
be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the
assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets
exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2019 to Year Ended December 31, 2018

Revenues

Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 amounted to $7,559,000, compared to $7,394,000 during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Revenues  generated  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  were  derived  mainly  from  the  sales  of  the  Dario  Blood  Glucose  Monitoring
System, through direct sales to consumers located mainly in the United States through our on-line store and through distributors, and from the offering of
our  membership  services  to  our  customers  located  mainly  in  the  United  States.  This  increase  in  revenues  is  mainly  due  to  the  increase  in  sales  of  our
membership offering compared to 2018.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Revenues

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  we  recorded  costs  related  to  revenues  in  the  amount  of  $4,962,000  and  $5,629,000,
respectively. The decrease in cost of revenues was mainly due to the increase in the sales of our membership offerings, which includes a service component
in addition to our products, and therefore resulted in a reduction in the quantities of product sold compared to 2018.

Cost of revenues consist mainly of cost of device production, employees' salaries and related overhead costs, depreciation of production line and

related cost of equipment used in production, shipping and handling costs and inventory write-downs.

Research and Development Expenses

Our research and development expenses increased by $16,000 to $3,692,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $3,676,000 for

the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was mainly due to increase in salaries, partially offset by software development costs.

Research and development expenses consist mainly of payroll expenses to employees involved in research and development activities, expenses
related  to  our  Dario  Smart  Diabetes  Management  Solution,  expenses  related  to  the  development  of  our  DarioEngage  platform,  labor  contractors  and
engineering  expenses,  depreciation  and  maintenance  fees  related  to  equipment  and  software  tools  used  in  research  and  development,  clinical  trials
performed  in  the  United  States  to  satisfy  the  FDA  product  approval  requirements  and  facilities  expenses  associated  with  and  allocated  to  research  and
development activities.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing expenses increased by $818,000 to $11,127,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $10,309,000 for the

year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was mainly due to the increase in salaries and, expenses on digital marketing campaigns in the U.S.

Sales  and  marketing  expenses  consist  mainly  of  payroll  expenses,  trade  show  expenses,  customer  support  expenses  and  on-line  marketing

campaigns.

General and Administrative Expenses

Our general and administrative expenses increased by $15,000 to $5,483,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $5,468,000 for

the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was mainly due to an increase in franchise taxes.

Our general and administrative expenses consist mainly of payroll and stock-based compensation expenses for management, employees, directors

and consultants, legal fees, patent registration, expenses related to investor relations, as well as our office rent and related expenses.

Finance income (expenses), net

Our finance expenses, net, decreased by $84,000 to $31,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $115,000 financing expenses for
the year ended December 31, 2018. Finance expenses include mainly the results of bank charges, lease liability translation differences, and foreign currency
translation adjustments.

Net loss

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $17,736,000. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $17,803,000. The decrease

from 2018 was mainly due to the increase in our gross profit.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Net operating loss carryforwards

As of December 31, 2019, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $11,046,000, of which 7,120,000 was generated

from tax years 2011-2017 and can be carryforward and offset against taxable income and that expires during the years 2031 to 2037.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “TCJA”) modified the rules regarding utilization of net operating loss and net
operating losses generated subsequent to the TCJA can only be used to offset 80% of taxable income with an indefinite carryforward period for unused
carryforwards (i.e., they should not expire). During 2018 and 2019, we generated additional $3,926,000 of net operating losses carryforwards which are not
subject to the annual limitation described above.

Our  Israeli  subsidiary  has  accumulated  net  operating  losses  for  Israeli  income  tax  purposes  as  of  December  31,  2019  in  the  amount  of

approximately $62,470,000. The net operating losses may be carried forward and offset against taxable income in the future for an indefinite period.

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, it is required that a deferred tax asset be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available
evidence  it  is  more  likely  than  not  (a  likelihood  of  more  than  50  percent)  that  some  portion  or  all  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  The
valuation allowance should be sufficient to reduce the deferred tax asset to the amount which is more likely than not to be realized. As a result, we recorded
a valuation allowance with respect to our deferred tax asset. Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, if an ownership change occurs with
respect to a “loss corporation” (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code), there are annual limitations on the amount of the net operating loss and other
deductions which are available to us. 

The  factors  described  above  resulted  in  net  loss  attributable  to  common  stockholders  of  $20,891,000  and  $18,296,000  for  the  year  ended

December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To  supplement  our  consolidated  financial  statements  presented  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP  within  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,
management provides certain non-GAAP financial measures (“NGFM”) of the Company’s financial results, including such amounts captioned: “net loss
before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization” or “EBITDA,” and “Non-GAAP Adjusted Loss,” as presented herein below. Importantly, we note the
NGFM measures captioned “EBITDA” and “Non-GAAP Adjusted Loss” are not recognized terms under U.S. GAAP, and as such, they are not a substitute
for, considered superior to, considered separately from, nor as an alternative to, U.S. GAAP and /or the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial
measures.

Such NGFM are presented with the intent of providing greater transparency of information used by us in our financial performance analysis and
operational decision-making. Additionally, we believe these NGFM provide meaningful information to assist investors, shareholders, and other readers of
our  consolidated  financial  statements,  in  making  comparisons  to  our  historical  financial  results,  and  analyzing  the  underlying  financial  results  of  our
operations.  The  NGFM  are  provided  to  enhance  readers’  overall  understanding  of  our  current  financial  results  and  to  provide  further  information  to
enhance the comparability of results between the current year period and the prior year period.

We  believe  the  NGFM  provide  useful  information  by  isolating  certain  expenses,  gains,  and  losses,  which  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of  our
operating  financial  results  and  business  outlook.  In  this  regard,  the  presentation  of  the  NGFM  herein  below,  is  to  help  the  reader  of  our  consolidated
financial  statements  to  understand  the  effects  of  the  non-cash  impact  on  our  (U.S.  GAAP)  unaudited  statement  of  operations  of  the  revaluation  of  the
warrants and the expense related to stock-based compensation, each as discussed herein above.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure to NGFM, as discussed above, is as follows:

Net Loss Reconciliation
Net loss attributable to common stockholders

Deemed dividend – related to preferred shares issued
Deemed dividend – related to Warrant Exchange Agreement

Net loss - as reported

Adjustments

Depreciation expense
Other financial expenses, net

EBITDA

Year Ended December 31, 
(in thousands)
2018

2019

$ Change

  $

(20,891)   $

(18,296)   $

(2,595)

3,155     
-     

-     
493     

3,155 
(493)

(17,736)    

(17,803)    

183     
31     

207     
115     

(17,522)    

(17,481)    

67 

(24)
(84)

(41)

Stock-based compensation expenses

2,257     

3,758     

(1,501)

Revaluation of warrants

Non-GAAP adjusted loss

Liquidity and Capital Resources

-     

(1)    

1 

  $

(15,265)   $

(13,724)   $

(1,541)

As of December 31, 2019, we had approximately $20,395,000 in cash and cash equivalents compared to $10,997,000 at December 31, 2018.

We have experienced cumulative losses of $110,145,000 from inception (August 11, 2011) through December 31, 2019, and have a stockholders’
equity of $18,894,000 at December 31, 2019. In addition, we have not completed our efforts to establish a stable recurring source of revenues sufficient to
cover our operating costs and expect to continue to generate losses for the foreseeable future. There are no assurances that we will be able to obtain an
adequate level of financing needed for our near term requirements or the long-term development and commercialization of our product. These conditions
raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a “going concern.”

Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements and public offerings of our common stock and warrants to

purchase shares of our common stock, receiving aggregate net proceeds totaling $96,426,000 as of December 31, 2019.

On March 3, 2016, we conducted a public offering, pursuant to which we issued 66,667 shares of common stock and warrants exercisable for an

aggregate of 66,667 shares of common stock for an aggregate net consideration of $5,038,000.

Concurrently with our public offering, on March 3, 2016, we conducted a concurrent private placement pursuant to which we issued 27,778 units,
with each unit consisting of one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase 1.2 shares of common stock, such that an aggregate of 27,778 shares
of common stock and a warrant to exercisable for an aggregate of 33,334 shares of common stock was issued and sold for an aggregate net consideration of
approximately $2,500,000.

On January 9, 2017, we commenced a private placement offering of up to $5,100,000 consisting of up to 91,072 shares of common stock and
warrants to purchase up to 91,072 shares of common stock. The warrants are exercisable after the six month anniversary of each respective closing and will
expire on the 5 year anniversary of their issuance. On January 9, 2017, we held the initial closing of the offering with a lead investor and an additional
investor and issued and sold 55,697 shares of Common Stock and Warrants to purchase 55,697 shares of common stock for aggregate gross proceeds of
approximately  $3,119,000.  On  January  11,  2017,  we  entered  into  securities  purchase  agreements  with  18  investors  for  the  future  issuance  and  sale  of
35,376 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 707,515 shares of common stock, provided that the issuance and sale of such securities shall only
occur upon our obtaining stockholder approval, pursuant to Nasdaq rules. On March 9, 2017, following receipt of stockholder approval, we issued and sold
35,376 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 707,515 shares of common stock to the 18 investors.

On  March  31,  2017,  we  conducted  a  public  offering,  pursuant  to  which  we  issued  72,500  shares  of  common  stock  for  aggregate  gross

consideration of $4,500,000.

57

 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Between August 16, 2017 and August 22, 2017, we executed securities purchase agreements with a total of 23 accredited and non-U.S. investors
relating to two concurrent placement offerings of 24,167 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $36.00 per share and 115,383 shares of our
designated Series B Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $36.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $5,000,000. The closing of the
offering took place on August 22, 2017.

On February 28, 2018 and March 6, 2018, we closed two concurrent private placements offerings consisting of 113,110 shares of our common
stock at $28.00 per share, 61,704 shares of our Series C Convertible Preferred Stock at $56.00 per share and warrants to purchase up to 189,218 shares of
common stock for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $6,623,000.

On September 13, 2018 and September 26, 2018, we closed two concurrent private placements offerings consisting of 213,340 shares our common
stock at $18.00 per share, 94,513 shares of our Series D Convertible Preferred Stock at $72.00 per share and warrants to purchase up to 473,114 shares of
common stock, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $10,645,000.

On December 13, 2018 and December 27, 2018, we closed a private placement offering of 152,504 shares of our common stock at a purchase
price  of  $20.00  per  share  and  warrants  to  purchase  up  to  152,500  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  $25.00  per  share  for  aggregate  gross  proceeds  of
approximately $3,050,000.

On November 27, 2019, we entered into subscription agreements with accredited investors relating to an offering with respect to the sale of an
aggregate  of  8,361  shares  of  newly  designated  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  and  an  aggregate  of  5,200  shares  of  newly  designated  Series  A-1
Convertible Preferred Stock, at a purchase price of $1,000 for each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, for aggregate gross
proceeds to the Company of $13,560,000. The initial closing of the offering took place on November 27, 2019. On December 3, 2019, we entered into
subscription  agreements  with  accredited  investors  relating  to  an  offering  and  the  sale  of  an  aggregate  of  1,915  shares  of  newly  designated  Series  A-2
Preferred  Stock,  at  a  purchase  price  of  $1,000  per  share,  for  aggregate  gross  proceeds  to  the  Company  of  $1,915,000.  On  December  4,  2019,  we  into
subscription  agreements  with  accredited  investors  relating  to  an  offering  and  the  sale  of  an  aggregate  of  3,808  shares  of  newly  designated  Series A-3
Preferred Stock, at a purchase price of $1,000 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of $3,808,000. On December 5, 2019, we entered
into subscription agreements with accredited investors relating to an offering and the sale of an aggregate of 745 shares of newly designated Series A-4
Preferred Stock, at a purchase price of $1,000 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of $745,000. On December 19, 2019, we entered into
subscription  agreements  with  accredited  investors  relating  to  an  offering  and  the  sale  of  an  aggregate  of  1,346  shares  of  newly  designated  Series  A-3
Preferred Stock, at a purchase price of $1,000 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of $1,346,000. The total aggregate gross proceeds of
the offering described above, together with gross proceeds from the closing of the offering of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series
A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A-3 Preferred Stock and Series A-4 Preferred Stock was $21,375,000.

According  to  our  management’s  estimates,  based  on  our  budget  and  the  initial  launch  of  our  commercial  sales,  we  believe  that  we  will  have
sufficient resources to continue our activity into June 2021 without raising additional capital. This includes an amount of anticipated inflows from sales of
Dario through distribution partners and to direct customers.

As such, we have a significant present need for capital. If we are unable to scale up our commercial launch of Dario or meet our commercial sales
targets (or if we are unable to generate any revenue at all), and if we are unable to obtain additional capital resources in the near term, we may be unable to
continue activities absent material alterations in our business plans and our business might fail.

Additionally,  readers  are  advised  that  available  resources  may  be  consumed  more  rapidly  than  currently  anticipated,  resulting  in  the  need  for
additional  funding  sooner  than  expected.  Should  this  occur,  we  will  need  to  seek  additional  capital  earlier  than  anticipated  in  order  to  fund  (1)  further
development and, if needed (2) our efforts to obtain regulatory clearances or approvals necessary to be able to commercially launch Dario, DarioEngage
and  Dario  Intelligence,  (3)  expenses  which  will  be  required  in  order  to  expand  manufacturing  of  our  products,  (4)  sales  and  marketing  efforts  and  (5)
general working capital. Such funding may be unavailable to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Our failure to obtain such funding when needed could create
a  negative  impact  on  our  stock  price  or  could  potentially  lead  to  the  failure  of  our  company.  This  would  particularly  be  the  case  if  we  are  unable  to
commercially distribute our products and services in the jurisdictions and in the timeframes we expect.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows

The following tables sets forth selected cash flow information for the periods indicated:

Cash used in operating activities:
Cash used in investing activities:
Cash provided by financing activities:

Net cash used in operating activities

December 31,

2019
$

2018
$

(15,725,000)    
(113,000)    
25,247,000     

(11,470,000)
(72,000)
18,743,000 

Net cash used in operating activities was $15,725,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $11,470,000 used in operations for the
same period in 2018. Cash used in operations increased mainly due to an increase in our operating expenses, and offset by a decrease in our trade payables
and other accounts payable and accrued expenses.

Net cash used in investing activities

Net  cash  used  for  investing  activities  was  $113,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  compared  to  cash  used  in  investing  activities  of

$72,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018. Cash used in investing activities increased mainly due to higher investment in fixed assets.

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $25,247,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $18,743,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we raised net proceeds in an amount of approximately $25,247,000 through our May and
December 2019 offerings.

Contractual Obligations

Set forth below is a summary of our current obligations as of December 31, 2019 to make future payments due by the period indicated below,
excluding payables and accruals. We expect to be able to meet our obligations in the ordinary course. Operating lease obligations are for motor vehicle and
real  property  leases  which  we  use  in  our  business.  Purchasing  obligations  consists  of  outstanding  purchase  orders  for  materials  and  services  from  our
vendors.

Contractual Obligations
Operating Lease Obligations
Purchasing Obligations

Total contractual cash obligations

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Payments due by period (U.S. dollars)
    Less than 1 year   

Total

1-5 years

  $

  $

1,001    $
1,305     

422    $
1,305     

2,306    $

1,727    $

579 
- 

579 

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined under Securities and

Exchange Commission rules.

Contingencies

We account for our contingent liabilities in accordance with ASC 450 “Contingencies“. A provision is recorded when it is both probable that a

liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
With  respect  to  legal  matters,  provisions  are  reviewed  and  adjusted  to  reflect  the  impact  of  negotiations,  estimated  settlements,  legal  rulings,
advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to a particular matter. Currently, we are not a party to any ligation that we believe could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued ASC 606. The standard replaced the revenue recognition guidance
in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles under ASC 605, and was required to be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or applied
using  a  modified  retrospective  method  with  the  cumulative  effect  recognized  in  the  beginning  retained  earnings  during  the  period  of  initial  application.
Subsequently, the FASB issued several additional Accounting Standard Updates (each an “ASU”) related to ASU No. 2014-09, collectively referred to as
the “new revenue standards,” which became effective for us beginning January 1, 2019. We adopted the standard using the modified retrospective method.
The adoption of ASC 606 did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”). The standard requires lessees to recognize almost all
leases on the balance sheet as a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a lease liability and requires leases to be classified as either an operating or a finance type
lease. The standard excludes leases of intangible assets or inventory. The standard became effective for us beginning January 1, 2019. We adopted ASC 842
using  the  modified  retrospective  approach,  by  applying  the  new  standard  to  all  leases  existing  at  the  date  of  initial  application.  Results  and  disclosure
requirements for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2019 are presented under ASC 842, while prior period amounts have not been adjusted and
continue to be reported in accordance with our historical accounting under ASC 840. We elected the package of practical expedients permitted under ASC
842, which also allowed us to carry forward historical lease classifications. We also elected the practical expedient related to treating lease and non-lease
components as a single lease component for all equipment leases as well as electing a policy exclusion permitting leases with an original lease term of less
than one year to be excluded from the ROU assets and lease liabilities.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash,” which requires companies to
include amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in cash and cash equivalents when reconciling beginning-of-period
and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. This guidance is effective from the first quarter of 2019. 

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based
Payment  Accounting.” This  ASU  supersedes  ASC  505-50,  “Equity—Equity  Based  Payments  to  Non-Employees,”  and  expands  the  scope  of  ASC  718,
“Compensation—Stock  Compensation,”  to  include  all  share-based  payment  arrangements  related  to  the  acquisition  of  goods  and  services  from  both
nonemployees  and  employees.  The  standard  became  effective  for  us  beginning  January  1,  2019.  The  adoption  of  this  guidance  did  not  have  a  material
impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Not applicable.

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and the report of Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global, our

independent registered public accounting firm, are set forth on pages F-1 through F-28 of this Annual Report.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we
carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-
15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, at December 31,
2019, such disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our
reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and
forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed
in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Internal Controls

Readers  are  cautioned  that  our  management  does  not  expect  that  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  or  our  internal  control  over  financial
reporting will necessarily prevent all fraud and material error. An internal control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only
reasonable,  not  absolute,  assurance  that  the  objectives  of  the  control  system  are  met.  Because  of  the  inherent  limitations  in  all  control  systems,  no
evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our control have been detected. The design
of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any control
design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2019  that  have

materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

As  required  by  the  SEC  rules  and  regulations,  our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over
financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and  the  preparation  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  external  reporting  purposes  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP.  Our  internal  control  over
financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of

our company;

(2) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that our receipts and expenditures are being
made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could

have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect errors or misstatements in our consolidated
financial  statements.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree or compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management assessed the effectiveness
of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  at  December  31,  2018.  In  making  these  assessments,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (2013  Framework).  Based  on  our  assessments  and  those  criteria,  management
determined that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2019.

 Item 9B.

Other Information

None.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

The following sets forth information regarding our executive officers and the members of our Board of Directors as of the date of this Annual
Report. All directors hold office for one-year terms until the election and qualification of their successors. Officers are appointed by our Board of Directors
and serve at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to applicable employment agreements.

Name
Erez Raphael
Zvi Ben David
Dror Bacher
Richard Anderson
Yoav Shaked
Yalon Farhi
Allen Kamer
Hila Karah
Dennis M. McGrath
Yadin Shemmer
Adam Stern
Prof. Richard B. Stone

Position(s)

  Age  
  46
  59
  45
  50
  48
  58
  48
  51
  63
  44
  55
  77

  Chief Executive Officer and Director
  Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
  Chief Operating Officer
  President and General Manager of North America
  Chairman of the Board of Directors
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director

Erez Raphael  has  served  as  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  since  August  9,  2013  and  as  a  director  of  our  company  since  December  2013.  Mr.
Raphael  served  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors  from  November  2014  to  July  2018,  and  as  a  director  from  November  2014  to  the  present.  He
previously  and  until  October  2012  served  as  our  Vice  President  of  Research  and  Development.  Mr.  Raphael  has  over  17  years  of  industry  experience,
having  been  responsible  in  his  career  for  product  delivery,  technology  and  business  development.  Prior  to  joining  us,  from  2010  to  2012,  Mr.  Raphael
served as Head of Business Operations for Nokia Siemens Networks, where he was responsible for establishing and implementing a new portfolio business
unit directed towards marketing and sales of complimentary products. Prior to that, from 1998 to 2010, he held increasingly senior positions at Amdocs
Limited  (Nasdaq:DOX)  where  he  was  ultimately  responsible  for  advising  the  Chief  Technology  Officer  and  implementing  matters  of  overall  business
strategy. Mr. Raphael holds a B.A. in economics and business management from Haifa University. We believe Mr. Raphael is qualified to serve on our
Board of Directors because of his extensive experience with technology companies and in sales and marketing.

Zvi Ben David has  served  as  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Treasurer  and  Secretary  since  January  7,  2015.  Mr.  Ben  David  has  over  25  years  of
experience in corporate and international financial management, including at both publicly-listed and private companies. Since 2012, he has acted as an
independent entrepreneur with, and investor in, various medical device ventures. From 2005 to 2012, Mr. Ben David served as the Chief Financial Officer
of UltraShape Medical Ltd., a developer, manufacturer and marketer of innovative non-invasive technologies for fat cell destruction and body sculpting.
While with UltraShape, he helped lead the company through $35 million in private financing, followed by the company’s merger with a Tel Aviv Stock
Exchange  company  and  ultimately  the  company’s  sale  to  Syneron  Medical  Ltd..  From  2000  to  2005,  he  served  as  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial
Officer of Given Imaging Ltd., where he was part of the management team that led that company’s 2001 initial public offering and 2004 follow-on offering,
and served as a director of that company from its establishment in 1998 to 2000. From 1995 to June 2000, Mr. Ben David served as Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer of RDC Rafael Development Corporation, one of Given Imaging Ltd.’s principal shareholders. From 1994 to 1995, Mr. Ben David
served as manager of the finance division of Electrochemical Industries (Frutarom) Ltd., an Israeli company traded on the Tel-Aviv Stock Exchange and the
American Stock Exchange, and from 1989 to 1993, Mr. Ben David served as the manager of that company’s economy and control department. From 1984
to 1988, Mr. Ben David worked at Avigosh & Kerbs, an accounting firm in Haifa, Israel. Mr. Ben David is a certified public accountant in Israel and holds
a B.A. in economics and accounting from Haifa University.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dror Bacher has served as our Chief Operating Officer since July 25, 2017. Mr. Bacher previously served as our Vice President of Research and
Development as well as Vice President of Operations since 2013 where he worked on product development as well as building a scalable supply chain. Mr.
Bacher  has  over  18  years  of  experience  in  various  technological  companies  and  his  expertise  includes  product  management,  product  development  and
business  operations  in  multi  disciplinary  environments.  Between  2008  and  2013,  Mr.  Bacher  Served  in  several  leadership  roles  at  Amdocs  Limited
(Nasdaq:DOX), including working as a part of the Chief Technology Office, managing enterprise development programs for a variety of software products
associated  with  service  delivery,  as  well  as  serving  as  head  of  process  Prior  to  Amdocs,  Mr.  Bacher  served  in  a  senior  role  at  Tower  Semiconductor
(Nasdaq:TSEM),  the  global  specialty  foundry  leader  for  IC  manufacturing,  where  he  was  responsible  for  business  operations  and  commercialization
expansion. Mr. Bacher holds a B.Sc. in computer science and an MBA degree from Haifa University.

Richard  Anderson  has  served  as  our  President  and  General  Manager  of  North  America  since  January  7,  2020.  Mr.  Jarry  has  served  on  our
Advisory  Board  and  as  a  Strategic  Advisory  consultant  since  2017.  From  November  2003  to  December  2019,  Mr.  Anderson  worked  for  Catasys,  Inc.
(Nasdaq: CATS), where he served as President and Chief Operating Officer from July 2008 to December 2019, and as a member of its board of directors
from  November  2003  to  July  2019.  Prior  to  Catasys,  Inc.,  Mr.  Anderson  served  as  Senior  Executive  Vice  President  of  Hythiam,  Inc.,  a  predecessor
company  of  Catasys,  Inc.,  from  2005  to  2008.  From  1999  to  2005,  he  also  served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Secretary  of  Clearant,  Inc.,  a
biotechnology company. Prior to Clearant, from 1999 to 2001, he served as the Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director of Intellect Capital Group, a
venture consulting firm. Earlier in his career, Mr. Anderson was a Senior Manager/Director for Price Waterhouse Cooper. Mr. Anderson holds a B.A. in
Business Economics from the University of California at Santa Barbara.

Yoav Shaked has served as the Chairman of our Board of Directors since July 5, 2018. Since 2011, Mr. Shaked has served as a partner at Sequoia
Capital, a leading global venture capital firm. In 2005, he co-founded Medpoint Ltd., a private medical device distribution company offering a wide range
of medical products. Previously, he founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of Y-Med Inc. from May 2004 through November 2009, until its sale to
C.R. Bard, Inc. After the sale of Y-Med Inc., Mr. Shaked served as the director of research at ThermopeutiX, a developer of innovative products for strokes
and  peripheral  artery  disease.  Mr.  Shaked  currently  serves  on  the  board  of  directors  of  several  biotechnology  companies,  including  Endospan,  Vibrant
Gastro,  B-Lite  (G&G  Biotechnology)  and  Orasis  Pharmaceuticals,  the  latter  of  which  he  serves  as  Chairman  of  the  Board.  Mr.  Shaked  has  a  B.A.  in
biology from The Hebrew University of Jerusalem. The Company believes that Mr. Shaked is qualified to serve as Chairman of the Board because of his
extensive experience both in biotechnology companies and in the venture capital realm.

Yalon Farhi has been a director of our company since May 31, 2016. Since 1998, Mr. Farhi, a Colonel in the Israeli Defense Forces (reserves), has
served as a motivational lecturer and educator at Bnei-David Institutions, a pre-army and post-army educational program in Israel. From 1998 to January
2016, Mr. Farhi worked as an administrative manager for El-Ami, a non-governmental organization in Israel. Previously, from 1988 to 1992, Mr. Farhi
served as a private security consultant to several security companies in Israel. In addition, for the past thirty years, Mr. Farhi has been the owner of a private
gardening and land development services company based in Israel. Mr. Farhi received a degree in Education Studies and holds a Teaching Certificate from
the  Moreshet  Yaacov  College  in  Jerusalem.  We  believe  Mr.  Farhi  is  qualified  to  serve  on  our  Board  of  Directors  because  of  his  business  expertise  and
experience.

Allen Kamer has been a director of our company since February 28, 2017. Since September 2016, Mr. Kamer serves as a managing partner at
OurCrowd,  a  digital  health  fund.  From  January  2014  until  June  2016,  Mr.  Kamer  served  as  Chief  Commercial  Officer,  or  CCO,  of  Optum  Analytics,  a
division within Optum, Inc., United Healthcare’s health services unit. Optum Analytics was focused on converting health information to health intelligence
and delivering solutions that improve care delivery, quality and cost-effectiveness. As the CCO, Mr. Kamer led the group’s commercialization efforts of
analytics software products and solutions, including the award-winning Optum OneTM, to U.S. provider and payer organizations. In July 2008, Mr. Kamer
was co-founder of the Humedica Inc., which was acquired by United Healthcare in January 2013. As co-founder, Mr. Kamer helped lead efforts to raise
capital, hire the management team, and launch the business. Mr. Kamer led Corporate Development & Marketing at Humedica, Inc., and was responsible
for formulating and managing the company’s strategic partnerships, all marketing & branding activities, and new business opportunities. Mr. Kamer has a
B.A. from Brandeis University. We believe Mr. Kamer is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his business expertise and experience with
life sciences companies.

Hila Karah has been a director of our company since November 23, 2014. Ms. Karah is an independent business consultant and an investor in
several high-tech, biotech and internet companies.  From 2006 to 2013, she served as a partner and Chief Investment Officer of Eurotrust Ltd., a family
office.  From 2002 to 2005, she served as a research analyst at Perceptive Life Sciences Ltd., a New York-based hedge fund.  Prior to that, Ms. Karah
served  as  research  analyst  at  Oracle  Partners  Ltd.,  a  health  care-focused  hedge  fund.    Ms.  Karah  has  served  as  a  director  in  several  private  and  public
companies including Intec Pharma, since 2009 and Cyren Ltd since 2008. We believe Ms. Karah is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of
her experience as an investor in and advisor to high-tech, biotech and internet companies. Ms. Karah holds a B.A. in Molecular and Cell Biology from the
University of California, Berkeley, and studied at the University of California, Berkeley-University of California, San Francisco Joint Medical Program.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dennis M. McGrath has been a director of our company since November 12, 2013. Mr. McGrath is a seasoned medical device industry executive
with  extensive  public  company  leadership  experience  possessing  a  broad  range  of  skills  in  corporate  finance,  business  development,  corporate  strategy,
operations and administration. After an 18 year career at PhotoMedex, Inc. (Nasdaq: PHMD), he recently joined PAVmed, Inc (Nasdaq: PAVM, PAVMW)
as  the  its  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer.  Previously,  from  2000  to  2017  Mr.  McGrath  served  in  several  senior  level  positions  of
PhotoMedex,  Inc.  (Nasdaq:  PHMD),  a  global  manufacturer  and  distributor  of  medical  device  equipment  and  services,  including  from  2011  to  2017  as
director,  President,  and  Chief  Financial  Officer.  Prior  to  PhotoMedex’s  reverse  merger  with  Radiancy,  Inc.  in  December  2011,  he  also  served  as  Chief
Executive Officer from 2009 to 2011 and served as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer from 2000 to 2009. He received honors as a
P.A.C.T. (Philadelphia Alliance for Capital and Technology) finalist for the 2011 Investment Deal of the Year, award winner for the SmartCEO Magazine
2012 CEO of the Year for Turnaround Company, and finalist for the Ernst & Young 2013 Entrepreneur of the Year. He has extensive experience in mergers
and acquisitions, both domestically and internationally, and particularly involving public company acquisitions, including Surgical Laser Technologies, Inc,
(formerly,  Nasdaq:  SLTI),  ProCyte  Corporation  (formerly,  Nasdaq:  PRCY),  LCA  Vision,  Inc.  (formerly,  Nasdaq:  LCAV)  and  Think  New  Ideas,  Inc.
(formerly,  Nasdaq:  THNK).  Prior  to  PhotoMedex,  he  served  in  several  senior  level  positions  of  AnswerThink  Consulting  Group,  Inc.  (then,  Nasdaq:
ANSR,  now,  The  Hackett  Group,  Nasdaq:  HCKT),  a  business  consulting  and  technology  integration  company,  including  from  1999  to  2000  as  Chief
Operating  Officer  of  the  Internet  Practice,  the  largest  division  of  AnswerThink  Consulting  Group,  Inc.,  while  concurrently  during  the  merger  of  the
companies, serving as the acting Chief Financial Officer of Think New Ideas, Inc. (then, Nasdaq: THNK, now, Nasdaq: HCKT), an interactive marketing
services and business solutions company. Mr. McGrath also served from 1996 until 1999 as Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and director
of TriSpan, Inc., an internet commerce solutions and technology consulting company, which was acquired by AnswerThink Consulting Group, Inc. in 1999.
During his tenure at Arthur Andersen & Co., where he began his career, he became a Certified Public Accountant in 1981 and he holds a B.S., maxima cum
laude,  in  accounting  from  LaSalle  University.  In  addition  to  serving  as  a  director  of  PhotoMedex,  he  serves  as  the  audit  chair  and  a  director  of  several
medical device companies, including Noninvasive Medical Technologies, Inc. and Cagent Vascular, LLC, and as an advisor to the board of an orphan drug
company, Palvella Therapeutics, LLC. Formerly from 2007 to 2009, Mr. McGrath served as a director of Embrella Cardiovascular, Inc. (sold to Edwards
Lifesciences Corporation, NYSE: EW). He also serves on the Board of Trustees for Manor College and the Board of Visitors for Taylor University. We
believe  Mr.  McGrath  is  qualified  to  serve  on  our  Board  of  Directors  because  of  his  accounting  expertise  and  his  experiences  serving  as  an  officer  and
director of public and private companies.

Yadin Shemmer  has  been  a  director  of  our  company  since  March  1,  2020.  Mr.  Shemmer,  age  44,  has  served  in  several  senior  operating  roles
across  the  digital  health  industry.  From  2017  until  2019,  Mr.  Shemmer  served  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Mango  Health,  a  mobile  platform  for
medication management and patient support. Prior to Mango Health, Mr. Shemmer was President of the consumer business at Everyday Health (NYSE:
EVDY),  a  leading  provider  of  digital  health  and  wellness  solutions.  Previously,  Yadin  co-founded  Better2Know,  a  digital  platform  enabling  access  to
diagnostic services in the United Kingdom. Mr. Shemmer began his career at Broadview International, a boutique investment bank serving the information
technology  industry.  He  holds  an  M.B.A  from  London  Business  School  and  a  B.A  from  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.     We  believe  Mr.  Shemmer  is
qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his experiences serving as an officer of companies in the digital health space.

Adam Stern  has  been  a  director  of  our  company  since  March  1,  2020.  Mr.  Stern,  age  55,  has  been  the  head  Private  Equity  Banking  at  Aegis
Capital Corp. and CEO of SternAegis Ventures since 2012 and was a member of our board of directors between October 2011 and May 2014. Prior to
Aegis,  from  1997  to  November  2012,  he  was  with  Spencer  Trask  Ventures,  Inc.,  most  recently  as  a  Senior  Managing  Director,  where  he  managed  the
structured finance group focusing primarily on the technology and life science sectors. Mr. Stern held increasingly responsible positions from 1989 to 1997
with Josephthal & Co., Inc., members of the New York Stock Exchange, where he served as Senior Vice President and Managing Director of Private Equity
Marketing. He has been a FINRA licensed securities broker since 1987 and a General Securities Principal since 1991. Mr. Stern is a director of Aerami
Therapeutics  Holdings  (formerly  Dance  Biopharm,  Inc.),  Matinas  BioPharma  Holdings,  Inc.  Adgero  Biopharmaceuticals  Holdings  and  Hydrofarm
Holdings  Group,  Inc.  Mr.  Stern  is  a  former  director  of  InVivo  Therapeutics  Holdings  Corp.  (OTCQB:  NVIV),  Organovo  Holdings,  Inc.  (NYSE  MKT:
ONVO)  and  PROLOR  Biotech  Ltd.,  which  was  sold  to  Opko  Health,  Inc.  (NYSE:  OPK)  for  approximately  $600  million  in  2013.  Mr.  Stern  holds  a
Bachelor of Arts degree with honors from The University of South Florida in Tampa. We believe Mr. Stern is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors
because of his experience in the capital markets, his experiences serving as a director of public and private companies and his experience with life sciences
companies.

65

 
 
 
 
 
Prof. Richard B. Stone  has  been  a  director  of  our  company  since  July  7,  2014.  For  more  than  twenty-five  years,  Prof.  Stone  has  been  active
participant in early stage business enterprises as a director or investor, including technology and biotechnology companies. He currently serves on the board
of directors of multiple technology companies, including Powermat, Espro-Accoustiguide Group, Wellsense Technologies, NanoX Imaging Plc, Illumigyn
Ltd, Cardiologic Innovations, Quality Inflow Ltd., and Check-Cap. Since 1974, Prof. Stone has been a member of the faculty of Columbia Law School,
where he held the Wilbur Friedman Chair in Tax Law for twenty years. In addition to basic and advanced tax courses, Prof. Stone has taught in the areas of
contracts, business planning and real estate planning. Among other not-for-profit organizations he has been associated with, from 2011 to 2013, Prof. Stone
served as Chairman of the Conference of Presidents of Major American Jewish Organizations. Prof. Stone began his career in 1967 in private practice in
Washington, D.C, and thereafter joined the staff of the Solicitor General of the United States, where from 1969 to 1973 he was Assistant to the Solicitor
General. He is a graduate of Harvard College and Harvard Law School. We believe Prof. Stone is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of
his legal expertise and experience with life sciences companies.

Scientific Advisory Board

We have established a Scientific Advisory Board (SAB), whose members will be available to us to advise on our scientific and business plans and

operational strategies.  Below is the biography of our current SAB member.

Prof. Itamar Raz is a world renowned expert in diabetes care and research. He currently services as the head of the Diabetes Unit of Hadassah
Hebrew University Medical Center in Jerusalem, the head of the Israel National Council of Diabetes of the Israel Ministry of Health (which is responsible
for  formulating  Israeli  national  policies),  the  President  of  D-Cure,  a  diabetes  not-for-profit  organization  and  the  head  of  the  Israel  Diabetes  Research
Group.    He  also  serves  as  a  member  of  Advisory  Boards  at  Novo  Nordisk  (NYSE:  ADR),  Astra  Zeneca/Bristol-Myers  Squibb  (NYSE:  BMY),  Sanofi
(NYSE: SNY), Merck Sharp & Dohme (NYSE: MRK), and Eli Lilly (NYSE: LLY) and as a consultant for InsuLine Medical Ltd, Andromeda Biotech Ltd
and  Astra  Zeneca/Bristol-Myers  Squibb.  Prof.  Raz  has  published  over  260  research  papers  including  biennial  publications  of  a  Supplement  to  Diabetes
Care  summarizing  proceedings  of  the  European  Controversies  to  Consensus  in  Obesity,  Diabetes  and  Hypertension  (CODHy)  meeting.    He  also  holds
editorial  positions  on  a  number  of  medical  journals.    Prof.  Raz’s  medical  career  began  in  1985  at  Hadassah  University  Hospital  as  Senior  Physician,
specializing in Internal Medicine.  From 1986 to 1992, Prof. Raz was head of Hebrew University Student Services, and in 1988 he was appointed Senior
Lecturer at Hadassah University Hospital’s Department of Internal Medicine.  In 1989, Prof. Raz was appointed Chief Physician of Internal Medicine, and
as head of the Diabetes Clinic at Hadassah University Hospital in 1992.  In 1995, Prof. Raz became an Associate Professor at the Department of Internal
Medicine,  Hadassah  University  Hospital.    In  2001,  he  was  appointed  Director  of  the  hospital’s  Center  for  Prevention  of  Diabetes  and  its
Complications.    Since  2003,  Prof.  Raz  has  served  as  Professor  of  Internal  Medicine  at  the  Department  of  Internal  Medicine,  Hadassah  University
Hospital.  Prof. Raz graduated from Hebrew University & Hadassah School of Pharmacy with a Bachelor of Science in 1973.  In 1981, he graduated from
Hebrew  University  &  Hadassah  School  of  Medicine  with  an  M.D.  and  completed  his  residency  at  Hadassah  University  Hospital  from  1981  to  1985,
specializing in internal medicine.

Board Composition

Our business is managed under the direction of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors currently consists of nine members.

Pursuant to the terms of the placement agency agreement between us and Aegis Capital Corp., dated October 22, 2019, we granted Aegis the right
to nominate an individual to the Board of Directors for a period of three years, which resulted in the appointment of Mr. Stern to serve on our Board of
Directors.

There  are  no  arrangements  between  our  directors  and  any  other  person  pursuant  to  which  our  directors  were  nominated  or  elected  for  their

positions.

Board Committees

Our  Board  of  Directors  has  three  standing  committees:  An  Audit  Committee,  a  Compensation  Committee  and  a  Nominating  and  Corporate

Governance Committee.

66

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Audit Committee

Our  Audit  Committee  is  comprised  of  Messrs.  Shaked,  McGrath  and  Stone,  each  of  whom  is  an  independent  director.  Mr.  McGrath  is  the

Chairman of the Audit Committee. Mr. McGrath is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

Our Audit Committee oversees our corporate accounting, financial reporting practices and the audits of financial statements.  For this purpose, the
Audit Committee has a charter (which is reviewed annually) and performs several functions.  The Audit Committee charter is available on our website at
www.mydario.com under the Investors / Governance section. The Audit Committee:

·

·

evaluates  the  independence  and  performance  of,  and  assesses  the  qualifications  of,  our  independent  auditor  and  engage  such  independent
auditor;

approves the plan and fees for the annual audit, quarterly reviews, tax and other audit-related services and approve in advance any non-audit
service to be provided by our independent auditor;

· monitors  the  independence  of  our  independent  auditor  and  the  rotation  of  partners  of  the  independent  auditor  on  our  engagement  team  as

required by law;

·

·

reviews the financial statements to be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and reviews with
management and our independent auditor the results of the annual audit and reviews of our quarterly financial statements; and

oversees all aspects our systems of internal accounting control and corporate governance functions on behalf of the board.

Compensation Committee

Our  Compensation  Committee  is  comprised  of  Messrs.  Shaked,  McGrath  and  Ms.  Karah.  Mr.  McGrath  is  the  Chairman  of  the  Compensation

Committee.

The Compensation Committee reviews or recommends the compensation arrangements for our management and employees and also assists our
Board of Directors in reviewing and approving matters such as company benefit and insurance plans, including monitoring the performance thereof. The
Compensation Committee has a charter (which is reviewed annually) and performs several functions. The Compensation Committee charter is available on
our website at www.mydario.com under the Investors / Governance section.

The Compensation Committee has the authority to directly engage, at our expense, any compensation consultants or other advisers as it deems

necessary to carry out its responsibilities in determining the amount and form of employee, executive and director compensation.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is currently comprised of Prof. Stone and Messrs. Kamer and Shaked. Prof. Stone is the

Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is charged with the responsibility of reviewing our corporate governance policies and with
proposing potential director nominees to the Board of Directors for consideration. This committee also has the authority to oversee the hiring of potential
executive positions in our company. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee operates under a written charter, which will be reviewed and
evaluated at least annually.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director Independence

Our Board of Directors has reviewed the materiality of any relationship that each of our directors has with us, either directly or indirectly. Based
on  this  review,  our  Board  of  Directors  has  determined  that  Prof.  Stone,  Messrs.  Kamer,  Shaked,  Farhi.  McGrath  and  Shemmer  and  Ms.  Karah  are
“independent directors” as defined in the Nasdaq Listing Rules and Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Code of Ethics

On March 5, 2013, our Board of Directors adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Insider Trading Policy. Our Code of Business

Conduct and Ethics is available on our website at www.mydario.com under the Investors/Governance section.

Limitation of Directors Liability and Indemnification

The  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  authorizes  corporations  to  limit  or  eliminate,  subject  to  certain  conditions,  the  personal  liability  of
directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties. Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability
of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

We  have  director  and  officer  liability  insurance  to  cover  liabilities  our  directors  and  officers  may  incur  in  connection  with  their  services  to  us,
including  matters  arising  under  the  Securities  Act.  Our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  also  provide  that  we  will  indemnify  our  directors  and
officers who, by reason of the fact that he or she is one of our officers or directors, is involved in a legal proceeding of any nature.

We  have  entered  into  indemnification  agreements  with  our  directors  and  officers  pursuant  to  which  we  agreed  to  indemnify  each  director  and

officer for any liability he or she may incur by reason of the fact that he or she serves as our director or officer, to the maximum extent permitted by law.

There  is  no  pending  litigation  or  proceeding  involving  any  of  our  directors,  officers,  employees  or  agents  in  which  indemnification  will  be

required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for such indemnification.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

The following table summarizes compensation of our named executive officers, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Summary Compensation Table

Name and
Principal Position
Erez Raphael
(Chief Executive Officer)

Zvi Ben David
(Chief Financial Officer)

Dror Bacher
(Chief Operating Officer)

Olivier Jarry
(President and Chief 
Commercial Officer) (12)

Year

Salary ($)*

  Bonus ($)

  Stock Awards  

2019 
2018 

  $
  $

2019 
2018 

  $
  $

2019 
2018 

  $
  $

249,094(1)   $
204,762(1)   $

361,164(2)  $
120,336(2)  $

660,819(3)   $
1,320,931(3)   $

133,172(5)  
131,610(5)  

  $
  $

120,294(6)   $
387,649(6)   $

153,759(8)   $
139,060(8)   $

28,882(9)  $
26,203(9)  $

67,929(10)  $
382,231(10)  $

2019 

  $

132,000(13) 

2018 

  $

43,577(13) 

  $

  $

120,000(14)  $

63,885(14)  $

62,400(15) 

  $
  $

  $
  $

  $
  $

  $

  $

111,120(4)   $
94,098(4)   $

42,128(7)   $
41,328(7)   $

66,796(11)  $
60,955(11)  $

Total ($)

1,382,197
1,740,127

295,594
560,587

317,366
608,449

28,945(16)  $

280,945

8,060(16)  $

177,922

Option 
Awards
($)**

Non-equity 
incentive plan
compensation  

Non-qualified
incentive plan
compensation  

All Other
Compensation ($)  

 * Certain compensation paid by the company is denominated in New Israeli Shekel (or the NIS). Such compensation is calculated for purposes of this

table based on the annual average currency exchange for such period.

** Amount shown does not reflect dollar amount actually received. Instead, this amount reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of each stock option
granted  in  the  fiscal  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  December  31,  2018,  computed  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  ASC  718
“Compensation-Stock  Compensation,”  or  ASC  718.  Assumptions  used  in  accordance  with  ASC  718  are  included  in  Note  9  to  our  consolidated
financial statements included in this Annual Report.

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
(1) In accordance with his second amendment to the employment agreement with our company effective August 11, 2013, Mr. Raphael was entitled to a
monthly salary of NIS 44,000, commencing April 1, 2016, his monthly salary was increased to NIS 80,000 (approximately $22,497 per month).  On
June 1, 2018, his monthly salary was increased to NIS 134,167 (approximately $37,730). During 2018 and 2019, Mr. Raphael agreed to a waiver of
45% of his cash salary according to our salary program (see further details in “Employment and Related Agreements” below).

(2) In June 2018, Mr. Raphael was paid a bonus of $120,336 for his performance during 2017. On June 2019, Mr. Raphael was paid a bonus of $110,006
for his performance during 2018 and on December 2019 Mr. Raphael was paid a bonus of $251,157 for the successful completion of the December
2019 Private Placement.

(3) On January 4, 2018, Mr. Raphael was granted 1,272 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary
for the period from January to March 2018. On April 23, 2018, Mr. Raphael was granted 1,277 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity
Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from April to June 2018. On July 9, 2018, Mr. Raphael was granted 2,497 shares of our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from July to September 2018. On October 3, 2018,
Mr. Raphael was granted 3,221 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from
October to December 2018. On June 6, 2018, Mr. Raphael was granted 32,471 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, and
2,844 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as a bonus, in lieu of cash, for the 2017 achievements of the Company.

On January 27, 2019, Mr. Raphael was granted 3,098 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary
for the period from January to March 2019. On July 9, 2019, Mr. Raphael was granted 10,749 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity
Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from April to September 2019. On December 23, 2019, Mr. Raphael was granted 15,454
shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from October to December 2019. On
April 29, 2019, Mr. Raphael was granted 20,379 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, and 4,472 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as a bonus, in lieu of cash, for the 2018 achievements of the Company.

(4) In addition to his salary, Mr. Raphael is entitled to receive a leased automobile and mobile phone during his employment as well as reimbursements for

expenses accrued. These benefits, as well as other social benefits under Israeli law, are included as part of his “All Other Compensation.”

(5) In accordance with his employment agreement with our company effective January 8, 2015, Mr. Ben David was initially entitled to a monthly salary
and  additional  compensation  (excluding  social  benefits  under  applicable  Israeli  law)  of  NIS  31,200  (approximately  $8,774)  for  providing  eighty
percent of his working time to our company. Beginning on March 1, 2015, Mr. Ben David began working for us on a full-time basis pursuant to the
terms  of  his  employment  agreement  at  which  point  Mr.  Ben  David’s  salary  was  increased  to  NIS  39,000  (approximately  $10,967  per  month,
commencing April 1, 2016, his monthly salary was updated to NIS 60,000 (approximately $16,873), and commencing June 1, 2018, his monthly salary
was updated to NIS 67,200 (approximately $18,898). During 2018 and 2019, Mr. Ben David agreed to a waiver of 39% and 42% respectively of his
cash salary according to our salary program (see further details in “Employment and Related Agreements” below).

(6) On January 4, 2018, Mr. Ben David was granted 742 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary
for the period from January to March 2018. On April 23, 2018, Mr. Ben David was granted 745 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity
Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from April to June 2018. On July 9, 2018, Mr. Ben David was granted 1,114 shares of our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from July to September 2018. On October 3, 2018 Mr.
Ben David was granted 1,504 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from
October to December 2018. On June 6, 2018, Mr. Ben David was granted 7,793 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan,
and 1,084 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as a bonus, in lieu of cash, for the 2017 achievements of the Company. 

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On January 27, 2019, Mr. Ben David was granted 1,447 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash
salary for the period from January to March 2019. On July 9, 2019, Mr. Ben David was granted 5,021 shares of our common stock under our 2012
Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from April to September 2019. On December 23, 2019 Mr. Ben David was granted
7,218 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from October to December 2019.
On  April  29,  2019,  Mr.  Ben  David  was  granted  4,889  shares  of  our  common  stock  under  our  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  and  2,074  shares  of  our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as a bonus, in lieu of cash, for the 2018 achievements of the Company.

(7) In addition to his salary, Mr. Ben David is entitled to receive a mobile phone during his employment as well as reimbursements for expenses accrued.

These benefits, as well as other social benefits under Israeli law, are included as part of his “All Other Compensation.”

(8) In accordance with his second amendment to the employment agreement with our company effective April 2016, Mr. Bacher was entitled to a monthly
salary of NIS 48,000 (approximately $13,498 per month), commencing July 1, 2017, Mr. Dror was appointed as our Chief Operating Officer and his
monthly salary was increased to NIS 55,000 (approximately $15,467 per month) and commencing June 1, 2018 his monthly salary was increased to
NIS  61,490  (approximately  $17,292  per  month).  During  2018  and  2019,  Mr.  Bacher  agreed  to  a  waiver  of  29%  and  26%  of  his  cash  salary
respectively, according to our salary program (see further details in “Employment and Related Agreements” below).

(9) In June 2018, Mr. Bacher was paid a bonus of $26,203 for his performance during 2017. On June 2019, Mr. Bacher was paid a bonus of $28,882 for

his performance during 2018.

(10) On January 4, 2018, Mr. Bacher was granted 565 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for
the period from January to March 2018. On April 23, 2018, Mr. Bacher was granted 567 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive
plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from April to June 2018. On July 9, 2018, Mr. Bacher was granted 673 shares of our common stock
under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from July to September 2018. On October 3, 2018, Mr. Bacher was
granted 954 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from October to December
2018.  On  June  6,  2018,  Mr.  Bacher  was  granted  7,992  shares  of  our  common  stock  under  our  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  and  309  shares  of  our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as a bonus, in lieu of cash, for the 2017 achievements of the Company, and on April 23, 2018,
Mr. Bacher was granted 1,623 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as a bonus in obtaining an FDA clearance for iPhone
7, 8 and X smartphone devices in the U.S.

On January 27, 2019, Mr. Bacher was granted 918 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for
the period from January to March 2019. On July 9, 2019, Mr. Bacher was granted 3,186 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive
plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from April to September 2019. On December 23, 2019, Mr. Bacher was granted 2,633 shares of our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from October to December 2019. On April 29, 2019,
Mr. Bacher was granted 4,102 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, and 587 shares of our common stock under our 2012
Equity Incentive Plan, as a bonus, in lieu of cash, for the 2018 achievements of the Company.

(11)  In addition to his salary, Mr. Bacher is entitled to receive a leased automobile and mobile phone during his employment as well as reimbursements for

expenses accrued. These benefits, as well as other social benefits under Israeli law, are included as part of his “All Other Compensation.”

(12) On January 7, 2020, Mr. Jarry was relieved from his duties as President and Chief Commercial Officer of the Corporation to a new role of Senior Vice

President of Strategy and Business Development.

(13) In accordance with his employment agreement, effective in September 2018, Mr. Jarry was entitled to a monthly salary of $11,000. Mr. Jarry agreed to

a waiver of 47% of his cash salary, according to our salary program (see further details in “Employment and Related Agreements” below).

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(14) As part of his consulting agreement, commencing in March 2017 and expiring in August 2018, Mr. Jarry received a monthly consulting fee of $2,500
that was paid to him in shares of common stock. On April 23, 2018, Mr. Jarry was granted 328 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity
Incentive Plan against waiver of cash consulting fee for the period from December 2017 to March 2018. On July 23, 2018, Mr. Jarry was granted 231
shares of our common stock in restricted shares against waiver of cash consulting fee for the period from April to June 2018. On November 22, 2018,
Mr. Jarry was granted 205 shares of our common stock in restricted shares against waiver of cash consulting fee for the period July to August 2018,
together with additional 150 shares granted to him a signature fee for signing his consulting agreement in 2017. On October 3, 2018, Mr. Jarry was
granted  1,962  shares  of  our  common  stock  under  our  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  against  waiver  of  cash  salary  for  the  period  from  September  to
December 2018.

On January 27, 2019, Mr. Jarry was granted 1,500 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for
the period from January to March 2019. On July 9, 2019, Mr. Jarry was granted 5,000 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive
plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from April to September 2019. On December 23, 2019, Mr. Jarry was granted 6,960 shares of our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive plan against waiver of cash salary for the period from October to December 2019.

(15) On November 22, 2018, Mr. Jarry was granted 6,000 options to purchase shares of our common stock which will vest over a three-year period from the
grant date. One-third of the options will become fully vested and exercisable on the first anniversary elapsed from the grant date, and the balance will
vest  in  eight  equal  quarterly  installments  following  the  first  anniversary  of  the  grant  date,  subject  to  Mr.  Jarry’s  continued  employment  by  the
Company. We may grant Mr. Jarry additional options to purchase shares of common stock from time to time at the discretion of our Board of Directors
or the Compensation Committee thereof (see further details in “Employment and Related Agreements” below).

(16) In addition to his salary, Mr. Jarry is entitled to participate in any and other benefit plans and programs that the Company may offer to its employees
from  time  to  time  according  to  the  terms  of  such  plans  and  the  Company’s  practices  and  policies  as  well  as  reimbursements  for  expenses  accrued.
These benefits are included as part of his “All Other Compensation.”

All compensation awarded to our executive officers was independently reviewed by our Compensation Committee.

Employment and Related Agreements

Except as set forth below, we currently have no other written employment agreements with any of our officers and directors. The following is a

description of our current executive employment agreements:

Erez Raphael, Chief  Executive  Officer  and  a  Member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  –  On  August  30,  2013,  LabStyle  Innovation  Ltd.,  our  Israeli
subsidiary, entered into an amendment to a Personal Employment Agreement with Mr. Raphael in connection with his August 2013 appointment as our
President and Chief Executive Officer. Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement as amended, Mr. Raphael is entitled to a monthly salary of NIS
134,167 (approximately $37,730 per month). During 2018 and 2019, Mr. Raphael agreed to a waiver of 45% of his cash salary according to our salary
program pursuant to which Mr. Raphael received compensation shares of restricted common stock as consideration for cash salary waived.

On July 25, 2017, we, through our Israeli subsidiary, LabStyle Innovation Ltd., executed an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with
Mr. Raphael. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Raphael kept his monthly salary and shall be eligible for an annual bonus equal to up to 60% of his annual
base salary. Mr. Raphael’s employment agreement expires on December 31, 2020. In the event Mr. Raphael’s employment agreement is terminated by us at
will, by Mr. Raphael for good reason as provided thereby, or in conjunction with a change of control, Mr. Raphael shall be entitled to receive 24 months
base salary and severance payment pursuant to applicable Israeli severance law, provided, however, that in the event such termination occurs during the
final  year  of  the  term,  or  within  the  last  6  months  of  a  renewal  period  of  the  term,  Mr.  Raphael  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  12  months  base  salary  and
severance payment pursuant to applicable Israeli severance law. In the event the employment agreement is terminated by us for cause, Mr. Raphael will
only be entitled to a severance pay under applicable Israeli severance law. Mr. Raphael’s employment agreement also includes a one-year non-competition
and  non-solicitation  provision,  certain  confidentiality  covenants  and  assignment  of  any  of  his  company-related  inventions.  Under  the  terms  of  the
agreement,  Mr.  Raphael  is  entitled  to  certain  expense  reimbursements  and  other  standard  benefits,  including  vacation,  sick  leave,  contributions  to  a
manager’s  insurance  policy  and  study  fund  and  car  and  mobile  phone  allowances.  On  February  12,  2020,  we  extended  the  term  of  Mr.  Raphael’s
employment to expire on December 31, 2022.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On January 4, 2018, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Raphael of 1,272 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $39,923 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Raphael from January
to March 2018.

On April 23, 2018, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Raphael of 1,277 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $39,344 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Raphael from April to
June 2018.

On July 8, 2018, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Raphael of 2,497 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $72,725 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Raphael from July to
September 2018.

On  October  3,  2018,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  issuance  to  Mr.  Raphael  of  3,221  shares  of  our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $64,003 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Raphael
from October to December 2018.

On  January  27,  2019,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  issuance  to  Mr.  Raphael  of  3,098  shares  of  our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $61,969 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Raphael
from January to March 2019.

On July 9, 2019, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Raphael of 10,749 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $128,972 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Raphael from April
to September 2019.

On December 23, 2019, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Raphael of 15,454 shares of our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $66,610 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Raphael
from October to December 2019.

Zvi Ben David, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary – On January 8, 2015, LabStyle Innovation Ltd., our Israeli subsidiary, entered
into a Personal Employment Agreement with Mr. Ben David. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Ben David was initially entitled to a monthly
salary  and  additional  compensation  (excluding  social  benefits  under  applicable  Israeli  law)  of  NIS  31,200  (approximately  $8,774)  for  providing  eighty
percent of his working time to our company. Beginning on March 1, 2015, Mr. Ben David began working for us on a full-time basis pursuant to the terms
of his employment agreement at which point Mr. Ben David’s salary was increased to NIS 39,000 (approximately $10,967). Commencing April 1, 2016,
Mr. Ben David’s Salary was updated to NIS 60,000 (approximately $16,873) per month and commencing June 1, 2018, his monthly salary was updated to
NIS 67,200 (approximately $18,898). During 2018 and 2019, Mr. Ben David agreed to a waiver of 39% and 42% respectively of his cash salary according
to our salary program pursuant to which Mr. Ben David received compensation shares of restricted common stock as consideration for cash salary waived.

Mr. Ben David's employment agreement may be terminated by either party at will upon 90 days prior written notice or terminated by us for cause,
as defined under the employment agreement. In the event the employment agreement is terminated by us at will, Mr. Ben David shall be entitled to receive
90  days  of  severance  plus  any  required  severance  payment  pursuant  to  applicable  Israeli  severance  law.  In  the  event  the  employment  agreement  is
terminated by us for cause, Mr. Ben David will only be entitled to a severance pay under applicable Israeli severance law. The employment agreement also
includes a twelve-month non-competition and non-solicitation provision, certain confidentiality covenants and assignment of any of his company-related
inventions to the company. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Ben David is entitled to certain expense reimbursements and other standard
benefits, including vacation, sick leave, contributions to a manager’s insurance policy and study fund and mobile phone allowances.

  On  January  4,  2018,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  issuance  to  Mr.  Ben  David  of  742  shares  of  our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $23,288 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Ben David
from January to March 2018.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On April 23, 2018, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Ben David of 745 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $ $22,951 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Ben David from
April to June 2018.

On July 8, 2018, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Ben David of 1.114 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $32,442 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Ben David from July
to September 2018.

On  October  3,  2018,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  issuance  to  Mr.  Ben  David  of  1,504  shares  of  our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $29,893 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Ben David
from October to December 2018.

On January 27, 2019, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Ben David of 1,447 shares of our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $28,944 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Ben David
from January to March 2019.

On July 9, 2019, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Ben David of 5,021 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $60,238 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Ben David from April
to September 2019.

On December 23, 2019, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Ben David of 7,218 shares of our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $31,111 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Ben David
from October to December 2019.

Dror  Bacher,  Chief  Operating  Officer  –  On  August  30,  2013,  LabStyle  Innovation  Ltd.,  our  Israeli  subsidiary,  entered  into  an  employment
agreement with Mr. Bacher, pursuant to which Mr. Bacher receives an annual base salary of NIS 55,000 (approximately $15,467), effective as of July 2017,
and  commencing  June  1,  2018  his  monthly  salary  was  increased  to  NIS  61,490  (approximately  $17,292  per  month).  Pursuant  to  Mr.  Bacher’s  existing
personal  employment  agreement  as  amended,  either  Mr.  Bacher  or  we  may  terminate  his  employment  agreement  upon  four  months’  notice,  provided,
however, that in the event of a termination for cause, Mr. Bacher’s employment may be terminated immediately. Mr. Bacher’s employment agreement also
includes  a  twelve  (12)  month  non-competition  and  non-solicitation  provision,  certain  confidentiality  covenants  and  assignment  of  any  of  his  company-
related inventions. Under the terms of Mr. Bacher’s employment agreement, Mr. Bacher is entitled to certain expense reimbursements and other standard
benefits,  including  vacation,  sick  leave,  life,  and  disability  insurance  and  car  and  mobile  phone  allowances.  In  addition,  in  conjunction  with  his
appointment  as  Chief  Operating  Officer,  we  issued  Mr.  Bacher  500  shares  of  common  stock,  and  500  options  that  will  vest  in  12  equal  quarterly
installments over a three-year period with an exercise price of $49.20 per share, all issued pursuant to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated 2012 Equity
Incentive Plan.

During the years 2018 and 2019, Mr. Bacher agreed to waive approximately 29% and 26% of his cash salary, respectively, pursuant to our shares
for salary program and its 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, and as a result Mr. Bacher received shares of common stock in lieu of a portion of his annual cash
salary.

On January 4, 2018, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Bacher of 565 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $17,744 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Bacher from January
to March 2018.

On April 23, 2018, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Bacher of 567 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $ $17,486 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Bacher from April
to June 2018.

On April 23, 2018, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Bacher of 1,623 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $50,000 of a cash bonus otherwise payable to Mr. Bacher for
his efforts in obtaining FDA clearance for iPhone 7, 8 and X smartphone devices in the U.S.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On July 8, 2018, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Bacher of 673 shares of our common stock
under  our  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan.  Such  shares  were  issued  in  lieu  of  the  waiver  of  $19,606  salary  otherwise  payable  to  Mr.  Bacher  from  July  to
September 2018.

On October 3, 2018, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Bacher of 954 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $18,964 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Bacher from October
to December 2018.

On January 27, 2019, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Bacher of 918 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $18,362 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Bacher from January
to March 2019.

On July 9, 2019, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Bacher of 3,186 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $38,215 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Bacher from April to
September 2019.

On  December  23,  2019,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  issuance  to  Mr.  Bacher  of  2,633  shares  of  our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $11,352 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Bacher from
October to December 2019.

Richard Anderson, President and General Manager of North America – On January 7, 2020, we appointed Mr. Anderson as our President and
General Manager of North America. In connection with Mr. Anderson’s appointment, the Company agreed to pay Mr. Anderson an annual base salary of
$335,000. Mr. Anderson shall also be subject to a six-month non-competition and one-year non-solicitation provision, certain confidentiality covenants and
assignment of any of his company-related inventions. Mr. Anderson will also be entitled to certain expense reimbursements and other standard benefits,
including vacation and sick leave. In addition, Mr. Anderson will be entitled to receive an annual incentive bonus of up to $250,000, subject to certain
milestones  and  performance  targets.  In  addition,  and  in  conjunction  with  his  appointment  as  President  and  General  Manager  of  North  America,  the
Company agreed to issue Mr. Anderson a stock option to purchase up to 90,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $8.41 per share, subject to
vesting. Mr. Anderson was also issued a stock option to purchase up to 90,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $8.41 per share, subject to
vesting  and  the  achievement  of  certain  business  revenue  targets.  In  that  regard,  Mr.  Anderson’s  option  will  vest  as  follows:  (i)  22,500  shares  shall  vest
following fiscal year 2020 if our business-to-business revenues reach or exceed $6 million in the aggregate, or a pro-rated amount equal to the percentage
achievement of such target, assuming the Company’s GAAP revenues in 2020 will reach at least $11 million in the aggregate; (ii) 22,500 shares shall vest
following fiscal year 2021 if our business-to-business revenues reach or exceed $15 million in the aggregate, or a pro-rated amount equal to the percentage
achievement of such target, assuming the Company’s GAAP revenues in 2021 will reach at least $19.5 million in the aggregate; (iii) 22,500 shares shall
vest  following  fiscal  year  2022  if  our  business-to-business  revenues  reach  or  exceed  $40  million  in  the  aggregate,  or  a  pro-rated  amount  equal  to  the
percentage achievement of such target, assuming the Company’s GAAP revenues in 2022 will reach at least $38 million in the aggregate; and (iv) 22,500
shares shall vest following fiscal year 2023 if our business-to-business revenues reach or exceed $80 million in the aggregate, or a pro-rated amount equal
to the percentage achievement of such target, assuming the Company’s GAAP revenues in 2023 will reach at least $62 million in the aggregate.

Olivier  Jarry,  Former  President  and  Chief  Commercial  Officer  –  On  August  30,  2018,  we  appointed  Mr.  Jarry  as  our  President  and  Chief
Commercial Officer. In connection with Mr. Jarry’s appointment, we agreed to pay Mr. Jarry an annual base salary of $252,000 out of which $132,000 is
paid  in  cash  and  the  balance  is  paid  in  our  shares  of  common  stock.  Mr.  Jarry’s  employment  is  subject  to  a  one  (1)  year  non-competition  and  non-
solicitation  provision,  certain  confidentiality  covenants  and  assignment  of  any  of  his  company-related  inventions.  Mr.  Jarry  is  also  entitled  to  certain
expense  reimbursements  and  other  standard  benefits,  including  vacation  and  sick  leave.  In  addition,  Mr.  Jarry  is  entitled  to  receive  an  annual  incentive
bonus of up to 1,750 shares of common stock and an annual over performance bonus of up to 1,000 shares of common stock, with each such bonus subject
to certain milestones and performance targets to be determined by our Board of Directors. In addition, and in conjunction with Mr. Jarry’s appointment as
President and Chief Commercial Officer, we agreed to issue Mr. Jarry a stock option to purchase up to 6,000 shares of common stock at a future date and at
the discretion of our Board of Directors. On January 7, 2020, Mr. Jarry was relieved from his duties as President and Chief Commercial Officer of the
Corporation to a new role of Senior Vice President of Strategy and Business Development.

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During  the  fiscal  years  ended  December  31,  2018  and  December  31,  2019,  Mr.  Jarry  agreed  to  waive  approximately  47%  of  his  cash  salary
pursuant to our shares for salary program and its 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, and as a result, Mr. Jarry received shares of common stock in lieu of a portion
of his annual cash salary.

On October 3, 2018, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Jarry of 1,962 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $39,000 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Jarry from September
to December 2018.

On January 27, 2019, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Jarry of 1,500 shares of our common
stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $30,000 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Jarry from January to
March 2019.

On July 9, 2019, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr. Jarry of 5,000 shares of our common stock
under  our  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan.  Such  shares  were  issued  in  lieu  of  the  waiver  of  $60,000  salary  otherwise  payable  to  Mr.  Jarry  from April  to
September 2019.

On  December  23,  2019,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  issuance  to  Mr.  Jarry  of  6,960  shares  of  our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of the waiver of $30,000 salary otherwise payable to Mr. Jarry from
October to December 2019.

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2019

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable

100   
12   
167   
45   
234   
8,446   
6,562   

2,154   

1,459   

67   
67   
1267   
480   
1,260   
375   

2000   

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable  
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
597(1) 

- 

133(1) 

- 
- 
- 
- 
115(1) 
125(1) 

4,000 

Name
Erez Raphael
(Chief Executive Officer)

Zvi Ben David
(Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and
Treasurer)

Dror Bacher
(Chief Operating Officer)

Olivier Jarry
(President and Chief Commercial
Officer)

Equity
incentive
plan awards:
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#)

Option
exercise
price ($)

-    $
-    $
-    $
-    $
-    $
-    $
-    $

2,430   
5,400   
4,806   
3,330   
1,764   
115.20   
64.04   

Option
expiration
date
March 14, 2023 
June 5, 2023 
August 28, 2023 
January 6, 2024 
July 6, 2024 
September 3, 2021 
January 30, 2023 

-    $

115.20   

September 3, 2021 

-    $

-    $
-    $
-    $
-    $
-    $
-    $

     $

64.04   

January 30, 2023 

3,330   
1,764   
115.20   
140.40   
64.04   
49.20   

January 6, 2024 
July 6, 2024 
September 3, 2021 
December 17, 2021 
January 30, 2023 
July 25, 2023 

15.90   

November 22, 2024 

Total Option Shares

24,696   

4,970 

-    $

-   

- 

(1) Vests in 12 equal quarterly installments over a three-year period.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Employee Director Remuneration Policy

In March 2013, our Board of Directors adopted the following non-employee director remuneration policy:

Cash Awards

Our  non-employee  directors  (currently  Messrs.  Shaked,  Farhi,  Kamer,  McGrath,  Prof.  Stone  and  Ms.  Karah)  will  receive  the  following  cash
payments for each fiscal year: (i) $25,000 per year, to be paid quarterly in arrears and (ii) $16,000 for Board committee service, to be paid quarterly in
arrears; provided, however, that such quarterly payments and committee meeting fees shall accrue and shall be payable upon the approval of Mr. Raphael at
such time when our company is adequately capitalized in his reasonable discretion.

Stock and Option Awards

On  January  4,  2018,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  issuance  to  each  of  Prof.  Stone,  Mr.  Hoenlein,  Mr.
McGrath,  Ms.  Karah  and  Mr.  Yehudiha  of  327  shares  of  our  common  stock  under  our  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan.  Such  shares  were  issued  in  lieu  of
$10,250 in fees otherwise payable to each of Prof. Stone, Mr. Hoenlein, Mr. McGrath, Ms. Karah and Mr. Yehudiha for the period from October 1, 2017, to
December 31, 2017. In addition, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to each of Mr. Farhi, Mr. Kamer and Mr.
Bahagon of 199 shares of our common stock under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of $6,250 in fees otherwise payable to
Mr. Farhi, Mr. Kamer and Mr. Bahagon for the period October 1, 2017, to December 31, 2017.

On  April  23,  2018,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  issuance  to  each  of  Prof.  Stone,  Mr.  Hoenlein,  Mr.
McGrath,  Ms.  Karah  and  Mr.  Yehudiha  of  333  shares  of  our  common  stock  under  our  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan.  Such  shares  were  issued  in  lieu  of
$10,250 in fees otherwise payable to each of Prof. Stone, Mr. Hoenlein, Mr. McGrath, Ms. Karah and Mr. Yehudiha for the period from January 1, 2018, to
March 31, 2018. In addition, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to each of Mr. Farhi and Mr. Kamer of 203
shares of our common stock under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of $6,250 in fees otherwise payable to Mr. Farhi and Mr.
Kamer for the period January 1, 2018, to March 31, 2018. In addition, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to Mr.
Bahagon 3,335 shares of our common stock under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of $5,139 in fees otherwise payable to
Mr. Bahagon for the period January 1, 2018, to March 15, 2018.

On  July  9,  2018,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  issuance  to  each  of  Prof.  Stone,  Mr.  Hoenlein,  Mr.
McGrath and Ms. Karah of 352 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of $10,250 in fees
otherwise payable to each of Prof. Stone, Mr. Hoenlein, Mr. McGrath and Ms. Karah for the period from April 1, 2018, to June 30, 2018. In addition, the
Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to each of Mr. Farhi, Mr. Kamer, Mr. Yehudiha and Mr. Zanco of 215 shares of
our common stock under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of $6,250 in fees otherwise payable to Mr. Farhi, Mr. Kamer, Mr.
Yehudiha and Mr. Zanco for the period April 1, 2018, to June 30, 2018.

On  October  3,  2018,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  issuance  to  each  of  Prof.  Stone,  Mr.  Shaked,  Mr.
McGrath, and Ms. Karah of 516 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of $10,250 in fees
otherwise payable to each of Prof. Stone, Mr. Shaked, Mr. McGrath, and Ms. Karah for the period from July 1, 2018, to September 30, 2018. In addition,
the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to each of Mr. Farhi, Mr. Kamer, Mr. Yehudiha and Mr. Zanco of 315 shares
of our common stock under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of $6,250 in fees otherwise payable to Mr. Farhi, Mr. Kamer,
Mr. Yehudiha and Mr. Zanco for the period July 1, 2018, to September 30, 2018.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  January  27,  2019,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  issuance  to  each  of  Prof.  Stone,  Mr.  Shaked,  Mr.
McGrath, and Ms. Karah of 513 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of $10,250 in fees
otherwise  payable  to  each  of  Prof.  Stone,  Mr.  Shaked,  Mr.  McGrath,  and  Ms.  Karah  for  the  period  from  October  1,  2018,  to  December  31,  2018.  The
Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors also approved the issuance to each of Mr. Farhi and Mr. Kamer of 313 shares of our common stock
under  the  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan.  Such  shares  were  issued  in  lieu  of  $6,250  in  fees  otherwise  payable  to  Mr.  Farhi  and  Mr.  Kamer  for  the  period
October  1,  2018,  to  December  31,  2018.  In  addition,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  issuance  to  Mr.  Moller  262
shares of our common stock under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of $5,231 in fees otherwise payable to Mr. Moller for
the period October 16, 2018, to December 31, 2018.

On April 29, 2019, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved a grant of 1,475 options to Mr. Moller. These options have
an exercise price of $15.40 per share. One third of the options will become fully vested and exercisable on the first anniversary elapsed from the grant date,
and  the  balance  will  vest  in  eight  equal  quarterly  installments  following  the  first  anniversary  of  the  grant  date,  subject  to  Mr.  Moller’s  continued
membership on the Company’s Board of Directors. In January 2020 Mr. Moller resigned from the Board of Directors and his options were forfeited.

On  April  29,  2019,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  following  issuances,  each  was  done  under  our  2012
Equity Incentive Plan: (i) 15,038 shares of our common stock to Mr. Shaked; (ii) 1,255 shares of our common stock to Ms. Karah; (iii) 753 shares of our
common stock to Mr. Farhi; (iv) 753 shares of our common stock to Mr. Kamer; (v) 862 shares of our common stock to Prof. Stone; and (vi) 1,649 shares
of our common stock to Mr. McGrath.

On July 9, 2019, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to each of Prof. Stone, Mr. Shaked, Mr. McGrath,
and Ms. Karah of 854 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of $10,250 in fees otherwise
payable  to  each  of  Prof.  Stone,  Mr.  Shaked,  Mr.  McGrath,  and  Ms.  Karah  for  the  period  from  January  1,  2019,  to  March  31,  2019.  The  Compensation
Committee of our Board of Directors also approved the issuance to each of Prof. Stone, Mr. Shaked, Mr. McGrath, and Ms. Karah of 854 shares of our
common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of $10,250 in fees otherwise payable to each of Prof. Stone, Mr.
Shaked, Mr. McGrath, and Ms. Karah for the period from April 1, 2019, to June 30, 2019. The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors also
approved the issuance to each of Mr. Farhi, Mr. Kamer and Mr. Moller of 521 shares of our common stock under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such
shares were issued in lieu of $6,250 in fees otherwise payable to Mr. Farhi, Mr. Kamer and Mr. Moller for the period January 1, 2019, to March 31, 2019.
In addition, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to each of Mr. Farhi, Mr. Kamer and Mr. Moller of 521 shares of
our common stock under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of $6,250 in fees otherwise payable to Mr. Farhi, Mr. Kamer and
Mr. Moller for the period April 1, 2019, to June 30, 2019.

On December 23, 2019, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved the issuance to each of Prof. Stone, Mr. Shaked, Mr.
McGrath, and Ms. Karah of 2,378 shares of our common stock under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of $10,250 in fees
otherwise  payable  to  each  of  Prof.  Stone,  Mr.  Shaked,  Mr.  McGrath,  and  Ms.  Karah  for  the  period  from  July  1,  2019,  to  September  30,  2019.  The
Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors also approved the issuance to each of Mr. Farhi and Mr. Kamer of 1,450 shares of our common stock
under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Such shares were issued in lieu of $6,250 in fees otherwise payable to Mr. Farhi and Mr. Kamer for the period July 1,
2019, to September 30, 2019.

Compensation Committee Review

The Compensation Committee shall, if it deems necessary or prudent in its discretion, reevaluate and approve in January of each such year (or in
any event prior to the first board meeting of such fiscal year) the cash and equity awards (amount and manner or method of payment) to be made to non-
employee directors for such fiscal year. In making this determination, the Compensation Committee shall utilize such market standard metrics as it deems
appropriate, including, without limitation, an analysis of cash compensation paid to independent directors of our peer group.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Compensation Committee shall also have the power and discretion to determine in the future whether non-employee directors should receive
annual or other grants of options to purchase shares of common stock or other equity incentive awards in such amounts and pursuant to such policies as the
Compensation  Committee  may  determine  utilizing  such  market  standard  metrics  as  it  deems  appropriate,  including,  without  limitation,  an  analysis  of
equity awards granted to independent directors of our peer group.

Participation of Employee Directors; New Directors

Unless  separately  and  specifically  approved  by  the  Compensation  Committee  in  its  discretion,  no  employee  director  of  our  company  shall  be

entitled to receive any remuneration for service as a director (other than expense reimbursement as per prevailing policy).

New directors joining our Board of Directors shall be entitled to a pro-rated portion (based on months to be served in the fiscal year in which they

join) of cash and stock option or other equity incentive awards (if applicable) for the applicable fiscal year at the time they join the board.

Summary Director Compensation Table

The following table summarizes the annual compensation paid to our non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019:

Name and
Principal
Position
Dennis McGrath

Prof. Richard B. Stone

Yalon Farhi

Hila Karah

Allen Kamer

Yoav Shaked

Glen D. Moller

Fees Paid
or
Earned in
Cash
($)

Year
2019

2019

2019

2019

2019

2019

2019

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

Stock
Awards

- 

  $

66,395(1)

- 

  $

54,275(3)

- 

  $

36,596(5)

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

Option
Awards
($)*

(2)

(4)

(6)

- 

  $

60,327(7)

 $

 -(8)

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

- 

  $

36,596(9)

 $ 

- 

  $

272,585(11)

 $ 

(10)  $ 

(12)  $ 

- 

  $

23,981(13)

 $

14,337(14)  $ 

Non-equity
incentive
plan
compensation  
- 

 $ 

Non-
qualified
deferred
compensation
earnings

- 

 $ 

- 

 $ 

- 

 $ 

- 

 $ 

- 

 $ 

- 

 $ 

- 

 $ 

- 

 $ 

- 

 $ 

- 

 $ 

- 

 $ 

- 

 $ 

- 

 $ 

All other
compensation
($)

  Total ($)  
 66,395 
 $

- 

- 

 $

 54,275 

- 

 $

 36,596 

- 

 $

 60,327 

- 

 $

 36,596 

- 

 $

 272,585 

- 

 $

 38,318 

*

Amount  shown  does  not  reflect  dollar  amount  actually  received.  Instead,  this  amount  reflects  the  aggregate  grant  date  fair  value  of  each  stock
option  granted  in  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  computed  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  ASC  718.  Assumptions  used  in
accordance with ASC 718 are included in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.

(1)       10,653 stock awards are outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

(2)       1,659 option awards are outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

(3)       9,865 stock awards are outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

(4)       1,645 option awards are outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

(5)       5,462 stock awards are outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

(6)       1,561 option awards are outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

(7)       10,098 stock awards are outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

(8)       1,561 option awards are outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

(9)       6,114 stock awards are outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(10)       No option awards are outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

(11)       20,153 stock awards are outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

(12)       No option stock awards are outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

(13)       2,754 stock awards are outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

(14)       1,475 option stock awards are outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 13, 2020 by:

·

·

·

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

each of our named executive officers and directors; and

all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities.
Except as otherwise indicated, each person or entity named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our capital shown
as beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

In computing the number and percentage of shares beneficially owned by a person, shares that may be acquired by such person within 60 days of
the date of this Annual Report are counted as outstanding, while these shares are not counted as outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any
other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person listed below is c/o DarioHealth Corp., 8 HaTokhen Street, Caesarea North Industrial
Park, 3088900, Israel.

Name of Beneficial Owner
Officers and Directors
Erez Raphael (2)
Zvi Ben David (3)
Dror Bacher (4)
Olivier Jarry (5)
Richard Anderson
Dennis M. McGrath (6)
Prof. Richard B. Stone (7)
Hila Karah (8)
Yalon Farhi(9)
Allen Kamer(10)
Yoav Shaked (12)
Glen Moller (11)
Adam Stern(13)
Yadin Shemmer
All Executive Officers and Directors as a group (14 persons)**
5% Stockholders
Nantahala Capital Partners SI, LP(14)

Nantahala Capital Partners II Limited Partnership(15)
Nantahala Capital Management, LLC(16)

79

Shares of
Common

Percent of
Common
Stock

Beneficially    
Stock Owned    

Beneficially  
Owned (1)

542,608   
120,372   
83,387   
26,289   
-   
64,688   
34,854   
44,575   
15,742   
84,309   
86,329   
4,600   
161,995   
-   
1,269,478   

328,846   

336,966   
317,252   

17.4%
3.9%
2.7%
* 

2.1%
1.1%
1.4%
* 
2.7%
2.8%
* 
4.99%

40.6%

9.9%

9.9%
9.9%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*

**

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

Less than 1%.

Glenn Moller is no longer a member of our Board of Directors. Messrs. Stern and Shemmer joined our Board of Directors on March 1, 2020.

Percentage ownership is based on 3,101,410 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 13, 2020 and, for each person or entity listed
above, warrants or options to purchase shares of our common stock which exercisable within 60 days of the such date.

Includes  16,158  vested  options.  Also  includes  37,876  shares  of  our  Common  Stock,  held  by  Dicilyon  Consulting  and  Investment  Ltd.  Erez
Raphael is the natural person with voting and dispositive power over our securities held by Dicilyon Consulting and Investment Ltd. The address
of Dicilyon Consulting and Investment Ltd. is 10 Nataf St., Ramat Hasharon 4704063, Israel.

Includes  6,064  vested  options  to  purchase  common  stock.  Excludes  25,508  options  which  are  not  vested.  Includes  5,556  warrants  to  purchase
common stock.  Includes 1,786 shares owned by his spouse, for which Mr. Ben David disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his
pecuniary interest therein.

Includes 6,103 vested options to purchase common stock. Excludes 26,316 options which are not vested.

Includes  2,500  vested  options  to  purchase  common  stock.  Excludes  3,500  options  which  are  not  vested.  On  January  7,  2020,  Mr.  Jarry  was
relieved  from  his  duties  as  President  and  Chief  Commercial  Officer  of  the  Corporation  to  a  new  role  of  Senior  Vice  President  of  Strategy  and
Business Development.

Includes 1,657 vested options to purchase common stock.

Includes 1,250 warrants to purchase common stock, and 1,643 vested options to purchase common stock.

Includes 1,560 vested options to purchase common stock.

Includes 1,560 vested options to purchase common stock.

(10)

Mr.  Kamer  is  a  Managing  Partner  of  OurCrowd  Digital  Health  L.P.  and  therefore  the  securities  held  by  OurCrowd  Digital  Health  L.P.  may  be
deemed to be beneficially owned by Mr. Kamer. Mr. Kamer disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities owned by OurCrowd Digital Health
L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(11)

Includes 0 vested options to purchase common stock. Mr. Moller resigned from our Board of Directors effective as of January 24, 2020.

(12)

(13)

(14)

(15)

Includes 1,667 shares and 1,334 warrants owned by his spouse, for which Mr. Shaked disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his
pecuniary interest therein.

Includes 300 preferred A shares on an as converted basis of 74,100 common stock. Includes warrants exercisable into 70,895 shares of common
stock, subject to a contractual beneficial ownership limitation of 4.99% and excludes warrants exercisable into 220,303 shares of common stock.

Based  solely  on  information  contained  in  Form  S-3  filed  with  the  SEC  on  January  15,  2019  and  data  provided  by  the  holder  adjusted  to  the
November 18, 2019 reverse split. Includes warrants to purchase 82,677 shares of common stock, pre-funded warrants to purchase 125,102 shares
of common stock and preferred shares convertible into 12,491 shares of common stock, subject to a contractual beneficial ownership limitation of
9.9% and excludes preferred shares convertible into 639,836 shares of common stock.

Based solely on information contained in Form S-3 filed with the SEC on January 15, 2019 and data provided by the holder. Includes warrants to
purchase 21,613 shares of common stock, pre-funded warrants to purchase 81,233 shares of common stock and preferred shares convertible into
199,441 shares of common stock, subject to a contractual beneficial ownership limitation of 9.9% and excludes preferred shares convertible into
19,154 shares of common stock.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(16)

Based solely on information contained in Form 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2019, and data provided by the holder. Includes warrants
to purchase 103,161 shares of common stock and excludes warrants to purchase 46,843 shares of common stock, pre-funded warrants to purchase
358,779  shares  of  common  stock,  which  are  subject  to  a  contractual  beneficial  ownership  limitation  of  9.9%  and  excludes  preferred  shares
convertible into 1,284,400 shares of common stock.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

Executive Officers and Directors

We  have  entered  into  employment  and  consulting  agreements  and  granted  stock  awards  to  our  executive  officers  and  directors  as  more  fully

described in “Executive Compensation” above.

Executive Officers and Directors

We  have  entered  into  employment  agreements  and  granted  stock  awards  to  our  executive  officers  as  more  fully  described  in  “Executive

Compensation” above.

September 2014 Private Placement

On  September  23,  2014,  we  entered  into  and  closed  the  transactions  contemplated  by  a  definitive  Securities  Purchase  Agreement.  The  lead
investor in the financing memorialized in such agreement was Dicilyon Consulting and Investment Ltd. (“Dicilyon”), an affiliate of Israeli investor David
Edery  who  invested  $3,000,000  in  the  private  placement  purchasing  1,667  shares  of  our  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  (which  converted  into
525,564 shares of our Common Stock on March 8, 2016 in conjunction with a closing of our public offering) and 231,248 warrants to purchase Common
Stock  following  the  entry  into  a  warrant  replacement  agreement  with  Dicilyon  whereby  Dicilyon  replaced  210,226  warrants  issued  in  2014  which
contained a net settlement cash feature and liquidated damages penalties with 231,248 warrants which contain a standard anti-dilution clause, both groups
of warrants with an exercise price of $8.559 per share and exercisable until September 23, 2018. Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, Mr. Edery
and his controlled affiliates were granted certain special rights, including, among other things, (i) a two year pre-emptive right to participate in our future
financings, subject to certain exceptions, in an amount which would allow Mr. Edery to maintain his fully-diluted percentage ownership of the Company,
and (ii) a right that, for so long as Mr. Edery holds 25%, 15% and 10% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, Mr. Edery shall have the right to
appoint, respectively, three, two or one member of our seven-person Board of Directors. The preemptive rights were waived in connection with the March
2016  public  offering,  and  Mr.  Edery  has  waived  his  director  nomination  rights  effective  February  28,  2016.  In  connection  with  the  closing  of  the
transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement, Mr. Edery’s company appointed Rami Yehudiha to serve as a member of the Board of
Directors and on November 18, 2014, Mr. Edery’s company exercised its right to appoint two members to the Board of Directors by requesting that Dr.
Oren Fuerst and Dr. Steven A. Kaplan resign from the Board of Directors. Accordingly, Dr. Kaplan resigned from the Board of Directors effective as of
November  21,  2014,  and  Dr.  Fuerst  resigned  from  the  Board  of  Directors  effective  as  of  November  23,  2014.  On  November  23,  2014,  the  remaining
members of the Board of Directors acted by unanimous written consent to name two appointees of Mr. Edery’s company, Dr. Peter M. Kash and Ms. Hila
Karah, as members of the Board of Directors. On February 25, 2015, Dr. Peter M. Kash resigned from his position as a member of the Board of Directors
for personal reasons. On June 15, 2015, both Mr. Yehudiha and Ms. Karah were elected to our Board of Directors by our shareholders. On March 1, 2016,
Dicilyon irrevocably granted voting and dispositive power over our shares held by it to Erez Raphael, our Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer. 

Statement of Policy

All  transactions  (if  any)  between  us  and  our  officers,  directors  or  five  percent  stockholders,  and  respective  affiliates  will  be  on  terms  no  less
favorable than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties and will be approved by a majority of our independent directors who do not have an interest
in the transactions and who had access, at our expense, to our legal counsel or independent legal counsel.

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To the best of our knowledge, other than as set forth above, there were no material transactions, or series of similar transactions, or any currently
proposed transactions, or series of similar transactions, to which we were or are to be a party, in which the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000
or 1% of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any director or executive officer, or any security
holder who is known by us to own of record or beneficially more than 5% of any class of our common stock, or any member of the immediate family of
any of the foregoing persons, has an interest (other than compensation to our officers and directors in the ordinary course of business).

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The following table sets forth fees billed to us by Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global, our independent registered
public  accounting  firm,  during  the  fiscal  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  December  31,  2018  for:  (i)  services  rendered  for  the  audit  of  our  annual
financial  statements  and  the  review  of  our  quarterly  financial  statements;  (ii)  services  by  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firms  that  are
reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and that are not reported as audit fees; (iii) services rendered in
connection with tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning; and (iv) all other fees for services rendered.

Audit Fees
Audited Related Fees
Tax Fees (1)
All Other Fees (2)
Total

(1) Consists of fees relating to our tax compliance and tax planning.

(2) Consists of fees relating to our private placements.

Audit Committee Policies

  December 31, 2019    December 31, 2018 
86,000 
  $
- 
  $
9,000 
  $
15,000 
  $
110,000 
  $

96,000    $
-    $
9,000    $
44,000    $
149,000    $

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors is solely responsible for the approval in advance of all audit and permitted non-audit services to
be provided by the independent auditors (including the fees and other terms thereof), subject to the de minimus exceptions for non-audit services provided
by Section 10A(i)(1)(B) of the Exchange Act, which services are subsequently approved by the Board of Directors prior to the completion of the audit.
None of the fees listed above are for services rendered pursuant to such de minimus exceptions.

PART IV

Description

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

The following exhibits are filed with this Annual Report.

Exhibit
No.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6

  Composite copy of Certificate of Incorporation, as amended*
  Bylaws (1)
  Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Bylaws (2)
  Certificate of Elimination of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (3)
  Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (4)
  Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (4)

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.7
3.8
3.9
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9

10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13

10.14
10.15
10.16
21.1
23.1
31.1
31.2
32.1
101

  Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (5)
  Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A-3 Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (5)
  Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A-4 Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (5)
  Warrant Agent Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2016, between LabStyle Innovations Corp. and VStock Transfer, LLC (6)
  Form of Representatives’ Warrant (6)
  Form of Warrant (7)
  Form of Pre-Funded Warrant (8)
  Amendment No. 1 To Pre-Funded Warrant (9)
  Description of Securities*
  Form of Placement Agent Warrant*
  Employment Agreement, dated October 11, 2012, between LabStyle Israel and Erez Raphael+ (10)
  Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 2013, between LabStyle Israel and Erez Raphael+ (10)
  Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated August 30, 2013, between LabStyle Israel and Erez Raphael+ (10)
  Personal Employment Agreement, dated January 8, 2015, between the Company and Zvi Ben David+ (11)
  Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan of the Company+(12)
  Amendment to the Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan of the Company+(13)
  Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan of the Company+(2)
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2017, between Erez Raphael and LabStyle Innovation Ltd. + (14)
  Employment Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2013, and as amended on August 1, 2014, April 27, 2015 and May 1, 2016, between Dror

Bacher and Labstyle Innovation Ltd. + (14)

  Form of Subscription Agreement for Series A, Series A-1, Series A-2, Series A-3 and Series A-4 Preferred Stock*
  Form of Registration Rights Agreement for Series A, Series A-1, Series A-2, Series A-3 and Series A-4 Preferred Stock*
  Placement Agency Agreement by and between DarioHealth Corp. and Aegis Capital Corp. dated October 22, 2019*
  Amendment  No.  1  to  Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement,  dated  as  of  February  12,  2020,  between  Erez  Raphael  and  LabStyle

Innovation Ltd. + *

  Stock Option Agreement between DarioHealth Corp. and Richard Anderson*
  Conditional Stock Option Agreement between DarioHealth Corp. and Richard Anderson*
  Representative Form of Indemnification Agreements between DarioHealth Corp. and each of its directors and officers+*
  List of Subsidiaries of the Company*
  Consent of Kost Forer Gabbay and Kaiserer*
  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.*
  Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.*
  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350.**
  Interactive Data File (XBRL)*

83

 
 
 
+ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

*

Filed herewith

** Furnished herewith

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)
(7)

(8)
(9)
(10)

(11)
(12)
(13)

(14)

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January
16, 2013.
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 29,
2018.
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 15,
2019.
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 3,
2019.
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 6,
2019.
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2016.
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18,
2018.
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 22, 2019.
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 9, 2019.
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 6,
2013.
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 9, 2015.
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 19, 2016.
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 6,
2019.
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 26, 2017.

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary.

None.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  accordance  with  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act,  the  registrant  has  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.

Date: March 16, 2020

DARIOHEALTH CORP.

SIGNATURES

By: /s/ Erez Raphael

Name: Erez Raphael
Title: Chief Executive Officer

By: /s/ Zvi Ben David

Name: Zvi Ben David
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer

In accordance with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities

and on the dates indicated.

Person

/s/ Erez Raphael
Erez Raphael

/s/ Zvi Ben David
Zvi Ben David

/s/ Yoav Shaked
Yoav Shaked

/s/ Yalon Farhi
Yalon Farhi

/s/ Allen Kamer
Allen Kamer

/s/ Hila Karah
Hila Karah

/s/ Dennis M. McGrath
Dennis M. McGrath

/s/ Yadin Shemmer
Yadin Shemmer

/s/ Adam Stern
Adam Stern

/s/ Richard B. Stone
Richard B. Stone

Capacity

Date

  Chief Executive Officer and
  Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  March 16, 2020

  Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and
  Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)  

  March 16, 2020

  Chairman of the Board

  March 16, 2020

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

85

  March 16, 2020

  March 16, 2020

  March 16, 2020

  March 16, 2020

  March 16, 2020

  March 16, 2020

  March 16, 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019

INDEX

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Page
F-2

F-3 - F-4

F-5

F-6

F-7

  F-8 - F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer
144 Menachem Begin Road.
Tel-Aviv 6492102, Israel

Tel: 972 (3)6232525
Fax: 972 (3)5622555
www.ey.com/il

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of DarioHealth Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of DarioHealth Corp. and its subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019
and 2018, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period
ended  December  31,  2019,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated
financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.

The Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed
in Note 1c to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has stated that substantial doubt exists about the
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding these matters
are  also  described  in  Note  1c.  The  consolidated  financial  statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  to  reflect  the  possible  future  effects  on  the
recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s
financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required
to  have,  nor  were  we  engaged  to  perform,  an  audit  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  As  part  of  our  audits  we  are  required  to  obtain  an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in
the  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
A Member of Ernst & Young Global

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.
Tel-Aviv, Israel
March 16, 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
U.S. dollars in thousands

ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:

Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term restricted bank deposits
Trade receivables
Inventories
Other accounts receivable and prepaid expenses

Total current assets

NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
Deposits
Operation lease right of use assets
Long-term assets
Property and equipment, net

Total non-current assets

Total assets

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

*) Reclassified

F - 3

  $

December 31,

2019

2018

20,395    $
191     
672     
1,414     
267     

10,997 
180 
168 
1,377 
*) 380 

22,939     

13,102 

17     
765     
200     
648     

1,630     

43 
- 
*) 211 
733 

987 

  $

24,569    $

14,089 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
  
 
 
    
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
U.S. dollars in thousands (except stock and stock data)

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

Trade payables

Deferred revenues
Operating lease liabilities
Other accounts payable and accrued expenses

Total current liabilities

OPERATING LEASE LIABILITIES

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

1,656    $
1,223     
317     
2,024     

5,220     

455     

2,574 
736 
- 
1,854 

5,164 

- 

Common Stock of $0.0001 par value - Authorized: 160,000,000 shares at December 31, 2019 and 2018; Issued

and Outstanding: 2,235,649 and 1,831,746 shares at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively ***)

**) -     

**) - 

Preferred Stock of $0.0001 par value - Authorized: 5,000,000 shares at December 31, 2019 and 2018; Issued and

Outstanding: 21,375 at December 31, 2019

Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders’ equity

**) -     
129,039     
(110,145)    

-
98,179 
(89,254)

18,894     

8,925 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $

24,569    $

14,089 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

**) Represents an amount lower than $1.

***) On November 18, 2019, the company affected a 1-for 20 reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split), see note 1f.

F - 4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
U.S. dollars in thousands (except stock and stock data)

Revenues
Cost of revenues

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative

Total operating expenses

Operating loss

Revaluation of warrants
Financial expense, net

Total financial expenses, net

Net loss

Deemed dividend

Net loss attributable to holders of Common Stock

Net loss per share:

  $

  $

Year ended
December 31,

2019

2018

7,559    $
4,962     

2,597     

3,692    $
11,127     
5,483     

7,394 
5,629 

1,765 

3,676 
10,309 
5,468 

20,302     

19,453 

17,705     

17,688 

-     
31     

31     

(1)
116 

115 

  $

17,736    $

17,803 

3,155     

493 

  $

20,891    $

18,296 

Basic and diluted loss per share ***)
Weighted average number of Common Stock used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share ***)

  $

8.00    $
2,266,135     

15.63 
1,170,645 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

***) On November 18, 2019, the company affected the Reverse Stock Split, see note 1f.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F - 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
U.S. dollars in thousands (except stock and stock data) 

   Ordinary shares ***)
  Number     Amount

Balance as of January 1, 2018

705,067    $

**) -     

-    $

Payment for executives and directors under

stock for salary program

38,285     

**) -     

Issuance of Common Stock to directors and

employees

57,642     

**) -     

Issuance of Common Stock to consultants

and service provider

18,500     

**) -     

Issuance of Common stock in May 2018

warrant exchange agreement

Issuance of Common Stock in 2018 private

31,838     

**) -     

placements, net of issuance cost

478,954     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

Preferred shares

paid-in     Accumulated   

Additional

    Number     Amount

deficit

Total
shareholders' 
equity

(70,958)   $

3,941 

    capital ***)    
-    $

74,899    $

-     

1,055     

-     

1,786     

504     

-     

-     

-     

9,354     

493     

(493)    

-     

-     

156,217     

**) -     

9,269     

501,460     
-     
-     

**) -     
-     
-     

(156,217     
-     
-     

**) -     
-     
-     

-     
819     
-     

-     
-     
(17,803)    

- 
819 
(17,803)

Balance as of December 31, 2018

    1,831,746    $

**) -     

-    $

-    $

98,179    $

(89,254)   $

8,925 

Issuance of Preferred Stock in 2018 Private

placement, net of issuance cost

Conversion of Preferred Stock to Common

Stock

Stock-based compensation
Net loss

Payment for executives and directors under

Stock for Salary Program

Exercise of options
Issuance of Common Stock to directors and

employees

Issuance of Common Stock to consultants

and service provider

Issuance of Common Stock and Pre-funded
warrants in 2019 Public Offering, net of
issuance costs   

Issuance of Preferred Stock in 2019 private

placement, net of issuance cost
Deemed dividend related to issue of

preferred shares

Stock-based compensation
Net loss

104,363     
406     

**) -     
**) -     

-     

-     

51,613     

**) -     

4,753     

**) -     

-     

-     

-     

-     

1,011     
**) -     

795     

59     

242,768     

**) -     

-     

-     

6,558     

-     

-     
-     
-     

-     

21,375     

**) -     

18,689     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

3,155     
593     
-     

(3,155)    
-     
(17,736)    

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

1,055 

1,786 

504 

- 

9,354 

9,269 

1,011 
**) - 

795 

59 

6,558 

18,689 

- 
593 
(17,736)

Balance as of December 31, 2019

    2,235,649    $

**) -     

21,375    $

-    $

129,039    $

(110,145)   $

18,894 

**) Represents an amount lower than $1.

***) On November 18, 2019, the company affected the Reverse Stock Split, see note 1f.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F - 6

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
      
      
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
U.S. dollars in thousands

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net loss
Adjustments required to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

Stock-based compensation, common stock and stock for salary to directors, employees, consultants and service

provider
Depreciation
Change in operating lease right of use assets
Decrease (increase) in trade receivables
Decrease in other accounts receivable and prepaid expenses and Long-term assets
Increase in inventories
Increase (decrease) in trade payables
Increase in other accounts payable and accrued expenses
Increase in deferred revenues
Change in the fair value of warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock
Change in operating lease liabilities

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Investment in deposit
Purchase of property and equipment

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock in 2019 Public Offering and Preferred Stock in 2019 and 2018 private

placement, net of issuance cost

Net cash provided by financing activities

Increase in cash, cash equivalents and short-term restricted bank deposits
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term restricted bank deposits at beginning of year

Year ended
December 31,

2019

2018

  $

(17,736)   $

(17,803)

2,257     
183     
368     
(504)    
124     
(37)    
(918)    
371     
487     
-     
(320)    

3,758 
207 
- 
114 
13 
(193)
722 
977 
736 
(1)
- 

(15,725)    

(11,470)

(15)    
(98)    

(113)    

(1)
(71)

(72)

25,247     

18,743 

25,247     

18,743 

9,409     
11,126     

7,201 
3,925 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term restricted bank deposits at end of year

  $

20,535    $

11,126 

*) Represents an amount lower than $1.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F - 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands (expect stock and stock data)

NOTE 1:- GENERAL

a. DarioHealth  Corp.  (the  “Company”)  was  incorporated  in  Delaware  and  commenced  operations  on  August  11,  2011.  In  July  2016,  the
Company’s Board of Directors approved the change of the Company’s name to DarioHealth Corp., which became effective on July 28,
2016. The Company is a digital health (mHealth) company that is developing and commercializing a patented and proprietary technology
providing consumers with laboratory-testing capabilities using smart phones and other mobile devices.  The Company’s flagship product,
Dario™, also referred to as the Dario™ Smart Diabetes Management Solution, is a mobile, real-time, cloud-based, diabetes management
solution  based  on  an  innovative,  multi-feature  software  application  combined  with  a  stylish,  ‘all-in-one’,  pocket-sized,  blood  glucose
monitoring device, which is called the Dario™ Smart Meter.

b. The  Company’s  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  LabStyle  Innovation  Ltd.  (“Ltd.”  or  “Subsidiary”),  was  incorporated  and  commenced
operations on September 14, 2011 in Israel. Its principal business activity is to hold the Company’s intellectual property and to perform
research  and  development,  manufacturing,  marketing  and  other  business  activities.  Ltd.  has  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  LabStyle
Innovations US LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which was established in 2014, however it has not started its operations to
date and was dissolved at the end of 2017.

c. During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  incurred  recurring  operating  losses  and  negative  cash  flows  from  operating
activities amounting to $17,705 and $15,725, respectively. The Company will be required to obtain additional liquidity resources in the
near term in order to support the commercialization of its products and maintain its research and development activities. The Company is
addressing its liquidity needs by seeking additional funding from public and/or private sources and by ramping up its commercial sales.
There are no assurances, however, that the Company will be able to obtain an adequate level of financial resources that are required for
the short and long-term development and commercialization of its product.

These  conditions  raise  substantial  doubt  about  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  The  accompanying  consolidated
financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on recoverability and classification of assets or
the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

d.

In December 2015, the United States Food and Drug Administration granted the Subsidiary 510(k) clearance for the Dario Blood Glucose
Monitoring System, including its components, the Dario Blood Glucose Meter, Dario Blood Glucose Test Strips, Dario Glucose Control
Solutions and the Dario app on the Apple iOS 6.1 platform and higher.

e. On March 4, 2016, the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”) and warrants to purchase shares
of Common Stock were approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbols “DRIO” and “DRIOW,” respectively.

f. On  November  18,  2019,  the  Company  affected  a  1-for-20  reverse  stock  split  (referred  to  herein  as  the  Reverse  Stock  Split)  of  its
Common Stock. No fractional shares were issued, and no cash or other consideration were paid as a result of the Reverse Stock Split.
Instead,  the  Company  issued  one  additional  whole  share  of  the  post-Reverse  Stock  Split  Common  Stock  to  any  shareholder  who
otherwise would have received a fractional share as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. The amount of authorized Common Stock was not
affected. All issued and outstanding share and per share amounts included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements have
been adjusted to reflect this Reverse Stock Split for all periods presented.

F - 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The consolidated financial statements are prepared according to United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”).

a. Use of estimates:

The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  disclosures  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP  and  requires  the
Company’s  management  to  make  judgments,  assumptions  and  estimates  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  its  consolidated  financial
statements  and  accompanying  notes.  Management  bases  its  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on  various  other  assumptions  it
believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of
assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates, and such differences may be material.

Management believes the Company’s critical accounting policies and estimates are reasonable based upon information available at the
time they are made. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure
of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

b. Financial statements in U.S. dollars (“$,” “dollar” or “dollars”):

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in dollars.
The  Company’s  revenues  and  financing  activities  are  incurred  in  U.S.  dollars.  Although  a  portion  of  the  Subsidiary’s  expenses  is
denominated in New Israeli Shekels (“NIS”) (mainly cost of personnel), a substantial portion of its expenses is denominated in dollars.
Accordingly, the Company’s management believes that the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company and its
subsidiary  operate  is  the  dollar;  thus,  the  dollar  is  the  functional  currency  of  the  Company. Transactions  and  balances  denominated  in
dollars are presented at their original amounts. Monetary accounts denominated in currencies other than the dollar are re-measured into
dollars in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 830, “Foreign Currency Matters”. All transaction gains and losses
of the re-measurement of monetary balance sheet items are reflected in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss as financial
income or expenses, as appropriate.

c. Principles of consolidation:

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated.

d. Cash and cash equivalents:

The Company considers all highly liquid investments, which are readily convertible to cash with a maturity of three months or less at the
date of acquisition, to be cash equivalents.

e. Short-term restricted bank deposits:

Short-term  restricted  bank  deposits  are  restricted  deposits  with  maturities  of  up  to  one  year  and  are  pledged  in  favor  of  the  bank  as  a
security for the bank guaranties issued to the landlords of the Company’s offices and credit card payments. The short-term restricted bank
deposits are denominated in NIS and USD and bear interest at an average rate of 0.02% as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The short-
term restricted bank deposits are presented at their cost, including accrued interest.

As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, the Company had, a short-term restricted bank deposits which are used as collateral for rent in the
amount of $ 128 and $ 119, respectively.

F - 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

As  of  December  31,  2019,  and  2018,  the  Company  had,  a  short-term  restricted  bank  deposits  which  are  used  as  collateral  for  credit
payments in amounts of $ 63 and $ 61, respectively.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the cash balances reported on the balance sheets and the cash, cash equivalents and short-
term restricted bank deposits balances reported in the statements of cash flows:

Cash, and cash equivalents as reported on the balance sheets
Short-term restricted bank deposits, as reported on the balance sheets

December 31,

2019

2018

  $
  $

20,395    $
140    $

10,997 
129 

Cash, restricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term restricted bank deposits as reported in the
statements of cash flows

  $

20,535    $

11,126 

f.

Inventories:

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realized value. Cost is determined on a “moving average” basis. Inventory write-down is
provided  to  cover  technological  obsolescence,  excess  inventories  and  discontinued  products.  Inventory  write-down  represents  the
difference between the cost of the inventory and net realizable value. Inventory write-down is charged to the cost of revenues and ramp
up  of  manufacturing  when  a  new  lower  cost  basis  is  established.  Subsequent  changes  in  facts  and  circumstances  do  not  result  in  the
restoration or increase in that newly established cost basis.

Work-in-process  is  immaterial,  given  the  typically  short  manufacturing  cycle,  and  therefore  is  disclosed  in  conjunction  with  raw
materials.

Total write-offs during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 amounted to $62 and $41, respectively.

g. Long-term assets:

Long-term lease deposits during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 include mainly long-term deposits for the Company’s rent
and leased vehicles, respectively.

h. Property and equipment:

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over
the estimated useful lives of the assets at the following annual rates:

Computers, and peripheral equipment
Office furniture and equipment
Production lines

Leasehold improvements

F - 10

%
15-33
6-15
14-20
Over the shorter of
the lease term or
useful economic life

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

i.

Impairment of long-lived assets:

Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment,” whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and
used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by
the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying
amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, no impairment was recorded.

j. Revenue recognition

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued ASC 606. The standard replaced the revenue recognition
guidance in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles under ASC 605, and was required to be applied retrospectively to each prior
period  presented  or  applied  using  a  modified  retrospective  method  with  the  cumulative  effect  recognized  in  the  beginning  retained
earnings during the period of initial application. Subsequently, the FASB issued several additional Accounting Standard Updates (each an
“ASU”) related to ASU No. 2014-09, collectively referred to as the “new revenue standards,” which became effective for the Company
beginning January 1, 2019. The Company adopted the standard using the modified retrospective method. The adoption of ASC 606 did
not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 5 for further information.

The Company recognizes revenue when (or as) it satisfies performance obligations by transferring promised products or services to its
customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive. The Company applies the following five steps:
(1) identify the contract with a customer, (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4)
allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (5) recognize revenue when a performance obligation is
satisfied.

The Company considers customer and distributers purchase orders to be the contracts with a customer. For each contract, the Company
considers the promise to transfer tangible products and services, each of which are distinct, to be the identified performance obligations.
In determining the transaction price, the Company evaluates whether the price is subject to rebates and adjustments to determine the net
consideration to which the Company expects to receive. As the Company’s standard payment terms are less than one year, the contracts
have no significant financing component. The Company allocates the transaction price to each distinct performance obligation based on
their  relative  standalone  selling  price.  Revenue  from  tangible  products  is  recognized  when  control  of  the  product  is  transferred  to  the
customer (i.e., when the Company’s performance obligation is satisfied), which typically occurs at shipment. The revenues from fixed-
price services are recognized ratably over the contract period and the costs associated with these contracts are recognized as incurred. The
Company's standard arrangements with its customers typically do not allow for rights of return.

k. Cost of revenues:

Cost  of  revenues  is  comprised  of  the  cost  of  production,  data  center  costs,  shipping  and  handling  inventory,  personnel  and  related
overhead costs, depreciation of production line and related equipment costs, amortization of deferred costs and inventory write-downs

l. Concentrations of credit risk:

Financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  the  Company  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  principally  of  cash  and  cash
equivalents, short-term restricted bank deposits and trade receivables.

All of the cash and cash equivalents and short-term restricted bank deposits of the Company and its Subsidiary are invested in deposits
and current accounts with major U.S. and Israeli banks. Such cash and cash equivalents and short-term restricted bank deposits may be in
excess of insured limits and are not insured in other jurisdictions. Generally, cash and cash equivalents and short-term restricted bank
deposits may be redeemed and therefore a minimal credit risk exists with respect to these deposits and investments.

F - 11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

The  Company’s  trade  receivables  are  derived  mainly  from  sales  to  distributers  and  to  end-users  world-wide.  The  Company  performs
ongoing credit evaluations of its customers. An allowance for doubtful accounts is determined with respect to those specific amounts that
the Company has determined to be doubtful of collection.

The Company had no off-balance-sheet concentration of credit risk such as foreign exchange contracts, option contracts or other foreign
hedging arrangements.

m.

Income taxes:

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). This guidance prescribes the use of
the  liability  method  whereby  deferred  tax  asset  and  liability  account  balances  are  determined  based  on  differences  between  financial
reporting  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  are  measured  using  the  enacted  tax  rates  and  laws  that  will  be  in  effect  when  the
differences are expected to reverse. The Company provides a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts
that are more likely than not to be realized. As of December 31, 2019, and 2018 a full valuation allowance was provided by the Company.

ASC 740 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring a liability for uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate
the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more
likely than not that, on an evaluation of the technical merits, the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related
appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be
realized upon ultimate settlement. As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, no liability for unrecognized tax benefits was recorded as a result
of the implementation of ASC 740.

n. Research and development costs:

Research and development costs are charged to the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, as incurred.

o. Accounting for stock-based compensation:

The  Company  accounts  for  stock-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  ASC  718,  “Compensation  -  Stock  Compensation”  (“ASC
718”), which requires companies to estimate the fair value of equity-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing
model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as an expense over the requisite service
periods in the Company’s consolidated statement of comprehensive loss.

The Company recognizes compensation expenses for the value of its awards granted based on the straight-line method over the requisite
service period of each of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and
revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The option-pricing
model requires a number of assumptions, of which the most significant are the expected stock price volatility and the expected option
term. Expected volatility was calculated based upon historical volatility of the Company. The expected option term represents the period
that  the  Company’s  stock  options  are  expected  to  be  outstanding  and  is  determined  based  on  the  simplified  method  until  sufficient
historical exercise data will support using expected life assumptions. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield from U.S. treasury
bonds with an equivalent term. The Company has historically not paid dividends and has no foreseeable plans to pay dividends.

F - 12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

p. Fair value of financial instruments:

The Company applies ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”). Under this standard, fair value is defined as
the  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  (i.e.,  the  “exit  price”)  in  an  orderly  transaction  between
market participants at the measurement date.

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. ASC 820 establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring
fair  value  that  maximizes  the  use  of  observable  inputs  and  minimizes  the  use  of  unobservable  inputs  by  requiring  that  the  most
observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability
developed based on market data obtained from sources independent from the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the
Company’s assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best
information available in the circumstances.

The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the inputs as follows:

Level 1 -

Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets that the Company has the ability to access. Valuation
adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are
readily  and  regularly  available  in  an  active  market,  valuation  of  these  products  does  not  entail  a  significant  degree  of
judgment.

Level 2 -

Valuations  based  on  one  or  more  quoted  prices  in  markets  that  are  not  active  or  for  which  all  significant  inputs  are
observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 -

Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The availability of observable inputs can vary from investment to investment and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for
example,  the  type  of  investment,  the  liquidity  of  markets  and  other  characteristics  particular  to  the  transaction.  To  the  extent  that
valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires
more judgment and the investments are categorized as Level 3.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, short-term restricted bank deposits, trade receivables, other accounts receivable and
prepaid  expenses,  trade  payables  and  other  accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses  approximate  their  fair  value  due  to  the  short-term
maturity of such instruments. Some of the inputs to these models are unobservable in the market and are significant. The Company has no
financial assets or liabilities measured using Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 inputs.

q. Basic and diluted net loss per share:

Basic net loss per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during each year.
Diluted net loss per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during each year,
plus dilutive potential Common Stock considered outstanding during the year, in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings Per Share”.

The Company follows the two-class method when computing net loss per common share when shares are issued that meet the definition
of participating securities. The two-class method determines net income (loss) per common share for each class of common shares and
participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class
method  requires  income  available  to  common  shareholders  for  the  period  to  be  allocated  between  common  shares  and  participating
securities  based  upon  their  respective  rights  to  receive  dividends  as  if  all  income  for  the  period  had  been  distributed.  The  Company’s
convertible preferred shares contractually entitle the holders of such shares to participate in dividends.

The total number of shares related to the outstanding options, warrant and preferred shares excluded from the calculations of diluted net
loss per share due to their anti-dilutive effect was 6,545,910 and 997,906 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

F - 13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

r.

Severance pay:

Since inception date, all Ltd. employees who are entitled to receive severance pay in accordance with the applicable law in Israel, have
been included under section 14 of the Israeli Severance Compensation Law (“Section 14”). Under this section, they are entitled only to
monthly deposits, at a rate of 8.33% of their monthly salary, made by the employer on their behalf with insurance companies. Payments
in accordance with Section 14 release Ltd. from any future severance payments in respect of those employees. Payments under Section
14 are not recorded as an asset in the Company’s balance sheet.

Severance pay expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 amounted to $346 and $259, respectively.

s. Legal and other contingencies:

The Company accounts for its contingent liabilities in accordance with ASC 450 “Contingencies”. A provision is recorded when it is both
probable  that  a  liability  has  been  incurred  and  the  amount  of  the  loss  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  With  respect  to  legal  matters,
provisions are reviewed and adjusted to reflect the impact of negotiations, estimated settlements, legal rulings, advice of legal counsel
and other information and events pertaining to a particular matter. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company is not a party to any
litigation  that  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  financial  position,  results  of  operations  or  cash  flows.
Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

t. Recently adopted accounting pronouncements:

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued ASC 606. The standard replaced the revenue recognition
guidance in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles under ASC 605, and was required to be applied retrospectively to each prior
period  presented  or  applied  using  a  modified  retrospective  method  with  the  cumulative  effect  recognized  in  the  beginning  retained
earnings during the period of initial application. Subsequently, the FASB issued several additional Accounting Standard Updates (each an
“ASU”) related to ASU No. 2014-09, collectively referred to as the “new revenue standards”, which became effective for the Company
beginning January 1, 2019. The Company adopted the standard using the modified retrospective method. The adoption of ASC 606 did
not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”). The standard requires lessees to recognize
almost all leases on the balance sheet as a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a lease liability and requires leases to be classified as either an
operating or a finance type lease. The standard excludes leases of intangible assets or inventory. The standard became effective for the
Company beginning January 1, 2019. The Company adopted ASC 842 using the modified retrospective approach, by applying the new
standard to all leases existing at the date of initial application. Results and disclosure requirements for reporting periods beginning after
January  1,  2019  are  presented  under  ASC  842,  while  prior  period  amounts  have  not  been  adjusted  and  continue  to  be  reported  in
accordance  with  our  historical  accounting  under  ASC  840.  The  Company  elected  the  package  of  practical  expedients  permitted  under
ASC  842,  which  also  allowed  the  Company  to  carry  forward  historical  lease  classifications.  The  Company  also  elected  the  practical
expedient related to treating lease and non-lease components as a single lease component for all equipment leases as well as electing a
policy  exclusion  permitting  leases  with  an  original  lease  term  of  less  than  one  year  to  be  excluded  from  the  ROU  assets  and  lease
liabilities.

As a result of the adoption of ASC 842 on January 1, 2019, the Company recorded both operating lease ROU assets and operating lease
liabilities  of  $847.  The  adoption  did  not  impact  the  Company's  beginning  retained  earnings,  or  prior  year  consolidated  statements  of
comprehensive loss and statements of cash flows. See Note 6 for further information on leases.

Under  ASC  842,  the  Company  determines  if  an  arrangement  is  a  lease  at  inception.  ROU  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  at  the
commencement  date  based  on  the  present  value  of  remaining  lease  payments  over  the  lease  term.  For  this  purpose,  the  Company
considers  only  payments  that  are  fixed  and  determinable  at  the  time  of  commencement,  however,  certain  lease  agreements  contain
variable payments, which are expensed as incurred and not included in the operating lease assets and liabilities. These amounts include
payments affected by the Consumer Price Index. As most of the Company's leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company, with the
assistance of a third-party valuation firm, determined the incremental borrowing rate in determining the present value of lease payments.
The ROU assets also include any lease payments made prior to commencement and are recorded net of any lease incentives received. The
Company lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise
such options.

Operating  leases  are  included  in  operating  lease  ROU  assets,  current  and  non-current  operating  lease  liabilities,  on  the  Company's
consolidated balance sheets.

F - 14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-
Based Payment Accounting.” This ASU supersedes ASC 505-50, “Equity—Equity Based Payments to Non-Employees,” and expands the
scope of ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation,” to include all share-based payment arrangements related to the acquisition of
goods and services from both nonemployees and employees. The standard became effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2019.
The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In  November  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-18,  “Statement  of  Cash  Flows  (Topic  230):  Restricted  Cash,”  which  requires
companies to include amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in cash and cash equivalents when
reconciling beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. This guidance is effective from
the first quarter of 2019.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements, not yet adopted:

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) - Disclosure Framework - Changes to the
Disclosure  Requirements  for  Fair  Value  Measurement,”  (“ASU  No.  2018-13”)  which  is  designed  to  improve  the  effectiveness  of
disclosures by removing, modifying and adding disclosures related to fair value measurements. ASU No. 2018-13 is effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years; the ASU allows for early adoption in any
interim  period  after  issuance  of  the  update.  The  adoption  of  this  ASU  is  not  expected  to  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  Company’s
consolidated financial statements.

In September 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses
on Financial Instruments” (“ASU  2016-13”).  ASU  2016-13  changes  the  impairment  model  for  most  financial  assets  and  certain  other
instruments. For trade and other receivables, held-to-maturity debt securities, loans, and other instruments, entities will be required to use
a new forward-looking “expected loss” model that generally will result in the earlier recognition of allowances for losses. The guidance
also requires increased disclosures. For the Company, the amendments in the update were originally effective for fiscal years beginning
after  December  15,  2019,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  In  November  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2019-10
which  delayed  the  effective  date  of  ASU  2016-13  for  smaller  reporting  companies  (as  defined  by  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission) and other non-SEC reporting entities to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within
those  fiscal  periods.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  The  Company  is  currently  assessing  the  impact  the  guidance  will  have  on  its
consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3:- OTHER ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND PREPAID EXPENSES

Prepaid expenses
Deferred costs
Government authorities

*) Reclassified

F - 15

December 31,

2019

2018

203    $
24     
40     

267    $

*) 243
71 
66 

380 

  $

  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands

NOTE 4:-

INVENTORIES

Raw materials
Finished products

NOTE 5: - REVENUE

December 31,

2019

2018

536    $
878     

424 
953 

1,414    $

1,377 

  $

  $

On  January  1,  2019,  the  Company  adopted  ASC  606  using  the  modified  retrospective  method  and  applied  the  standard  to  those  contracts
which were not completed as of January 1, 2019. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2019 are presented under ASC 606,
while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the historic accounting under ASC 605.

The following tables represent The Company total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 by performance obligation type
as a result of implementing ASC 606 (prior period amounts have not been adjusted under the modified retrospective method):

Products
Services

Consolidated revenues by category type are as follows (in thousands):

Consumer Products and other revenues
Membership services

December 31,

2019

2018

5,490    $
2,069     

7,559    $

7,158 
236 

7,394 

December 31,

2019

2018

4,478    $
2,930     

7,559    $

6,832 
562 

7,394 

  $

  $

  $

  $

The Company recognizes contract liabilities, or deferred revenues, when it receives advance payments from customers before performance
obligations primarily related services have been performed. Advance payments are received at the beginning of the service period and the
related  deferred  revenues  are  reclassified  to  revenue  ratably  over  the  service  period.  The  balance  of  deferred  revenues  approximates  the
aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the unsatisfied performance obligations at the end of reporting period.

The following table presents the significant changes in the deferred revenue balance during the year ended December 31, 2019:

Balance, beginning of the period
New performance obligations
Reclassification to revenue as a result of satisfying performance obligations

Balance, end of the period

  $

  $

736 
3,417 
2,930 
1,223 

Because all performance obligations in the Company’s contracts with customers relate to contracts with a duration of less than one year, the
Company has elected to apply the optional exemption and is not required to disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to
performance obligations that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period. 

F - 16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands

NOTE 6: - LEASES

At the beginning of the Company’s fiscal 2019, the Company adopted ASC 842. The adoption of ASC 842 did not have a significant impact
on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The  Company  has  entered  into  various  non-cancelable  operating  lease  agreements  for  certain  of  its  offices  and  car  leases.  The  Company's
leases have original lease periods expiring between 2019 and 2022. Many leases include one or more options to renew. The Company does
not assume renewals in determination of the lease term unless the renewals are deemed to be reasonably certain at lease commencement. The
Company's lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

The components of lease costs, lease term and discount rate are as follows:

Lease cost
Operating lease cost
Short term lease cost
Variable lease cost
Total lease cost

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term
Operating leases

Weighted Average Discount Rate
Operating leases

The following is a schedule, by years, of maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2019:

2020
2021
2022
Total undiscounted cash flows
Less imputed interest
Present value of lease liabilities

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases are as follows:

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash flows from operating leases

Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets:

Operating leases

F - 17

Twelve 
Months Ended  
December 31, 
2019

  $

353 
84 
2 
439 

2.78 years 

7.34%

Operating
Leases

  $

  $

327 
299 
218 
844 
(72)
772 

  Year ended  
December 31,
2019

  $

  $

353 

244 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands

NOTE 7:- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Composition of assets, grouped by major classification, is as follows: 

Cost:

Computers and peripheral equipment
Office furniture and equipment
Production lines
Leasehold improvement

Accumulated depreciation:

Computers and peripheral equipment
Office furniture and equipment
Production lines
Leasehold improvement

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

233    $
131     
748     
147     

180 
114 
736 
143 

1,259     

1,173 

134     
33     
412     
32     

611     

97 
25 
301 
17 

440 

733 

Property and equipment, net

  $

648    $

Depreciation expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 amounted to $183 and $207, respectively.

NOTE 8:- OTHER ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Employees and payroll accruals
Accrued expenses

December 31,

2019

2018

1,137    $
887     

974 
880 

2,024    $

1,854 

  $

  $

NOTE 9:- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

As of December 31, 2019, Ltd. had established guarantees to cover rent agreements and credit cards commitments that amounted to $191.

F - 18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
  
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands

NOTE 10:- TAXES ON INCOME

The Company and Ltd. are separately taxed under the domestic tax laws of the state of incorporation of each entity

a. Tax Reform

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “TCJA”) was signed into law. The TCJA makes broad and complex
changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) that impact the Company's provision for income taxes. The changes include,
but are not limited to:

·

·

·

Decreasing  the  corporate  income  tax  rate  from  35%  to  21%  effective  for  tax  years  beginning  after  December  31,  2017  (“Rate
Reduction”);

The Deemed Repatriation Transition Tax; and

Taxation of Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) earned by foreign subsidiaries beginning after December 31, 2017.
The GILTI tax imposes a tax on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations

Accounting for the TCJA

In  March  2018,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2018-05,  "Income  Taxes  Topic  (740):  Amendments  to  SEC  Paragraphs  Pursuant  to  SEC  Staff
Accounting Bulletin No. 118" ("ASU 2018-05"), to address the application of GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the
necessary  information  available,  prepared  or  analyzed  (including  computations),  in  reasonable  detail,  to  complete  the  accounting  for
certain income tax effects of the TCJA.

The Company completed the accounting treatment related to the tax effects of the TCJA. As a result:

·

·

·

The  Company  recognizes  its  accounting  for  changes  in  the  U.S.  federal  rate  and  deferred  tax  impact  for  the  rate  change  to  be
complete.

The Company's analysis for the Deemed Repatriation Transition Tax has been filed with its December 31, 2017 tax return and the
Company considered its accounting relating to the TCJA to be complete as of such date and did not make any measurement-period
adjustments related to it.

The  Company  accounted  for  the  tax  impact  related  to  other  areas  of  the  TCJA  and  believes  its  analysis  to  be  completed  and
consistent with the guidance in ASU 2018-05. In particular, the Company concluded that for 2019, it should not be subject to any
tax on account of GILTI or base erosion and anti-abuse payments made by U.S. corporations to foreign related parties.

The Company recognizes that the Internal Revenue Service, the FASB and the Securities and Exchange Commission are continuing to
publish and finalize ongoing guidance with respect to the TCJA which may modify accounting interpretation for the TCJA, the Company
will account for these impacts in the period in which any changes are enacted.

b. Tax rates applicable to Ltd.:

Corporate tax rate in Israel in 2018 and 2019 was 23%.

c. Net operating loss carryforward:

Ltd.  has  accumulated  net  operating  losses  for  Israeli  income  tax  purposes  as  of  December  31,  2019  in  the  amount  of  approximately
$62,470. The net operating losses may be carried forward and offset against taxable income in the future for an indefinite period.

F - 19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands

NOTE 10:- TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had a U.S. federal net operating loss carryforward of approximately $11,046, of which $7,120
was generated from tax years 2011-2017 and can be carried forward and offset against taxable income and that expires during the years
2031  to  2037.  Utilization  of  U.S.  loss  carryforward  may  be  subject  to  substantial  annual  limitation  due  to  the  “change  in  ownership”
provisions of the Code and similar state provisions. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of losses before utilization.

The remaining $3,926 of NOLs were generated in years 2018 and 2019, and are subject to the TCJA, which modified the rules regarding
utilization of net operating losses (“NOL”). NOLs generated after December 31 2017 can only be used to offset 80% of taxable income
with  an  indefinite  carryforward  period  for  unused  carryforwards  (i.e.,  they  should  not  expire).  Utilization  of  the  federal  and  state  net
operating  losses  and  credits  may  be  subject  to  a  substantial  annual  limitation  due  to  an  additional  ownership  change.  The  annual
limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization and in the event the Company's has a change
of ownership, utilization of the carryforwards could be restricted.

d. Deferred income taxes:

Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  for
financial purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets are as
follows:

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss and capital losses carry forward
Temporary differences

Deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
Valuation allowance

Net deferred tax asset

December 31,

2019

2018

  $

16,879    $
888     

17,767     
(17,767)    

10,294 
791 

11,085 
(11,085)

  $

-    $

- 

The deferred tax balances included in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019 are calculated according to the tax
rates that were in effect as of the reporting date and do take into account the potential effects of the reduction in the tax rate.

The net change in the total valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2019 was an increase of $6,682 and is mainly relates to
increase  in  deferred  taxes  on  net  operating  loss  for  which  a  full  valuation  allowance  was  recorded.  In  assessing  the  realizability  of
deferred  tax  assets,  management  considers  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  some  or  all  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be
realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends on the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which
those  temporary  differences  and  tax  loss  carryforward  are  deductible.  Management  considers  the  projected  taxable  income  and  tax-
planning strategies in making this assessment. In consideration of the Company’s accumulated losses and the uncertainty of its ability to
utilize its deferred tax assets in the future, management currently believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize
its deferred tax assets and accordingly recorded a valuation allowance to fully offset all the deferred tax assets.

F - 20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands (expect stock and stock data)

NOTE 10:- TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

e. Loss before taxes on income consists of the following:

Domestic
Foreign

  Year ended December 31,

2019

2018

  $

4,418    $
13,318     

3,801 
14,002 

  $

17,736    $

17,803 

f. The  main  reconciling  item  between  the  statutory  tax  rate  of  the  Company  and  the  effective  tax  rate  is  the  recognition  of  valuation
allowance  in  respect  of  deferred  taxes  relating  to  accumulated  net  operating  losses  carried  forward  due  to  the  uncertainty  of  the
realization of such deferred taxes.

NOTE 11:- STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

a. The holders of Common Stock have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder with respect to
all matters on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote, to receive dividends as they may be declared in the discretion of the
Company’s  Board  of  Directors  and  to  participate  in  the  balance  of  the  Company’s  assets  remaining  after  liquidation,  dissolution  or
winding up, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them after giving effect to any rights of holders of
preferred stock. Except for contractual rights of certain investors, the holders of Common Stock have no pre-emptive or similar rights and
are not subject to redemption rights and carry no subscription or conversion rights.

b. On  April  3,  2015,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  stock  for  salary  program  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  will  issue
compensation  shares  of  restricted  Common  Stock  (“Compensation  Shares”)  to  directors,  officers  and  employees  of  the  Company  as
consideration for a reduction in or waiver of cash salary, bonus or fees owed to such individuals. The waiver of cash salary will be done
upon the average closing price of the Common Stock for the 30 trading days prior to the date the Compensation Shares are granted.

c. During the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company issued 104,363 and 38,285, Compensation Shares, respectively, to
certain  members  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  officers  and  employees  as  consideration  for  a  waiver  of  cash  owed  to  such  individuals
amounting to $1,011 and $1,055, respectively.

d. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the grant of an
aggregate of 18,500 shares of Common Stock in lieu of $504 owed to service providers and the grant of an option to purchase 10,093
shares  of  Common  Stock  in  lieu  of  $298  owed  to  a  service  provider  of  the  Company.  Of  such  share  of  Common  Stock  issued,  4,225
shares and the options were issued under the 2012 Plan (refer to note 11m).

e. On February 28, 2018 and March 6, 2018, the Company closed two concurrent private placements offerings consisting of 113,110 shares
of the Company’s Common Stock at $28.00 per share, 61,704 shares of the Company’s Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series
C Preferred Stock”), for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $6,623 ($6,034 net of issuance expenses) at $56.00 per share, and
warrants to purchase up to 189,218 shares of Common Stock. The shares of Series C Preferred Stock were convertible into an aggregate
of 123,408 shares of Common Stock based on a conversion price of $28.00 per share. Such conversion price was not subject to any future
price-based  anti-dilution  adjustments  except  for  standard  anti-dilution  protection.  The  shares  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  were  not
redeemable nor contingently redeemable. The holders of the Series C Preferred Stock were not be entitled to convert such preferred stock
into  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  until  the  Company  obtained  stockholder  approval  for  such  issuance and upon obtaining
such stockholder approval, automatically converted into shares of Common Stock. The holders of the Series C Preferred Stock did not
possess  any  voting  rights,  but  the  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  did  carry  a  liquidation  preference  for  each  holder  equal  to  the  investment
made by such holder in the Offering. In addition, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock were eligible to participate in dividends and
other distributions by the Company on an as converted basis. The warrants issued in the concurrent private placements are exercisable
after the six-month anniversary of each respective closing and will expire on the 18-month anniversary of their issuance. Following the
receipt of stockholder approval in May 2018, the shares of Series C Preferred Stock were converted into shares of Common Stock. In
conjunction with these offerings the Company issued 1,613 shares of Common Stock to certain finders. The shares were issued under the
2012 Plan (refer to note 11m).

F - 21

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands (expect stock and stock data)

NOTE 11:- STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

f.

g.

In May 2018, the Company entered into exchange agreements (each, an “Exchange Agreement”) with certain Company warrant holders
who were granted warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock in March 2016 and January 2017. Pursuant to the terms of the Exchange
Agreements,  the  warrant  holders  agreed  to  surrender  their  warrants  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of  51,018  shares  of  Common  Stock  for
cancellation and received, as consideration for such cancellation, an aggregate of 31,838 restricted shares of Common Stock creating a
benefit to the warrant holders. As such the Company recorded a deemed dividend in the amount of $493.

In June and July 2018, the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the grant of an aggregate of 57,642
shares  to  directors,  officers,  employees  and  consultants  of  the  Company,  and  the  grant  of  12,200  and  1,050  options  to  employees  and
consultants of the Company, respectively, at an exercise price of $34.58 per share. The stock options vest over a period of three years
commencing on the respective grant dates. All of the aforementioned options have a six-year term. All shares and options were issued
under the 2012 Plan (refer to note 11m).

h. On  September  13,  2018  and  September  26,  2018,  the  Company  closed  concurrent  private  placements  offerings  consisting  of  213,340
shares of the Company’s Common Stock at $18.00 per share, 94,513 shares of the Company’s Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (the
“Series D Preferred Stock”) at $72.00 per share, and warrants to purchase up to 473,131 shares of Common Stock, for aggregate gross
proceeds of approximately $10,645 ($9,686 net of issuance expenses). The shares of Series D Preferred Stock were convertible into an
aggregate of 378,052 shares of Common Stock based on a conversion price of $18.00 per share. Such conversion price was not subject to
any future price-based anti-dilution adjustments except for standard anti-dilution protection. The shares of Series D Preferred Stock were
not redeemable nor contingently redeemable. The holders of the Series D Preferred Stock were not be entitled to convert such preferred
stock  into  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  until  the  Company  obtained  stockholder  approval  for  such  issuance  and  upon
obtaining such stockholder approval, automatically converted into shares of Common Stock. The holders of the Series D Preferred Stock
did  not  possess  any  voting  rights,  but  the  Series  D  Preferred  Stock  did  carry  a  liquidation  preference  for  each  holder  equal  to  the
investment  made  by  such  holder  in  the  Offering.  In  addition,  the  holders  of  Series  D  Preferred  Stock  were  eligible  to  participate  in
dividends and other distributions by the Company on an as converted basis. The warrants issued in the concurrent private placements are
exercisable  after  the  six-month  anniversary  of  each  respective  closing  and  will  expire  on  the  36-month  anniversary  of  their  issuance.
Following  receipt  of  stockholder  approval  in  November  2018,  the  shares  of  Series  D  Preferred  Stock  were  converted  into  shares  of
Common Stock.

In conjunction with these offerings the Company issued 4,167 shares of Common Stock to certain finders.

i. On December 13, 2018, and December 27, 2018, the Company closed a private placement offering consisting of 152,504 shares of the
Company’s Common Stock at $20.00 per share and warrants to purchase up to 152,504 shares of Common Stock, for aggregate gross
proceeds of approximately $3,050 ($3,023 net of issuance expenses). The warrants issued in the private placement are exercisable after
the six-month anniversary of each respective closing and will expire on the 36-month anniversary of their issuance.

F - 22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands (expect stock and stock data)

NOTE 11:- STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

j. On May 24, 2019, the Company closed a public offering (the “2019 Public Offering”) of (i) 242,768 shares of Common Stock, at a price
of  $12  per  share  and  (ii)  pre-funded  warrants  (the  “Pre-Funded  Warrants”)  to  purchase  up  to  358,779  shares  of  Common  Stock,  for
aggregate consideration of $6,558, net of issuance expenses.

The Pre-Funded Warrants were sold at a public offering price of $11.998 per Pre-Funded Warrant, which represents the per share public
offering price per Share, less a $0.0001 per share exercise price for each such Pre-Funded Warrant. The shares and Pre-Funded Warrants
were  offered,  issued  and  sold  pursuant  to  a  shelf  registration  statement  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  The  Pre-
Funded Warrants have been accounted for as equity instruments.

The Pre-Funded Warrants are exercisable at any time after the date of issuance. A holder of Pre-Funded Warrants may not exercise the
warrant if the holder, together with any group that the holder is a member, would beneficially own more than 4.99% (or, at the election of
the purchaser, 9.99%) of the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise. A holder of
Pre-Funded Warrants may terminate, increase or decrease this percentage by providing at least 61 days’ prior notice to the Company. A
holder of Pre-Funded Warrants is also subject to a limitation on exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrant if such exercise would result in such
holder, together with any group that the holder is a member, beneficially owning more 19.99% of the number of shares of common stock
outstanding immediately before giving effect to such exercise, unless shareholder approval is obtained.

k.

In  November  and  December,  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  subscription  agreements  (the  “Series  A,  A-1,  A-2,  A-3  and  A-4
Subscription Agreement”) for a sale of an aggregate of 21,375 shares of newly designated Series A, A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4 Preferred
Stock  (the  “Series  A  Preferred  Stock”),  at  a  purchase  price  of  $1,000  per  share  (the  “Stated  Value”),  for  aggregate  proceeds,  net  of
issuance  expenses  to  the  Company,  of  approximately  $21,375  ($18,689  net  of  issuance  expenses).  The  initial  conversion  price  for  the
Series A, A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4 Preferred Stock was $4.05, $4.05, $4.28, $4.98 and $5.90, respectively, subject to adjustment in the
event  of  stock  splits,  stock  dividends,  and  similar  transactions).  As  such,  the  Company  recorded  a  deemed  dividend  in  the  amount  of
$2,860 for the benefit created to the series A-2, A-3 and A-4 holders.

The holders of series A Preferred Stock (excluding Series A-1 Preferred Stock, which do not possess any voting rights) shall be entitled
to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held
by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by
law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders
of Common Stock as a single class. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, after the satisfaction in full of the
debts of the Company and payment of the liquidation preference to the Senior Securities, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be
entitled to be paid, on a pari passu basis with the payment of any liquidation preference afforded to holders of any Parity Securities, the
remaining  assets  of  the  Company  available  for  distribution  to  its  stockholders.  For  these  purposes,  (i)  “Parity  Securities”  means  the
Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and any other class or series of capital stock of the Company hereinafter created that expressly
ranks  pari  passu  with  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock;  and  (ii)  “Senior  Securities”  shall  mean  any  class  or  series  of  capital  stock  of  the
Company hereafter created which expressly ranks senior to the Parity Securities.

Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the holder, subject to certain beneficial ownership limitations as set
forth in the Series A Certificate of Designation into such number of shares of Company’s Common Stock equal to the number of Series A
Preferred Shares to be converted, multiplied by the Stated Value, divided by the conversion price in effect at the time of the conversion.

F - 23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands (expect stock and stock data)

NOTE 11:- STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

The  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  will  automatically  convert  into  shares  of  Common  Stock,  subject  to  certain  beneficial  ownership
limitations, on the earliest to occur of (i) upon the approval of the holders at least 50.1% of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred
with  respect  to  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock;  or  (ii)  the  36-month  anniversary  of  each  of  the  Series  A  Effective  Date.  The  holders  of
Series A Preferred Stock will also be entitled dividends payable as follows: (i) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to ten percent
(10%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock then held by such holder on
the 12-month anniversary of the Series A Effective Date, (ii) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the
number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  then  held  by  such  holder  on  the  24-month
anniversary of the Series A Effective Date, and (iii) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to twenty percent (20%) of the shares of
Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock then held by such holder on the 36-month anniversary of the
Series A Effective Date. The Company accounted for the dividend as a deemed dividend in a total amount of $295.

Pursuant  to  the  Placement Agency  Agreement  (the  “Placement  Agency  Agreement”)  executed  by  and  between  the  Company  and  the
registered  broker  dealer  retained  to  act  as  the  Company’s  exclusive  placement  agent  (the  “Placement  Agent”)  for  the  offering  of  the
Series A Preferred Stock, the Company paid the Placement Agent an aggregate cash fee of $1,788, non-accountable expense allowance of
$641  and  was  required  to  issue  to  the  Placement  Agent  or  its  designees  warrants  to  purchase  719,243  shares  of  Common  Stock  at  an
exercise price ranging from $4.05 to $5.90 per share (the “Placement Agent Warrants”). The Placement Agent Warrants are exercisable
for a period of five years from the date of the final closing of the Series A Preferred Stock Offering.

l.

The table below summarizes the outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2019:

February 2015 PPM A (*)
March 2016 Public Offering -Warrants
March 2016 Public Offering - Representative’s Warrants
March 2017 Public Offering - Representative’s Warrants
September 2018 PPM
September 2018 PPM (Finder Warrants)
September 2018 PPM 2nd closing
December 2018 PPM
December 2018 PPM 2nd closing
Placement Agent Warrants A-1 December 2019
Placement Agent Warrants A-2 December 2019
Placement Agent Warrants A-3 December 2019
Placement Agent Warrants A-4 December 2019

Total outstanding (**)

Warrants
outstanding as of
December 31, 2019   
232     
76,417     
7,172     
1,820     
459,796     
7,030     
13,335     
150,004     
2,500     
485,688     
64,976     
150,214     
18,365     

1,437,549     

Exercise 
price $

    Expiration date
86.40    November 25,2015
86.80    March 8, 2021
112.50    March 8, 2021
77.50    March 31, 2022
25.00    September 13, 2021
25.00    September 13, 2021
25.00    September 26, 2021
25.00    December 14, 2021
25.00    December 27, 2021
4.05    December 19, 2024
4.28    December 19, 2024
4.98    December 19, 2024
5.90    December 19, 2024

(*)       Warrants for which cash has been received by the Company but no securities issued.

(**)     The outstanding amount doesn’t include 358,799 prefunded purchase warrants.

No warrants were exercised in 2019 and 2018.

F - 24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
    
 
   
    
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands (expect stock and stock data)

NOTE 11:- STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

m. Stock-based compensation:

On January 23, 2012, an equity incentive plan (the “2012 Plan”) was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by
a majority of the Company’s stockholders, under which options to purchase shares of Common Stock have been reserved. Under the 2012
Plan, options to purchase shares of Common Stock may be granted to employees and non-employees of the Company or any affiliate,
each option granted can be exercised to one share of Common Stock.

During  2018,  the  Company’s  stockholders  approved  an  amendment  to  the  2012  Plan  to  increase  the  number  of  shares  authorized  for
issuance under the 2012 Plan by 250,000 shares, from 143,650 to 393,650.

During  2019,  the  Company’s  stockholders  approved  an  amendment  to  the  2012  Plan  to  increase  the  number  of  shares  authorized  for
issuance under the 2012 Plan by 225,000 shares, from 393,650 to 618,650.

The following options were issued under the 2012 Plan during 2018 and 2019:

On  April  23,  2018,  the  Company’s  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  grant  of  4,688  options  to  a
consultant of the Company, at an exercise price of $0.0001 per share. The option fully vested on the grant date and has a six-year term.
This option was issued in lieu of a cash waiver of $150 by the consultant.

On July 23, 2018, the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the grant of 3,541 options to consultants
of the Company, at an exercise price of $0.0001 per share. 3,141 options fully vested on the grant date, and 400 will vest in 12 equal
monthly installments. The options have a six-year term. These options were issued in lieu of a cash waiver of $102 by the consultants.

In June and July 2018, the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the grant of an aggregate of 57,642
shares  to  directors,  officers,  employees  and  consultants  of  the  Company,  and  the  grant  of  12,206  and  1,048  options  to  employees  and
consultants of the Company, respectively, at an exercise price of $34.58 per share. The stock options shall vest over a period of three
years commencing on the respective grant dates. All of the aforementioned options have a six-year term.

On November 22, 2018, the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the grant of 6,000 options to its
President and Chief Commercial Officer, at exercise prices of $15.90 per share. The options will vest over a three years period from the
grant date and have a six-year term.

On  November  22,  2018,  the  Company’s  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  grant  of  1,864  options  to
consultants of the Company, at an exercise price of $0.0001 per share. The options fully vested on the grant date and have a six-year
term. These options were issued in lieu of a cash waiver of $45 by the consultants. In addition, the Company’s Compensation Committee
of the Board of Directors approved the grant of 1,313 options to a consultant of the Company at an exercise price of $19.96 per share.
The options will vest over a three year period from the grant date and have a six-year term.

On December 10, 2018, the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the grant of an aggregate of 2,346
options  to  employees  of  the  Company,  at  an  exercise  price  of  $18.54  per  share.  The  stock  options  will  vest  over  a  three  years  period
commencing on the grant date and have a six-year term.

On  April  29,  2019,  the  Company’s  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  grant  of  an  aggregate  of  51,613
shares to directors, officers and employees of the Company, and the grant of 29,236 options to employees, directors and consultants of the
Company,  respectively,  at  exercise  prices  of  $14.40  and  $15.40  per  share.  The  stock  options  vest  over  a  period  of  three  years
commencing on the respective grant dates. All of the aforementioned options have a six-year term.

F - 25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands (expect stock and stock data)

NOTE 11:- STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

In September and October 2019, the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the grant of an aggregate
of 5,378 shares of Common Stock to service providers of which 4,753 were issued during the third and fourth quarters, and the grant of
3,939  options  to  consultants  of  the  Company,  at  exercise  price  of  $12.00  per  share,  and  462  options  in  lieu  of  $8  owed  in  cash  to  a
consultant.

On  December  24,  2019,  the  Company’s  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  grant  of  42,500  options  to
employees  of  the  Company,  at  exercise  prices  of  $5.63  and  $6.35  per  share.  The  stock  options  vest  over  a  period  of  three  years
commencing on the respective grant dates. All of the aforementioned options have a six-year term.

Transactions  related  to  the  grant  of  options  to  employees,  directors  and  non-employees  under  the  above  plans  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2019 were as follows:

Weighted
average
exercise
price
$

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
Years

Aggregate
Intrinsic
value
$

Number of
options**)

Options outstanding at beginning of year
Options granted
Options exercised
Options expired
Options forfeited

Options outstanding at end of year

89,436     
76,137     
406     
5,286     
11,801     

111.74     
9.41     
*)-     
63.22     
20.98     

148,080     

68.56     

Options vested and expected to vest at end of year

132,517     

73.81     

Exercisable at end of year

72,532     

127.3     

4.32     

368 

4.41     

4.31     

3.18     

192 

185 

156 

*) Represents an amount lower than $1.

**) Reverse Stock Split, see note 1f.

Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 is $9.41 and $11.20, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s closing stock
price  on  the  last  day  of  fiscal  2019  and  the  exercise  price,  multiplied  by  the  number  of  in-the-money  options)  that  would  have  been
received  by  the  option  holders  had  all  option  holders  exercised  their  options  on  December  31,  2019.  This  amount  is  impacted  by  the
changes in the fair market value of the Common Stock.

F - 26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands (expect stock and stock data)

NOTE 11:- STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

The following table presents the assumptions used to estimate the fair values of the options granted to employees and directors in the
period presented:

Volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield
Expected life (years)

Year ended
December 31,

2019

2018

    84.34%-90.82%    83.41%-105.38%
 2.69%-2.88%
0%

1.69%-2.28%   
0%   

 3.5-4.5 

 3.5-4.5 

The  following  table  presents  the  assumptions  used  to  estimate  the  fair  values  of  the  options  granted  to  non-employees  in  the  period
presented:

Volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield
Expected life (years)

Year ended
December 31,

2019

2018

 84.34%-90.82%     82.61%-107.42%
 2.41%-2.96%
0%

1.41%-2.28%   
0%   

 3.5-4.5 

 2.96-5.94 

As of December 31, 2019, the total unrecognized estimated compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted prior to that
date was $977, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.41 year.

The total compensation cost related to all of the Company’s equity-based awards, recognized during year ended December 31, 2019 and
2018 were comprised as follows:

Cost of revenues
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative

Total stock-based compensation expenses

F - 27

Year ended
December 31,

2019

2018

  $

59    $
236     
300     
1,721     

  $

2,316    $

116 
404 
607 
2,631 

3,758 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands

NOTE 12:- SELECTED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA

Financial expenses (income), net:

Bank charges
Foreign currency adjustments losses, net
Change in the fair value of warrants
Interest income

Total Financial income, net

NOTE 13:- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Year ended
December 31,

2019

2018

27    $
20     
-     
(16)    

31    $

18 
98 
(1)
- 

115 

  $

  $

In  January  2020,  47,074  shares  of  Common  Stock  were  issued  to  certain  members  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  officers  and  employees  as
consideration for a reduction in or waiver of cash salary or fees amounting to $201 owed to such individuals and approved the grant of 25,000
options to employees of the Company, at exercise prices of $8.27 and $8.41 per share. The stock options vest over a period of three years
commencing on the respective grant dates. All of the aforementioned options have a six-year term. The shares and options were issued under
the Company’s 2012 Plan.

In January 2020, the Company entered into exchange agreements (each an "Exchange Agreement") with certain Company warrant holders
who were granted warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 139,336 shares of Common Stock in September 2018. Pursuant to the terms of
the  Exchange  Agreements,  the  warrant  holders  agreed  to  surrender  such  warrants  for  cancellation  and  received,  as  consideration  for  the
cancellation of such 2018 warrants, in the aggregate 97,536 restricted shares of Common Stock, thereby creating a benefit to these warrant
holders.

On  January  29,  2020,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  Company  to  issue  warrants  to  purchase  up  to  13,750  and  250,000  shares  of
Common  Stock  to  certain  consultants  of  the  Company,  at  a  purchase  price  of  $12.00  and  $6.56,  respectively.  In  addition,  the  Board  of
Directors approved the grant of 50,000 shares of Common Stock to a consultant of the Company.

On January 30, 2020, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the grant of a non-qualified stock option award to
purchase 90,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, as well as an additional non-qualified performance-based stock option award to
purchase  an  additional  90,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  outside  of  the  Company’s  existing  equity  compensation  plans,
pursuant to Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c)(4), in connection with the employment of its President and General Manager of North America.

On February 5, 2020, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the 2012 Plan to increase the number of shares authorized for
issuance under the 2012 Plan by 1,350,000 shares, from 618,650 to 1,968,650.

On February 12, 2020, the Company’s Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the grant of an aggregate of 654,246
shares to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company, and the grant of 335,991 options to employees and consultants of the
Company, at exercise prices of $7.736 and $9.237 per share. The stock options vest over a period of three years commencing on the respective
grant dates. All the aforementioned options have a six-year term. All options were issued under the 2012 Plan.

On February 27, 2020, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the grant of a non-qualified stock option award to
purchase 90,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to director, at exercise prices of $7.30 per share. The stock options vest over a period
of three years commencing on the respective grant date. All options were issued under the 2012 Plan.

On  March  2,  2020,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  grant  of  a  non-qualified  stock  option  award  to
purchase 50,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock outside of the Company’s existing equity compensation plans, pursuant to Nasdaq
Listing Rule 5635(c)(4) in connection with the employment of its Chief medical Officer.

In  March  2020,  16,280  shares  of  Common  Stock  and  540  options  to  purchase  Common  Stock  were  issued  to  certain  consultants  of  the
Company, a portion of which were made in lieu of cash owed to such consultants. All options were issued under the 2012 Plan.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

F - 28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
DARIOHEALTH CORP.

as amended as of November 18, 2019

Exhibit 3.1 

The undersigned, for the purposes of forming a corporation for conducting the business and promoting the purposes hereinafter stated, under the
provisions  and  subject  to  the  requirements  of  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Delaware  (particularly  Chapter  1,  Title  8  of  the  Delaware  Code  and  the  acts
amendatory thereof and supplemental hereto, and generally known as the “Delaware General Corporation Law”), does hereby make, file and record this
Certificate of Incorporation, and does hereby certify as follows:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is DarioHealth Corp. (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Corporation”).

SECOND:  The  address  of  the  Corporation’s  registered  office  in  the  State  of  Delaware  is  1811  Silverside  Road,  Wilmington,  DE  19810,  New
Castle County; and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Vcorp Services LLC. The Corporation
shall have the authority to designate other registered offices and registered agents both in the State of Delaware and in other jurisdictions.

THIRD: The nature of the business and the purposes to be conducted and promoted by the Corporation shall be to engage in any lawful business,
to  promote  any  lawful  purpose,  and  to  engage  in  any  lawful  act  or  activity  for  which  corporations  may  be  organized  under  the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law.

FOURTH: The capital stock of the Corporation shall be as follows:

1. Classes of Stock. The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares of capital stock to be designated, respectively, common stock
(“Common Stock”) and preferred stock (“Preferred Stock”). The number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is one hundred sixty million
(160,000,000),  par  value  $0.0001  per  share,  and  the  number  of  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  authorized  to  be  issued  is  five  million  (5,000,000),  par  value
$0.0001 per share; the total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is one hundred sixty five million (165,000,000).

2. Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of any series of Preferred Stock,
the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes. Except as
otherwise required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote for each share of
Common Stock held of record by such holder with respect to all matters on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote. Subject to the Delaware
General Corporation Law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, dividends may be declared and paid on the
Common Stock at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) in its discretion shall determine.
Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock,
the holders of the Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to receive the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in
proportion to the number of shares held by them. Upon the effectiveness of the amendment to the certificate of incorporation containing this sentence (the
“Split  Effective Time”),  each  share  of  the  Common  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  immediately  prior  to  the  date  and  time  of  the  filing  hereof  with  the
Secretary of State of Delaware shall be automatically changed and reclassified into a smaller number of shares such that each twenty (20) shares of issued
Common  Stock  immediately  prior  to  the  Split  Effective  Time  is  reclassified  into  one  (1)  share  of  Common  Stock.  Notwithstanding  the  immediately
preceding  sentence,  there  shall  be  no  fractional  shares  issued  and,  in  lieu  thereof,  a  holder  of  Common  Stock  on  the  Split  Effective  Time  who  would
otherwise be entitled to a fraction of a share as a result of the reclassification, following the Split Effective Time, shall receive a full share of Common
Stock upon the surrender of such stockholders' old stock certificate. No stockholders will receive cash in lieu of fractional shares. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, without
further stockholder approval. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized, in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for
the issue of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, within the limitations and restrictions stated in this Certificate of Incorporation, to fix or alter the
dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), the redemption rights
and price or prices(and the method of determining such price or prices), the liquidation preferences of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, the
number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof and the restrictions on issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class
or series, if any, or any of them, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series, but not below
the number of shares of such series then outstanding, and any other preferences, privileges and relative rights of such series as the Board of Directors may
deem  advisable,  provided  no  shares  of  such  series  are  then  outstanding.  In  case  the  number  of  shares  of  any  series  shall  be  so  decreased,  the  shares
constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

4. Rights and Options. The Corporation has the authority to create and issue rights, warrants and options entitling the holders thereof to purchase
shares  of  any  class  or  series  of  the  Corporation’s  capital  stock  or  other  securities  of  the  Corporation,  and  such  rights,  warrants  and  options  shall  be
evidenced by instrument(s) approved by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is empowered to set the exercise price, duration, times for exercise
and other terms and conditions of such rights, warrants or options; provided, however, that the consideration to be received for any shares of capital stock
subject thereto may not be less than the par value thereof.

FIFTH: The Corporation shall have perpetual existence.

SIXTH:  For  the  management  of  the  business  and  for  the  conduct  of  the  affairs  of  the  Corporation,  and  in  further  definition,  limitation  and

regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

1. The business of the Corporation shall be conducted by the officers of the Corporation under the supervision of the Board of Directors.

2. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the

Corporation (the “Bylaws”). No election of Directors need be by written ballot.

3. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, all action required to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be taken at a meeting
duly called and held in accordance with law, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, or by written consent signed by the holders of outstanding
stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to
vote thereon were present and voted.

SEVENTH:

1. The Corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same may be amended
and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses,
liabilities, costs or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any
other  rights  to  which  a  person  indemnified  may  be  entitled  under  any  Bylaw,  agreement,  insurance,  vote  of  stockholders  or  disinterested  directors  or
otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has
ceased to be director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

2.  No  director  shall  be  personally  liable  to  the  Corporation  or  its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for  any  breach  of  fiduciary  duty  by  such
director  as  a  director.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  sentence,  a  director  shall  be  liable  to  the  extent  provided  by  applicable  law:  (i)  for  breach  of  the
director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived
an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this paragraph (2) of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or
alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such Director occurring prior to such amendment.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
EIGHTH: From time to time any of the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered or repealed, and other provisions
authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted in the manner and at the time prescribed by said laws, and all
rights  at  any  time  conferred  upon  the  stockholders  of  the  Corporation  by  this  Certificate  of  Incorporation  are  granted  subject  to  the  provisions  of  this
Article EIGHTH.

NINTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this
Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the
provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this
Corporation  under  the  provisions  of  Section  279  of  Title  8  of  the  Delaware  Code  order  a  meeting  of  the  creditors  or  class  of  creditors,  and/or  of  the
stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in
number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as
the  case  may  be,  agree  to  any  compromise  or  arrangement  and  to  any  reorganization  of  this  Corporation  as  a  consequence  of  such  compromise  or
arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made,
be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also
on this Corporation.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.6

DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934

The following description of the securities of DarioHealth Corp. (the “Company”) is a summary only and pertains to the Company’s Common Stock and
certain warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock issued in March 2016 (the “Common Stock Warrants”), which are the Company’s only securities
registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. This summary is not complete and is subject to and qualified by the
applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law as well as provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the
“Charter”), and By-laws, as amended (the “By-laws”), which are filed as exhibits to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2019 and are incorporated by reference herein.

Common Stock

Pursuant to the Company’s Charter, the Company is authorized to issue up to one hundred sixty million (160,000,000) shares of common stock, par value
$0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”).

The Common Stock is traded on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “DRIO.” As of March 13, 2020, Common Stock Warrants to purchase
1,528,333 shares of Common Stock are outstanding.

The holders of shares of Common Stock vote together as one class on all matters as to which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote. Except as
otherwise required by applicable law, all voting rights, subject to the preferential rights of any outstanding preferred stock, are vested in and exercised by
the holders of Common Stock with each share of Common Stock being entitled to one vote, including in all elections of directors. The Company does not
have a classified board of directors (the “Board”).

The holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board out of legally
available funds therefore. The Company has not declared any dividends on its Common Stock and does not anticipate paying any dividends on its Common
Stock in the foreseeable future.

In the event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of the Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after
payment of liabilities. The Common Stock has no cumulative voting rights and no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for shares of the Company.

There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All shares of Common Stock currently outstanding are fully paid and
non-assessable.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company is permitted to issue, and has from time to time, issued warrants and options to purchase shares of the Common Stock, as well as restricted
stock units.

Common Stock Warrants

Common Stock Warrants to purchase up to 76,417 shares of Common Stock, are traded on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “DRIOW.”

The Common Stock Warrants are exercisable at any time after their original issuance (March 8, 2016), and at any time up to the date that is five (5) years
after their original issuance.

The exercise price per share of Common Stock under each Common Stock Warrant shall be $86.80, subject to adjustment thereunder.

The Common Stock Warrants are exercisable, at the option of each holder, in whole or in part by delivering to us a duly executed exercise notice and, at
any time a registration statement registering the issuance of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Common Stock Warrants under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), is effective and available for the issuance of such shares, or an exemption from registration under the Securities
Act is available for the issuance of such shares, by payment in full in immediately available funds for the number of shares of Common Stock purchased
upon such exercise. If a registration statement registering the issuance of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Common Stock Warrants under the
Securities Act is not effective or available and an exemption from registration under the Securities Act is not available for the issuance of such shares, the
holder may, in its sole discretion, elect to exercise the Common Stock Warrant through a cashless exercise, in which case the holder would receive upon
such exercise the net number of shares of Common Stock determined according to the formula set forth in the Common Stock Warrant. No fractional
shares of Common Stock will be issued in connection with the exercise of a warrant. In lieu of fractional shares, we will pay the holder an amount in cash
equal to the fractional amount multiplied by the exercise price.

If the Company, at any time while the Common Stock Warrant is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions on
shares of its Common Stock or any other equity or equity equivalent securities payable in shares of Common Stock (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall
not include any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon exercise of the Common Stock Warrant), (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of
Common Stock into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of reverse stock split) outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller
number of shares, or (iv) issues by reclassification of shares of the Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Company, then in each case the
exercise price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any)
outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after
such event, and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Common Stock Warrant shall be proportionately adjusted such that the aggregate
exercise price of the Common Stock Warrant shall remain unchanged. Any adjustment made pursuant to the Common Stock Warrant shall become effective
immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective
immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification. For the purposes of clarification, the exercise price of the
Common Stock Warrant will not be adjusted in the event that the Company or any subsidiary thereof, as applicable, sells or grants any option to purchase,
or sell or grant any right to reprice, or otherwise dispose of or issue (or announce any offer, sale, grant or any option to purchase or other disposition) any
Common Stock or Common Stock equivalents, at an effective price per share less than the exercise price then in effect.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The exercise price is also subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of certain stock dividends and distributions, stock splits, stock combinations,
reclassifications or similar events affecting our Common Stock and also upon any distributions of assets, including cash, stock or other property to our
stockholders.

A holder will not have the right to exercise any portion of the Common Stock Warrant if the holder (together with its affiliates) would beneficially own in
excess of 4.99% of the number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the exercise, as such percentage ownership is
determined in accordance with the terms of the Common Stock Warrants. However, any holder may increase or decrease such percentage to any other
percentage not in excess of 9.99% upon at least 61 days’ prior notice from the holder to us.

In the event of a fundamental transaction, as described in the Common Stock Warrants and generally including any reorganization, recapitalization or
reclassification of our Common Stock, the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our properties or assets, our consolidation or
merger with or into another person, the acquisition of more than 50% of our outstanding Common Stock, or any person or group becoming the beneficial
owner of 50% of the voting power represented by our outstanding Common Stock, the holders of the Common Stock Warrants will be entitled to receive
upon exercise of the Common Stock Warrants the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that the holders would have received had they
exercised the Common Stock Warrants immediately prior to such fundamental transaction.

Except as otherwise provided in the Common Stock Warrants or by virtue of such holder’s ownership of shares of our Common Stock, the holder of a
warrant does not have the rights or privileges of a holder of our Common Stock, including any voting rights, until the holder exercises the Common Stock
Warrant.

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the Company’s Charter, the Company is authorized to issue, up to five million (5,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per
share (the “Preferred Stock”).

There can be one or more series of Preferred Stock. The Company can establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series,
as well as to fix the designation and any preferences, conversion and other rights and limitations of such series. These rights and limitations may include
voting powers, limitations as to dividends, and qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To date, the Company has designated twenty five thousand (25,000) shares of its blank check Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock, twelve thousand
five hundred (12,500) shares of its blank check preferred stock as Series A-1 Preferred Stock, twelve thousand five hundred (12,500) shares of its blank
check preferred stock as Series A-2 Preferred Stock, twelve thousand five hundred (12,500) shares of its blank check preferred stock as Series A-3
Preferred Stock and twelve thousand five hundred (12,500) shares of its blank check preferred stock as Series A-4 Preferred Stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of the Company’s Charter and By-Laws

In addition to provisions under Delaware law, the Company’s Charter and By-Laws contain provisions that could have the effect of discouraging potential
acquisition proposals or making a tender offer or delaying or preventing a change in control, including changes a stockholder might consider favorable. In
particular, the Charter and/or By-Laws, as applicable, among other things:

·
·
·
·

provide the Board with the exclusive authority to call special meetings of the stockholders;
provide the Board with the ability to alter the By-Laws without stockholder approval;
provide the Board with the exclusive authority to fix the number of directors constituting the whole Board; and
provide that vacancies on the Board may be filled by a majority of directors then in office, although less than a quorum.

Such provisions may have the effect of discouraging a third-party from acquiring the Company, even if doing so would be beneficial to the Company’s
stockholders. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Board and in its policies, and to
discourage some types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change in control of the Company. These provisions are designed to reduce
the Company’s vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage some tactics that may be used in proxy fights. The Company believes
that the benefits of increased protection of its potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or
restructure the Company outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals because, among other things, negotiation of such proposals could
result in an improvement of their terms. However, these provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for shares of the
Company’s Common Stock and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of the shares of the Company’s Common Stock
that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in the Company’s
management.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.7

Warrant Certificate No. PAW- __

NEITHER  THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  NOR  THE  SECURITIES  ISSUABLE  UPON  THE  EXERCISE  OF  THIS
WARRANT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
LAWS,  AND  NEITHER  SUCH  SECURITIES  NOR  ANY  INTEREST  THEREIN  MAY  BE  OFFERED,  SOLD,  ASSIGNED  OR  OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED  UNLESS  (1)  A  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  WITH  RESPECT  THERETO  IS  EFFECTIVE  UNDER  THE  ACT  AND  ANY
APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (2) AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION EXISTS AND THE COMPANY RECEIVES
AN  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL  TO  THE  HOLDER  OF  SUCH  SECURITIES,  WHICH  COUNSEL  AND  OPINION  ARE  SATISFACTORY  TO  THE
COMPANY,  THAT  SUCH  SECURITIES  MAY  BE  OFFERED,  SOLD,  PLEDGED,  ASSIGNED  OR  TRANSFERRED  IN  THE  MANNER
CONTEMPLATED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

Effective Date: [       ], 2019

Void After: [        ], 2024

DARIOHEALTH CORP.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

DarioHealth Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), for value received on [ ], 2019 (the “Effective Date”), hereby issues to [ ] (the
“Holder”  or  “Warrant  Holder”)  this  Warrant  (the  “Warrant”)  to  purchase,  [  ]  shares  (each  such  share  as  from  time  to  time  adjusted  as  hereinafter
provided being a “Warrant Share” and all such shares being the “Warrant Shares”) of the Company’s Common Stock (as defined below), at the Exercise
Price (as defined below), as adjusted from time to time as provided herein, on or before [ ], 2024 (the “Expiration Date”),  all  subject  to  the  following
terms and conditions. This Warrant is one of a series of placement agent warrants of like tenor that have been issued in connection with the Company’s
private  offering  of  Series  [  ]  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  that  certain  Confidential  Private  Placement  Memorandum  of  the
Company dated October 22, 2019, as the same may have been amended and supplemented from time to time and the Placement Agency Agreement dated
October 22, 2019, as the same may have been amended from time to time.

As used in this Warrant, (i) “Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in the City
of New York, New York, are authorized or required by law or executive order to close; (ii) “Change of Control” means (x) any transaction or series of
related  transactions  (including  any  reorganization,  merger  or  consolidation)  that  results  in  the  transfer  of  51%  or  more  of  the  voting  securities  of  the
Company (excluding, for these purposes, private placements of newly issued shares), or (y) any transfer, disposition or sale of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company to another person; (iii) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share, including any
securities issued or issuable with respect thereto or into which or for which such shares may be exchanged for, or converted into, pursuant to any stock
dividend, stock split, stock combination, recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization or other similar event; (iii) “Exercise Price” means $[ ] per share
of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided herein; (iv) “Trading Day” means any day on which the Common Stock is traded (or available for
trading) on its principal trading market; and (v) “Affiliate” means any person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with, a person, as such terms are used and construed in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the “Securities Act”).

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.

DURATION AND EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

(a)

Exercise Period. The Holder may exercise this Warrant in whole or in part on any Business Day on or before 5:00 P.M., Eastern Time, on
the Expiration Date, at which time this Warrant shall become void and of no value.

(b)

Exercise Procedures.

Section 1(b)(ii) below, the Holder may exercise this Warrant in whole or in part at any time and from time to time by:

(i)           While this Warrant remains outstanding and exercisable in accordance with Section 1(a), in addition to the manner set forth in

(A)       delivery to the Company of a duly executed copy of the Notice of Exercise attached as Exhibit A;

Company may specify in writing to the Holder; and

(B)       surrender of this Warrant to the Secretary of the Company at its principal offices or at such other office or agency as the

(C)       payment of the then-applicable Exercise Price per share multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares being purchased
upon exercise of the Warrant (such amount, the “Aggregate Exercise Price”) made in the form of cash, or by certified check, bank draft or money order
payable in lawful money of the United States of America or in the form of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted in Section 1(b)(ii) below.

(ii)           At any time commencing six months after the Effective Date, the Holder may, in its sole discretion, exercise all or any part of
the Warrant in a “cashless” or “net-issue” exercise (a “Cashless Exercise”) by delivering to the Company (1) the Notice of Exercise and (2) the original
Warrant, pursuant to which the Holder shall surrender the right to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, a number of Warrant Shares having a value (as
determined below) equal to the Aggregate Exercise Price, in which case, the number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder upon such exercise shall
be calculated using the following formula:

X            =              Y * (A - B)

  A

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
with:

X

Y

A

B

=

=

=

=

the number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder

the number of Warrant Shares with respect to which the Warrant is being exercised

the fair value per share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of this Warrant

the then-current Exercise Price of the Warrant

Solely for the purposes of this paragraph, “fair value” per share of Common Stock shall mean the Closing Price (as defined below) per share of
Common Stock on the date prior to the date on which the Notice of Exercise is deemed to have been given to the Company pursuant to Section 11 hereto.
“Closing Price” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies:  (a) if the Common Stock is then listed or
quoted on the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE MKT, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital
Market or any other national securities exchange, the closing price per share of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the
primary eligible market or exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted; (b) if prices for the Common Stock are then quoted on the OTC
Bulletin Board or any tier of the OTC Markets, the closing bid price per share of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) so quoted;
or  (c)  if  prices  for  the  Common  Stock  are  then  reported  in  the  “Pink  Sheets”  published  by  the  National  Quotation  Bureau  Incorporated  (or  a  similar
organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent closing bid price per share of the Common Stock so reported. If the
Common Stock is not publicly traded as set forth above, the “fair value” per share of Common Stock shall be reasonably and in good faith determined by
the Board of Directors of the Company as of the date which the Notice of Exercise is deemed to have been sent to the Company.

For purposes of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, it is intended, understood and acknowledged that the Warrant Shares issued in a
cashless  exercise  transaction  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  acquired  by  the  Holder,  and  the  holding  period  for  such  shares  shall  be  deemed  to  have
commenced, on the Effective Date of this Warrant.

(iii)       Upon the exercise of this Warrant in compliance with the provisions of this Section 1(b), and except as limited pursuant to the
last paragraph of Section 1(b)(ii), the Company shall promptly issue and cause to be delivered to the Holder a certificate for the Warrant Shares purchased
by the Holder. Each exercise of this Warrant shall be effective immediately prior to the close of business on the date (the “Date  of  Exercise”)  that  the
conditions  set  forth  in  Section  1(b)  have  been  satisfied,  as  the  case  may  be.  On  the  first  Business  Day  following  the  date  on  which  the  Company  has
received  each  of  the  Notice  of  Exercise  and  the  Aggregate  Exercise  Price  (or  notice  of  a  Cashless  Exercise  in  accordance  with  Section  1(b)(ii))  (the
“Exercise  Delivery  Documents”),  the  Company  shall  transmit  an  acknowledgment  of  receipt  of  the  Exercise  Delivery  Documents  to  the  Company’s
transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”).  On  or  before  the  third  Business  Day  following  the  date  on  which  the  Company  has  received  all  of  the  Exercise
Delivery  Documents  (the  “Share  Delivery  Date”),  the  Company  shall  (X)  provided  that  the  Transfer  Agent  is  participating  in  The  Depository  Trust
Company (“DTC”) Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program, upon the request of the Holder, credit such aggregate number of shares of Common Stock
to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise to the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with DTC through its Deposit Withdrawal Agent
Commission  system,  or  (Y)  if  the  Transfer  Agent  is  not  participating  in  the  DTC  Fast  Automated  Securities  Transfer  Program,  issue  and  dispatch  by
overnight courier to the address as specified in the Notice of Exercise, a certificate, registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the Holder or
its designee, for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise. Upon delivery of the Exercise Delivery
Documents, the Holder shall be deemed for all corporate purposes to have become the holder of record of the Warrant Shares with respect to which this
Warrant has been exercised, irrespective of the date of delivery of the certificates evidencing such Warrant Shares.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iv)      [RESERVED]

(c)        Partial Exercise. This Warrant shall be exercisable, either in its entirety or, from time to time, for part only of the number of
Warrant Shares referenced by this Warrant. If this Warrant is submitted in connection with any exercise pursuant to Section 1 and the number of Warrant
Shares represented by this Warrant submitted for exercise is greater than the actual number of Warrant Shares being acquired upon such an exercise, then
the Company shall as soon as practicable and in no event later than five (5) Business Days after any exercise and at its own expense, issue a new Warrant of
like  tenor  representing  the  right  to  purchase  the  number  of  Warrant  Shares  purchasable  immediately  prior  to  such  exercise  under  this  Warrant,  less  the
number of Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant is exercised.

(d)          Disputes. In the case of a dispute as to the determination of the Exercise Price or the arithmetic calculation of the Warrant Shares, the

Company shall promptly issue to the Holder the number of Warrant Shares that are not disputed and resolve such dispute in accordance with Section 16.

2.

ISSUANCE OF WARRANT SHARES

(a)          The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares will, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of this Warrant, be (i) duly authorized,
fully paid and non-assessable, and (ii) free from all liens, charges and security interests, with the exception of claims arising through the acts or omissions
of any Holder and except as arising from applicable Federal and state securities laws.

(b)          The Company shall register this Warrant upon records to be maintained by the Company for that purpose in the name of the record holder
of such Warrant from time to time. The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner thereof for the purpose of
any exercise thereof, any distribution to the Holder thereof and for all other purposes.

(c)                   The  Company  will  not,  by  amendment  of  its  certificate  of  incorporation,  by-laws  or  through  any  reorganization,  transfer  of  assets,
consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this
Warrant and in the taking of all action necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder to exercise this Warrant, or against impairment of
such rights.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.

ADJUSTMENTS OF EXERCISE PRICE, NUMBER AND TYPE OF WARRANT SHARES

(a)           The Exercise Price and the number of shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to
time upon the occurrence of certain events described in this Section 3; provided, that notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, the Company shall
not be required to make any adjustment if and to the extent that such adjustment would require the Company to issue a number of shares of Common Stock
in excess of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, less all amounts of Common Stock that have been reserved for issue upon the conversion
of all outstanding securities convertible into shares of Common Stock and the exercise of all outstanding options, warrants and other rights exercisable for
shares of Common Stock. If the Company does not have the requisite number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to make any adjustment,
the Company shall use its commercially best efforts to obtain the necessary stockholder consent to increase the authorized number of shares of Common
Stock to make such an adjustment pursuant to this Section 3.

(i)            Subdivision or Combination of Stock. In case the Company shall at any time subdivide (whether by way of stock dividend,
stock split or otherwise) its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such
subdivision shall be proportionately reduced and the number of Warrant Shares shall be proportionately increased, and conversely, in case the outstanding
shares of Common Stock of the Company shall be combined (whether by way of stock combination, reverse stock split or otherwise) into a smaller number
of shares, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased and the number of Warrant Shares shall be
proportionately decreased. The Exercise Price and the Warrant Shares, as so adjusted, shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of any
successive event or events described in this Section 3(a)(i).

(ii)           Dividends in Stock, Property, Reclassification. If at any time, or from time to time, all of the holders of Common Stock (or any
shares  of  stock  or  other  securities  at  the  time  receivable  upon  the  exercise  of  this  Warrant)  shall  have  received  or  become  entitled  to  receive,  without
payment therefore:

Common Stock, or any rights or options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any of the foregoing by way of dividend or other distribution, or

(A)       any shares of stock or other securities that are at any time directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for

(B)       additional stock or other securities or property (including cash) by way of spin-off, split-up, reclassification, combination
of shares or similar corporate rearrangement (other than shares of Common Stock issued as a stock split or adjustments in respect of which shall be covered
by the terms of Section 3(a)(i) above),

then  and  in  each  such  case,  the  Exercise  Price  and  the  number  of  Warrant  Shares  to  be  obtained  upon  exercise  of  this  Warrant  shall  be  adjusted
proportionately, and the Holder hereof shall, upon the exercise of this Warrant, be entitled to receive, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock
receivable thereupon, and without payment of any additional consideration therefor, the amount of stock and other securities and property (including cash
in the cases referred to above) that such Holder would hold on the date of such exercise had such Holder been the holder of record of such Common Stock
as of the date on which holders of Common Stock received or became entitled to receive such shares or all other additional stock and other securities and
property. The Exercise Price and the Warrant Shares, as so adjusted, shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of any successive event or
events described in this Section 3(a)(ii).

(iii)          Reorganization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale. If any recapitalization, reclassification or reorganization of the
capital stock of the Company, or any consolidation or merger of the Company with another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets or
other transaction shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities, or other assets or property (an
“Organic Change”), then, as a condition of such Organic Change, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made by the Company whereby the Holder
hereof  shall  thereafter  have  the  right  to  purchase  and  receive  (in  lieu  of  the  shares  of  the  Common  Stock  of  the  Company  immediately  theretofore
purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant) such shares of stock, securities or other assets or property as may be
issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Common Stock equal to the number of shares of such stock
immediately  theretofore  purchasable  and  receivable  assuming  the  full  exercise  of  the  rights  represented  by  this  Warrant.  In  the  event  of  any  Organic
Change,  appropriate  provision  shall  be  made  by  the  Company  with  respect  to  the  rights  and  interests  of  the  Holder  of  this  Warrant  to  the  end  that  the
provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Exercise Price and of the number of shares purchasable and receivable
upon  the  exercise  of  this  Warrant)  shall  thereafter  be  applicable,  in  relation  to  any  shares  of  stock,  securities  or  assets  thereafter  deliverable  upon  the
exercise hereof. The Company will not affect any such consolidation, merger or sale unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the successor corporation
(if  other  than  the  Company)  resulting  from  such  consolidation  or  merger  or  the  corporation  purchasing  such  assets  shall  assume  by  written  instrument
reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder executed and mailed or delivered to the registered Holder hereof at the last address of such
Holder appearing on the books of the Company, the obligation to deliver to such Holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the
foregoing provisions, such Holder may be entitled to purchase. If there is an Organic Change, then the Company shall cause to be mailed to the Holder at
its last address as it shall appear on the books and records of the Company, at least 10 calendar days before the effective date of the Organic Change, a
notice stating the date on which such Organic Change is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the
Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares for securities, cash, or other property delivered upon such Organic Change; provided,
that the failure to mail such notice or any defect therein or in the mailing thereof shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified
in such notice. The Holder is entitled to exercise this Warrant during the 10-day period commencing on the date of such notice to the effective date of the
event  triggering  such  notice.  In  any  event,  the  successor  corporation  (if  other  than  the  Company)  resulting  from  such  consolidation  or  merger  or  the
corporation purchasing such assets shall be deemed to assume such obligation to deliver to such Holder such shares of stock, securities or assets even in the
absence of a written instrument assuming such obligation to the extent such assumption occurs by operation of law.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)          Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment pursuant to this Section 3, the Company at its
expense  shall  promptly  compute  such  adjustment  or  readjustment  in  accordance  with  the  terms  hereof  and  furnish  to  each  Holder  of  this  Warrant  a
certificate  setting  forth  such  adjustment  or  readjustment  and  showing  in  detail  the  facts  upon  which  such  adjustment  or  readjustment  is  based.  The
Company shall promptly furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a like certificate setting forth: (i) such adjustments and readjustments; and (ii) the
number of shares and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the exercise of the Warrant.

(c)          Certain Events.  If  any  event  occurs  as  to  which  the  other  provisions  of  this  Section  3  are  not  strictly  applicable  but  the  lack  of  any
adjustment  would  not  fairly  protect  the  purchase  rights  of  the  Holder  under  this  Warrant  in  accordance  with  the  basic  intent  and  principles  of  such
provisions, or if strictly applicable would not fairly protect the purchase rights of the Holder under this Warrant in accordance with the basic intent and
principles of such provisions, then the Company's Board of Directors will, in good faith, make an appropriate adjustment to protect the rights of the Holder;
provided,  that  no  such  adjustment  pursuant  to  this  Section  3(c)  will  increase  the  Exercise  Price  or  decrease  the  number  of  Warrant  Shares  as  otherwise
determined pursuant to this Section 3.

4.

CHANGE OF CONTROL.

In case of any Change of Control, then as a condition of such transaction, appropriate lawful provisions will be made whereby the Holder will
have the right to acquire and receive upon exercise of this Warrant in lieu of the Warrant Shares immediately theretofore subject to acquisition upon the
exercise of this Warrant, such shares of stock, securities or assets (including cash) that a holder of Warrant Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant
would have been entitled to receive in such transaction as if this Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such transaction. In any such case, the
Company will make appropriate provision to insure that the provisions of this Section 4 hereof will thereafter be applicable as nearly as may be in relation
to any shares of stock or securities thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant. In the event of a Change of Control in which all of the capital
stock of the Company is exchanged exclusively for cash, the Company may elect to cancel this Warrant upon payment to the Holder of a cash payment
equal to the excess, if any, between the cash price per share paid in the merger and the Exercise Price. If the cash price per share paid in the transaction is
less  than  the  Exercise  Price,  the  Warrant  shall  automatically  be  cancelled  on  the  effective  date  of  the  Change  of  Control,  without  the  payment  of  any
consideration  to  the  Holder.  In  any  event,  the  Company  shall  provide  to  the  Holder  at  least  twenty  (20)  days  advance  written  notice  of  any  transaction
involving a Change of Control.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
5.

TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF WARRANT AND WARRANT SHARES

(a)           Registration of Transfers and Exchanges. Subject to Section 5(c), upon the Holder’s surrender of this Warrant, with a duly executed copy
of the Form of Assignment attached as Exhibit B, to the Secretary of the Company at its principal offices or at such other office or agency as the Company
may specify in writing to the Holder, the Company shall register the transfer of all or any portion of this Warrant. Upon such registration of transfer, the
Company  shall  issue  a  new  Warrant,  in  substantially  the  form  of  this  Warrant,  evidencing  the  acquisition  rights  transferred  to  the  transferee  and  a  new
Warrant, in similar form, evidencing the remaining acquisition rights not transferred, to the Holder requesting the transfer.

(b)                    Warrant  Exchangeable  for  Different  Denominations.  The  Holder  may  exchange  this  Warrant  for  a  new  Warrant  or  Warrants,  in
substantially  the  form  of  this  Warrant,  evidencing  in  the  aggregate  the  right  to  purchase  the  number  of  Warrant  Shares  which  may  then  be  purchased
hereunder, each of such new Warrants to be dated the date of such exchange and to represent the right to purchase such number of Warrant Shares as shall
be designated by the Holder. The Holder shall surrender this Warrant with duly executed instructions regarding such re-certification of this Warrant to the
Secretary of the Company at its principal offices or at such other office or agency as the Company may specify in writing to the Holder.

(c)           Restrictions on Transfers. This Warrant may not be transferred at any time without (i) registration under the Securities Act or (ii) an
exemption  from  such  registration  and  a  written  opinion  of  legal  counsel  addressed  to  the  Company  that  the  proposed  transfer  of  the  Warrant  may  be
effected without registration under the Securities Act, which opinion will be in form and from counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

(d)          Permitted Transfers and Assignments. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Section 5, the Holder may transfer, with or
without consideration, this Warrant or any of the Warrant Shares (or a portion thereof) to the Holder’s Affiliates (as such term is defined under Rule 144 of
the Securities Act) without obtaining the opinion from counsel that may be required by Section 5(c)(ii), provided, that the Holder delivers to the Company
and  its  counsel  certification,  documentation,  and  other  assurances  reasonably  required  by  the  Company’s  counsel  to  enable  the  Company’s  counsel  to
render an opinion to the Company’s Transfer Agent that such transfer does not violate applicable securities laws.

6.

MUTILATED OR MISSING WARRANT CERTIFICATE

If this Warrant is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, upon request by the Holder, the Company will, at its expense, issue, in exchange for and
upon  cancellation  of  the  mutilated  Warrant,  or  in  substitution  for  the  lost,  stolen  or  destroyed  Warrant,  a  new  Warrant,  in  substantially  the  form  of  this
Warrant, representing the right to acquire the equivalent number of Warrant Shares; provided, that, as a prerequisite to the issuance of a substitute Warrant,
the Company may require satisfactory evidence of loss, theft or destruction as well as an indemnity from the Holder of a lost, stolen or destroyed Warrant.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.

PAYMENT OF TAXES

The Company will pay all transfer and stock issuance taxes attributable to the preparation, issuance and delivery of this Warrant and the Warrant
Shares  (and  replacement  Warrants)  including,  without  limitation,  all  documentary  and  stamp  taxes;  provided, however,  that  the  Company  shall  not  be
required to pay any tax in respect of the transfer of this Warrant, or the issuance or delivery of certificates for Warrant Shares or other securities in respect
of the Warrant Shares to any person or entity other than to the Holder.

8.

FRACTIONAL WARRANT SHARES

No fractional Warrant Shares shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant. The Company, in lieu of issuing any fractional Warrant Share, shall

round up the number of Warrant Shares issuable to nearest whole share.

9.

NO STOCK RIGHTS AND LEGEND

No holder of this Warrant, as such, shall be entitled to vote or be deemed the holder of any other securities of the Company that may at any time be
issuable  on  the  exercise  hereof,  nor  shall  anything  contained  herein  be  construed  to  confer  upon  the  holder  of  this  Warrant,  as  such,  the  rights  of  a
stockholder of the Company or the right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or give or
withhold consent to any corporate action or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided herein), or to receive
dividends or subscription rights or otherwise (except as provide herein).

Each  certificate  for  Warrant  Shares  initially  issued  upon  the  exercise  of  this  Warrant,  and  each  certificate  for  Warrant  Shares  issued  to  any

subsequent transferee of any such certificate, shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND NEITHER SUCH SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY
BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT
THERETO  IS  EFFECTIVE  UNDER  THE  ACT  AND  ANY  APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS,  OR  (2)  AN  EXEMPTION  FROM  SUCH
REGISTRATION  EXISTS  AND  THE  COMPANY  RECEIVES  AN  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL  TO  THE  HOLDER  OF  SUCH  SECURITIES,  WHICH
COUNSEL  AND  OPINION  ARE  REASONABLY  SATISFACTORY  TO  THE  COMPANY,  THAT  SUCH  SECURITIES  MAY  BE  OFFERED,  SOLD,
PLEDGED,  ASSIGNED  OR  TRANSFERRED  IN  THE  MANNER  CONTEMPLATED  WITHOUT  AN  EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
UNDER THE ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.

11.

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

NOTICES

All notices, consents, waivers, and other communications under this Warrant must be in writing and will be deemed given to a party when (a)
delivered  to  the  appropriate  address  by  hand  or  by  nationally  recognized  overnight  courier  service  (costs  prepaid);  (b)  sent  by  facsimile  or  e-mail  with
confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment; (c) received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, if to
the registered Holder hereof; or (d) seven days after the placement of the notice into the mails (first class postage prepaid), to the Holder at the address,
facsimile  number,  or  e-mail  address  furnished  by  the  registered  Holder  to  the  Company,  or  if  to  the  Company,  to  it  at  8  HaTokhen  Street,  Caesarea
Industrial Park, Israel 3088900, Attn: CEO and CFO (or to such other address, facsimile number, or e-mail address as the Holder or the Company as a party
may designate by notice the other party).

12.

SEVERABILITY

If a court of competent jurisdiction holds any provision of this Warrant invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of this Warrant will remain
in full force and effect. Any provision of this Warrant held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent
not held invalid or unenforceable.

13.

BINDING EFFECT

This Warrant shall be binding upon and inure to the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, the registered Holder or

Holders from time to time of this Warrant and the Warrant Shares.

14.

SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS AND DUTIES

This Warrant shall terminate and be of no further force and effect on the earlier of 5:00 P.M., Eastern Time, on the Expiration Date or the date on

which this Warrant has been exercised in full.

15.

GOVERNING LAW

This Warrant will be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of laws principles that would

require the application of any other law.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16.

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

In the case of a dispute as to the determination of the Exercise Price or the arithmetic calculation of the Warrant Shares, the Company shall submit
the  disputed  determinations  or  arithmetic  calculations  via  facsimile  within  two  Business  Days  of  receipt  of  the  Notice  of  Exercise  giving  rise  to  such
dispute, as the case may be, to the Holder. If the Holder and the Company are unable to agree upon such determination or calculation of the Exercise Price
or  the  Warrant  Shares  within  three  Business  Days  of  such  disputed  determination  or  arithmetic  calculation  being  submitted  to  the  Holder,  then  the
Company  shall,  within  two  Business  Days,  submit  via  facsimile  (a)  the  disputed  determination  of  the  Exercise  Price  to  an  independent,  reputable
investment bank selected by the Company and approved by the Holder or (b) the disputed arithmetic calculation of the Warrant Shares to the Company’s
independent,  outside  accountant.  The  Company  shall  cause  at  its  expense  the  investment  bank  or  the  accountant,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  perform  the
determinations  or  calculations  and  notify  the  Company  and  the  Holder  of  the  results  no  later  than  ten  (10)  Business  Days  from  the  time  it  receives  the
disputed determinations or calculations. Such investment bank’s or accountant’s determination or calculation, as the case may be, shall be binding upon all
parties absent demonstrable error.

17.

NOTICES OF RECORD DATE

Upon (a) any establishment by the Company of a record date of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders
thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or right or option to acquire securities of the Company, or any other right, or (b) any
capital reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, any transfer of all or
substantially all the assets of the Company, or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, or the sale, in a single
transaction,  of  a  majority  of  the  Company’s  voting  stock  (whether  newly  issued,  or  from  treasury,  or  previously  issued  and  then  outstanding,  or  any
combination thereof), the Company shall mail to the Holder at least ten (10) Business Days, or such longer period as may be required by law, prior to the
record date specified therein, a notice specifying (i) the date established as the record date for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, option or right and
a description of such dividend, option or right, (ii) the date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution,
liquidation or winding up, or sale is expected to become effective and (iii) the date, if any, fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock shall be
entitled  to  exchange  their  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  securities  or  other  property  deliverable  upon  such  reorganization,  reclassification,  transfer,
consolation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

18.

RESERVATION OF SHARES

The Company shall reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock for issuance upon the exercise of this
Warrant,  free  from  pre-emptive  rights,  such  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  which  this  Warrant  shall  from  time  to  time  be  exercisable.  The
Company will take all such reasonable action as may be necessary to assure that such Warrant Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of
any applicable law or regulation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company covenants that it will use commercially reasonable efforts
to take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Warrant
Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations, exemptions or consents, including but
not limited to consents from the Company’s stockholders or Board of Directors or any public regulatory body, as may be necessary to enable the Company
to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19.

NO THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

This Warrant is not intended, and will not be construed, to create any rights in any parties other than the Company and the Holder, and no person

or entity may assert any rights as third-party beneficiary hereunder.

20.

AMENDMENTS.

Any term of this Warrant may be amended, supplemented or waived upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority in
interest of all outstanding Placement Agent Warrants issued pursuant to the PAA, and such amendment, supplement or waiver shall be binding upon the
Company  and  all  holders  of  such  Placement  Agent  Warrants,  including  the  Holder,  whether  or  not  the  Holder  has  consented  to  such  amendment,
supplement or waiver; provided, however, that any such amendment, supplement or waiver must apply to all outstanding Placement Agent Warrants issued
pursuant to the PAA.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed as of the date first set forth above.

DARIOHEALTH CORP.

By:
Name: Zvi Ben-David
Title: Chief Financial Officer

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

(To be executed by the Holder of Warrant if such Holder desires to exercise Warrant)

To DarioHealth Corp.:

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise this Warrant and to purchase thereunder, ___________________ full shares of DarioHealth

Corp. common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant and delivery of:

(1)       $_________ (in cash as provided for in the foregoing Warrant) and any applicable taxes payable by the undersigned pursuant to such

Warrant; and

(2)       __________ shares of Common Stock (pursuant to a Cashless Exercise in accordance with Section 1(b)(ii) of the Warrant) (check here if

the undersigned desires to deliver an unspecified number of shares equal the number sufficient to effect a Cashless Exercise [___]).

The undersigned requests that certificates for such shares be issued in the name of:

_________________________________________
(Please print name, address and social security or federal employer
identification number (if applicable))

_________________________________________

_________________________________________

The undersigned hereby affirms that the undersigned is an accredited investor as defined under Rule 501 of Regulation D of the Securities Act of
1933.   If the Holder cannot make the foregoing affirmation because it is factually incorrect, it shall be a condition to the exercise of the Warrant that the
Company receive such other representations as the Company considers necessary, acting reasonably, to assure the Company that the issuance of securities
upon exercise of this Warrant shall not violate any United States or other applicable securities laws.

If the shares issuable upon this exercise of the Warrant are not all of the Warrant Shares which the Holder is entitled to acquire upon the exercise

of the Warrant, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant evidencing the rights not so exercised be issued in the name of and delivered to:

_________________________________________
(Please print name, address and social security or federal employer
identification number (if applicable))

_________________________________________

_________________________________________

Name of Holder (print):
(Signature):
(By:)
(Title:)
Dated:

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT B

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ___________________________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers to each assignee set forth below all of
the rights of the undersigned under the Warrant (as defined in and evidenced by the attached Warrant) to acquire the number of Warrant Shares set opposite
the name of such assignee below and in and to the foregoing Warrant with respect to said acquisition rights and the shares issuable upon exercise of the
Warrant:

Name of Assignee

Address

Number of Shares

If  the  total  of  the  Warrant  Shares  are  not  all  of  the  Warrant  Shares  evidenced  by  the  foregoing  Warrant,  the  undersigned  requests  that  a  new

Warrant evidencing the right to acquire the Warrant Shares not so assigned be issued in the name of and delivered to the undersigned.

Name of Holder (print):
(Signature):
(By:)
(Title:)
Dated:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.10

DarioHealth Corp.
8 HaTokhen Street
Caesarea Industrial Park
Israel 3088900

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1.             Subscription. The undersigned (the “Purchaser”), intending to be legally bound, hereby irrevocably agrees to purchase from DarioHealth Corp.,
a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 (“Series A Preferred”), or such number of
shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 (the “Series A-1 Preferred” and collectively with the Series A Preferred, the “Shares”) set forth on
the  signature  page  hereof  at  a  purchase  price  of  $1,000  per  Share  (“Share  Price”),  with  a  minimum  investment  amount  of  $100,000  which  minimum
investment may be waived at the discretion of the Company and the Placement Agent which minimum investment may be waived at the discretion of the
Company and the Placement Agent. The Shares are being sold in the Offering (as defined below), as more fully described in the Memorandum (as defined
below). This Subscription Agreement (this “Subscription Agreement”) is one in a series of similar subscription agreements (collectively, the “Subscription
Agreements”) entered into pursuant to the Offering.

2.             The Offering. This subscription is submitted to you in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions described in this Subscription
Agreement and the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum of the Company dated October __, 2019, as amended or supplemented from time to time,
including all attachments, schedules and exhibits thereto (the “Memorandum”), relating to the offering (the “Offering”) by the Company of a minimum of
8,000 Shares ($8,000,000) (the “Minimum Offering Amount”), and up to a maximum of 15,000 Shares ($15,000,000) (the “Maximum Offering Amount”),
with  an  over-allotment  amount  of  up  to  5,000  Shares  ($5,000,000)  (the  “Over-Allotment  Amount”).  SternAegis  Ventures,  through  Aegis  Capital  Corp.,
(“SternAegis”), has been engaged as exclusive placement agent in connection with the Offering (sometimes referred to as the “Placement Agent”). The
terms of the Offering are more completely described in the Memorandum and such terms are incorporated herein in their entirety.

3.                          Deliveries  and  Payment;  Escrow  of  Funds.  Simultaneously  with  the  execution  hereof,  the  Purchaser  shall:  (a)  deliver  to  SternAegis  in
accordance with the Subscription Instructions attached hereto, (i) one (1) completed and executed Omnibus Signature Page to this Subscription Agreement
and the Registration Rights Agreement (page 14), (ii) a completed Accredited Investor Certification (pages 15-16), (iii) a completed Investor Profile (page
17) and (iv) one (1) completed and executed Tax Certification for U.S. Persons or Non-U.S. Persons, as applicable (beginning on page 19); and (b) make a
wire  transfer  payment  to,  “Signature  Bank,  Escrow  Agent  for  DarioHealth  Corp.”  in  an  amount  equal  to  the  product  of  (i)  the  number  of  Shares  being
subscribed for by the Purchaser in the Offering as set forth on the signature page hereof, multiplied by (ii) the Share Price. Wire transfer instructions are set
forth  on  page  12  hereof  under  the  heading  “To  subscribe  for  Shares  in  the  private  offering  of  DarioHealth  Corp.”  Such  funds  will  be  held  for  the
Purchaser's benefit in a non-interest-bearing escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) until the earliest to occur of (a) a closing of the sale of the Minimum
Offering  Amount  or  more  (the  “First  Closing”),  (b)  the  rejection  of  such  subscription,  or  (c)  the  termination  of  the  Offering  by  the  Company  or  the
Placement  Agent.  The  Company  and  the  Placement  Agent  may  continue  to  offer  and  sell  the  Shares  and  conduct  additional  closings  for  the  sale  of
additional Shares after the First Closing and until the termination of the Offering.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.             Acceptance of Subscription. The Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company, in its sole discretion, reserves the right to accept or reject
this or any other subscription for Shares, in whole or in part, notwithstanding prior receipt by the Purchaser of notice of acceptance of this subscription. In
furtherance  of  the  foregoing,  the  Company  shall  have  the  right  to  require  potential  subscribers  to  supply  additional  information  and  execute  additional
documents  in  a  satisfactory  manner,  which  determination  shall  be  at  the  sole  discretion  of  the  Company,  prior  to  the  acceptance  of  this  Subscription
Agreement.  The  Company  shall  have  no  obligation  hereunder  until  the  Company  shall  execute  and  deliver  to  the  Purchaser  an  executed  copy  of  this
Subscription Agreement. If this subscription is rejected in whole, the Offering of Shares is terminated or the Minimum Offering Amount is not raised, all
funds received from the Purchaser will be returned without interest or offset, and this Subscription Agreement shall thereafter be of no further force or
effect.  If  this  subscription  is  rejected  in  part,  the  funds  for  the  rejected  portion  of  this  subscription  will  be  returned  without  interest  or  offset,  and  this
Subscription Agreement will continue in full force and effect to the extent this subscription was accepted.

5.             Representations and Warranties.

The Purchaser hereby acknowledges, represents, warrants, and agrees as follows:

(a)                        None  of  the  Shares  or  the  shares  of  common  stock  of  the  Company  issuable  upon  conversion  of  the  Shares  (the  “Conversion
Securities”) offered pursuant to the Memorandum are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities
laws. The Purchaser understands that the offering and sale of the Shares is intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act, by virtue of
Section 4(a)(2) thereof and the provisions of Regulation D (“Regulation D”) as promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission
(the “SEC”) thereunder, based, in part, upon the representations, warranties and agreements of the Purchaser contained in this Subscription Agreement.

(b)           Prior to the execution of this Subscription Agreement, the Purchaser and the Purchaser’s attorney, accountant, purchaser representative
and/or tax adviser, if any (collectively, the “Advisers”), have received the Memorandum and all other documents requested by the Purchaser, have carefully
reviewed them and understand the information contained therein.

(c)           Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission or other regulatory authority has approved the Shares or the Conversion Securities
or passed upon or endorsed the merits of the Offering or confirmed the accuracy or determined the adequacy of the Memorandum. The Memorandum has
not been reviewed by any federal, state or other regulatory authority.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)           All documents, records, and books pertaining to the investment in the Shares (including, without limitation, the Memorandum) have

been made available for inspection by such Purchaser and its Advisers, if any.

(e)           The Purchaser and its Advisers, if any, have had a reasonable opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from a person or
persons  acting  on  behalf  of  the  Company  concerning  the  offering  of  the  Shares  and  the  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the
Company  and  LabStyle  Innovation  Ltd.  (the  “Subsidiary”)  and  all  such  questions  have  been  answered  to  the  full  satisfaction  of  the  Purchaser  and  its
Advisers, if any.

(f)            In evaluating the suitability of an investment in the Company and the Shares, the Purchaser has not relied upon any representation or
information (oral or written) other than as stated in the Memorandum and the Purchaser and its Advisors have had access, through the Memorandum and/or
the EDGAR system, to true and complete copies of the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018
(the “10-K”) and all other reports filed by the Company pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, since the filing of the 10-K and prior
to the date hereof and have reviewed such filings (the “SEC Reports”).

(g)           The Purchaser is unaware of, is in no way relying on, and did not become aware of the Offering through or as a result of, any form of
general  solicitation  or  general  advertising  including,  without  limitation,  any  article,  notice,  advertisement  or  other  communication  published  in  any
newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television, radio or the Internet (including, without limitation, internet “blogs,” bulletin boards,
discussion  groups  and  social  networking  sites)  in  connection  with  the  Offering  and  is  not  subscribing  for  the  Shares  and  did  not  become  aware  of  the
Offering  through  or  as  a  result  of  any  seminar  or  meeting  to  which  the  Purchaser  was  invited  by,  or  any  solicitation  of  a  subscription  by,  a  person  not
previously known to the Purchaser in connection with investments in securities generally.

(h)           The Purchaser has taken no action that would give rise to any claim by any person for brokerage commissions, finders’ fees or the like
relating  to  this  Subscription  Agreement  or  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  (other  than  commissions  to  be  paid  by  the  Company  to  the  Placement
Agent or as otherwise described in the Memorandum).

(i)            The Purchaser, together with its Advisers, if any, has such knowledge and experience in financial, tax, and business matters, and, in
particular, investments in securities, so as to enable it to utilize the information made available to it in connection with the Offering to evaluate the merits
and risks of an investment in the Shares and the Company and to make an informed investment decision with respect thereto.

(j)            The Purchaser is not relying on the Company, the Placement Agent or any of their respective employees or agents with respect to the
legal,  tax,  economic  and  related  considerations  of  an  investment  in  the  Company  and  the  Shares,  and  the  Purchaser  has  relied  on  the  advice  of,  or  has
consulted with, only its own Advisers.

(k)           The Purchaser is acquiring the Shares solely for such Purchaser’s own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to or
intent of resale or distribution thereof, in whole or in part. The Purchaser has no agreement or arrangement, formal or informal, with any person to sell or
transfer all or any part of the Shares constituting the Shares or the Conversion Securities, and the Purchaser has no plans to enter into any such agreement
or arrangement.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(l)            The Purchaser must bear the substantial economic risks of the investment in the Shares indefinitely because none of the Shares or
Conversion  Securities  may  be  sold,  hypothecated  or  otherwise  disposed  of  unless  subsequently  registered  under  the  Securities  Act  and  applicable  state
securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available. Legends shall be placed on the securities included in the Shares to the effect that they
have not been registered under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws and appropriate notations thereof will be made in the Company’s stock
books. Stop transfer instructions will be placed with the transfer agent of the Shares, if any. The Company has agreed that purchasers of the Shares will
have, with respect to the Conversion Securities, the registration rights described in the Memorandum. Notwithstanding such registration rights, there can be
no assurance that there will be any market for resale of the Shares or the Conversion Securities, nor can there be any assurance that such securities will be
freely transferable at any time in the foreseeable future.

(m)          The Purchaser has adequate means of providing for such Purchaser’s current financial needs and foreseeable contingencies and has no

need for liquidity from its investment in the Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(n)           The Purchaser is aware that an investment in the Shares is high risk, involving a number of very significant risks and has carefully read
and considered the matters set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” in the Memorandum and in the SEC Reports, and, in particular, acknowledges that the
Company  with  its  Subsidiary  is  a  development  stage  company  which  has  only  recently  entered  the  commercialization  stage  of  its  technology,  has  had
significant operating losses since inception, limited revenues from operations to date, and are engaged in highly competitive businesses.

(o)           The Purchaser meets the requirements of at least one of the suitability standards for an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in

Regulation D and as set forth on the Accredited Investor Certification contained herein.

(p)           The Purchaser (i) if a natural person, represents that the Purchaser has reached the age of 21 and has full power and authority to execute
and  deliver  this  Subscription  Agreement  and  all  other  related  agreements  or  certificates  and  to  carry  out  the  provisions  hereof  and  thereof;  (ii)  if  a
corporation, partnership, or limited liability company or partnership, or association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity,
represents  that  such  entity  was  not  formed  for  the  specific  purpose  of  acquiring  the  Shares,  such  entity  is  duly  organized,  validly  existing  and  in  good
standing under the laws of the state of its organization, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby is authorized by, and will not result in a
violation  of  state  law  or  its  charter  or  other  organizational  documents,  such  entity  has  full  power  and  authority  to  execute  and  deliver  this  Subscription
Agreement  and  all  other  related  agreements  or  certificates  and  to  carry  out  the  provisions  hereof  and  thereof  and  to  purchase  and  hold  the  securities
constituting  the  Shares,  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Subscription  Agreement  has  been  duly  authorized  by  all  necessary  action,  this  Subscription
Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such entity and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such entity; or (iii) if executing this
Subscription Agreement in a representative or fiduciary capacity, represents that it has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Subscription
Agreement  in  such  capacity  and  on  behalf  of  the  subscribing  individual,  ward,  partnership,  trust,  estate,  corporation,  or  limited  liability  company  or
partnership,  or  other  entity  for  whom  the  Purchaser  is  executing  this  Subscription  Agreement,  and  such  individual,  partnership,  ward,  trust,  estate,
corporation, or limited liability company or partnership, or other entity has full right and power to perform pursuant to this Subscription Agreement and
make an investment in the Company, and represents that this Subscription Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such entity. The
execution  and  delivery  of  this  Subscription  Agreement  will  not  violate  or  be  in  conflict  with  any  order,  judgment,  injunction,  agreement  or  controlling
document to which the Purchaser is a party or by which it is bound.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(q)           The Purchaser and the Advisers, if any, have had the opportunity to obtain any additional information, to the extent the Company has
such  information  in  their  possession  or  could  acquire  it  without  unreasonable  effort  or  expense,  necessary  to  verify  the  accuracy  of  the  information
contained in the Memorandum and all documents received or reviewed in connection with the purchase of the Shares and have had the opportunity to have
representatives  of  the  Company  provide  them  with  such  additional  information  regarding  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  particular  investment  and  the
financial condition, results of operations, and business of the Company and the Subsidiary deemed relevant by the Purchaser or the Advisers, if any, and all
such requested information, to the extent the Company has such information in their possession or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense,
has been provided to the full satisfaction of the Purchaser and the Advisers, if any.

(r)            Any information which the Purchaser has heretofore furnished or is furnishing herewith to the Company or the Placement Agent is
complete and accurate and may be relied upon by the Company and the Placement Agent in determining the availability of an exemption from registration
under federal and state securities laws in connection with the offering of securities as described in the Memorandum. The Purchaser further represents and
warrants that it will notify and supply corrective information to the Company and the Placement Agent immediately upon the occurrence of any change
therein occurring prior to the Company's issuance of the securities contained in the Shares.

(s)                      The  Purchaser  has  significant  prior  investment  experience,  including  investment  in  non-listed  and  non-registered  securities.  The
Purchaser  is  knowledgeable  about  investment  considerations  in  development-stage  companies  with  limited  operating  histories.  The  Purchaser  has  a
sufficient net worth to sustain a loss of its entire investment in the Company and the Shares in the event such a loss should occur. The Purchaser's overall
commitment to investments which are not readily marketable is not excessive in view of the Purchaser’s net worth and financial circumstances and the
purchase  of  the  Shares  will  not  cause  such  commitment  to  become  excessive.  Investment  in  the  Company  and  the  Shares  as  contemplated  by  this
Subscription Agreement is suitable for the Purchaser.

(t)            The Purchaser is satisfied that the Purchaser has received adequate information with respect to all matters which it or the Advisers, if

any, consider material to its decision to make an investment in the Company and the Shares as contemplated by this Subscription Agreement.

(u)                      The  Purchaser  acknowledges  that  any  estimates  or  forward-looking  statements  or  projections  included  in  the  Memorandum  were
prepared by the Company in good faith but that the attainment of any such projections, estimates or forward-looking statements cannot be guaranteed by
the Company or the Subsidiary and should not be relied upon.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(v)           No oral or written representations have been made, or oral or written information furnished, to the Purchaser or the Advisers, if any, in

connection with the Offering which are in any way inconsistent with the information contained in the Memorandum.

(w)          Within five (5) days after receipt of a request from the Company or the Placement Agent, the Purchaser will provide such information
and deliver such documents as may reasonably be necessary to comply with any and all laws and ordinances to which the Company or the Placement Agent
is subject.

(x)           The Purchaser's substantive relationship with either the Company, the Placement Agent or subagent through which the Purchaser is

subscribing for Shares predates such Placement Agent's or such subagent's contact with the Purchaser regarding an investment in the Shares.

(y)                      THE  SHARES  OFFERED  HEREBY  (INCLUDING  THE  SHARES  COMPRISING  THE  CONVERSION  SECURITIES
UNDERLYING  SUCH  SHARES)  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933,  AS  AMENDED,  OR  ANY  STATE
SECURITIES LAWS AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
OF SAID ACT AND SUCH LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY
NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER SAID ACT AND SUCH LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR
EXEMPTION THEREFROM. SUCH SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN RECOMMENDED, APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY, NOR HAVE ANY
OF  THE  FOREGOING  AUTHORITIES  PASSED  UPON  OR  ENDORSED  THE  MERITS  OF  THIS  OFFERING  OR  THE  ACCURACY  OR
ADEQUACY  OF  THE  MEMORANDUM  OR  THIS  SUBSCRIPTION  AGREEMENT.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO  THE  CONTRARY  IS
UNLAWFUL.

(z)            In making an investment decision, investors must rely on their own examination of the Company, the Subsidiary and the terms of the
Offering, including the merits and risks involved. The Purchaser should be aware that it will be required to bear the financial risks of investment in the
Company and the Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(aa)                    (For  ERISA  plans  only)  The  fiduciary  of  the  ERISA  plan  (the  “Plan”)  represents  that  such  fiduciary  has  been  informed  of  and
understands the Company’s investment objectives, policies and strategies, and that the decision to invest “plan assets” (as such term is defined in ERISA)
in  the  Company  is  consistent  with  the  provisions  of  ERISA  that  require  diversification  of  plan  assets  and  impose  other  fiduciary  responsibilities.  The
Purchaser fiduciary or Plan (a) is responsible for the decision to invest in the Company; (b) is independent of the Company or any of its affiliates; (c) is
qualified to make such investment decision; and (d) in making such decision, the Purchaser fiduciary or Plan has not relied primarily on any advice or
recommendation of the Company or any of its affiliates.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(bb)                  The  Purchaser  should  check  the  Office  of  Foreign  Assets  Control  (“OFAC”)  website  at    before
making the following representations.  The  Purchaser  represents  that  the  amounts  invested  by  it  in  the  Company  in  the  Offering  were  not  and  are  not
directly or indirectly derived from activities that contravene federal, state or international laws and regulations, including anti-money laundering laws and
regulations. Federal regulations and Executive Orders administered by OFAC prohibit, among other things, the engagement in transactions with, and the
provision  of  services  to,  certain  foreign  countries,  territories,  entities  and  individuals.  The  lists  of  OFAC  prohibited  countries,  territories,  persons  and
entities  can  be  found  on  the  OFAC  website  at  .  In  addition,  the  programs  administered  by  OFAC  (the  “OFAC  Programs”)
prohibit dealing with individuals1 or entities in certain countries regardless of whether such individuals or entities appear on the OFAC lists.

(cc)         To the best of the Purchaser’s knowledge, none of: (1) the Purchaser; (2) any person controlling or controlled by the Purchaser; (3) if the
Purchaser is a privately-held entity, any person having a beneficial interest in the Purchaser; or (4) any person for whom the Purchaser is acting as agent or
nominee in connection with this investment is a country, territory, individual or entity named on an OFAC list, or a person or entity prohibited under the
OFAC Programs. Please be advised that the Company may not accept any amounts from a prospective investor if such prospective investor cannot make
the  representation  set  forth  in  the  preceding  paragraph.  The  Purchaser  agrees  to  promptly  notify  the  Company  and  the  Placement  Agent  should  the
Purchaser become aware of any change in the information set forth in these representations. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that, by law, the
Company  may  be  obligated  to  “freeze  the  account”  of  the  Purchaser,  either  by  prohibiting  additional  subscriptions  from  the  Purchaser,  declining  any
redemption  requests  and/or  segregating  the  assets  in  the  account  in  compliance  with  governmental  regulations,  and  the  Placement  Agent  may  also  be
required to report such action and to disclose the Purchaser’s identity to OFAC. The Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company may, by written
notice to the Purchaser, suspend the redemption rights, if any, of the Purchaser if the Company reasonably deems it necessary to do so to comply with anti-
money  laundering  regulations  applicable  to  the  Company  and  the  Placement  Agent  or  any  of  the  Company’s  other  service  providers.  These  individuals
include specially designated nationals, specially designated narcotics traffickers and other parties subject to OFAC sanctions and embargo programs.

(dd)         To the best of the Purchaser’s knowledge, none of: (1) the Purchaser; (2) any person controlling or controlled by the Purchaser; (3) if the
Purchaser is a privately-held entity, any person having a beneficial interest in the Purchaser; or (4) any person for whom the Purchaser is acting as agent or
nominee in connection with this investment is a senior foreign political figure,2 or any immediate family3 member or close associate4 of a senior foreign
political figure, as such terms are defined in the footnotes below.

1  These  individuals  include  specially  designated  nationals,  specially  designated  narcotics  traffickers  and  other  parties  subject  to  OFAC  sanctions  and
embargo programs.

2 A “senior foreign political figure” is defined as a senior official in the executive, legislative, administrative, military or judicial branches of a foreign
government (whether elected or not), a senior official of a major foreign political party, or a senior executive of a foreign government-owned corporation.
In addition, a “senior foreign political figure” includes any corporation, business or other entity that has been formed by, or for the benefit of, a senior
foreign political figure.

3 “Immediate family” of a senior foreign political figure typically includes the figure’s parents, siblings, spouse, children and in-laws.

4 A “close associate” of a senior foreign political figure is a person who is widely and publicly known to maintain an unusually close relationship with the
senior foreign political figure, and includes a person who is in a position to conduct substantial domestic and international financial transactions on behalf
of the senior foreign political figure.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ee)         If the Purchaser is affiliated with a non-U.S. banking institution (a “Foreign Bank”), or if the Purchaser receives deposits from, makes
payments on behalf of, or handles other financial transactions related to a Foreign Bank, the Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that: (1) the
Foreign  Bank  has  a  fixed  address,  other  than  solely  an  electronic  address,  in  a  country  in  which  the  Foreign  Bank  is  authorized  to  conduct  banking
activities; (2) the Foreign Bank maintains operating records related to its banking activities; (3) the Foreign Bank is subject to inspection by the banking
authority that licensed the Foreign Bank to conduct banking activities; and (4) the Foreign Bank does not provide banking services to any other Foreign
Bank that does not have a physical presence in any country and that is not a regulated affiliate.

6.             Indemnification. The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company the Subsidiary, the Placement Agent (including its selected
dealers,  if  any),  and  their  respective  officers,  directors,  employees,  agents,  control  persons  and  affiliates  from  and  against  all  losses,  liabilities,  claims,
damages, costs, fees and expenses whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all expenses incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against
any  litigation  commenced  or  threatened)  based  upon  or  arising  out  of  any  actual  or  alleged  false  acknowledgment,  representation  or  warranty,  or
misrepresentation or omission to state a material fact, or breach by the Purchaser of any covenant or agreement made by the Purchaser herein or in any
other document delivered in connection with this Subscription Agreement.

7.             Irrevocability; Binding Effect. The Purchaser hereby acknowledges and agrees that the subscription hereunder is irrevocable by the Purchaser,
except as required by applicable law, and that this Subscription Agreement shall survive the death or disability of the Purchaser and shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the parties and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns. If the Purchaser is
more  than  one  person,  the  obligations  of  the  Purchaser  hereunder  shall  be  joint  and  several  and  the  agreements,  representations,  warranties,  and
acknowledgments  herein  shall  be  deemed  to  be  made  by  and  be  binding  upon  each  such  person  and  such  person's  heirs,  executors,  administrators,
successors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns.

8.             Modification. This Subscription Agreement shall not be modified or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against
whom any such modification or waiver is sought.

9.             Immaterial Modifications to the Registration Rights Agreement. The  Company  may,  at  any  time  prior  to  the  First  Closing,  modify  the
Registration Rights Agreement if necessary to clarify any provision therein, without first providing notice or obtaining prior consent of the Purchaser, if,
and only if, such modification is not material in any respect.

10.           Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively
given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party notified, (b) when sent by confirmed email or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient,
if not confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. The Company
and the Purchaser hereby consent to the delivery of communications and notices to such parties at their respective address, email or facsimile number set
forth on the signature page hereto, or to such other address as such party shall have furnished in writing in accordance with the provisions of this Section
10.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.           Assignability. This Subscription Agreement and the rights, interests and obligations hereunder are not transferable or assignable by the Purchaser
and the transfer or assignment of the Shares or the Conversion Securities shall be made only in accordance with all applicable laws.

12.                      Applicable Law. This  Subscription  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  New  York
applicable to contracts to be wholly-performed within said State.

13.           Arbitration. The parties agree to submit all controversies to arbitration in accordance with the provisions set forth below and understand that:

(a)           Arbitration is final and binding on the parties.

(b)           The parties are waiving their right to seek remedies in court, including the right to a jury trial.

(c)           Pre-arbitration discovery is generally more limited and different from court proceedings.

(d)                      The  arbitrator’s  award  is  not  required  to  include  factual  findings  or  legal  reasoning  and  any  party’s  right  to  appeal  or  to  seek

modification of rulings by arbitrators is strictly limited.

(e)           The panel of arbitrators will typically include a minority of arbitrators who were or are affiliated with the securities industry.

(f)                        All  controversies  which  may  arise  between  the  parties  concerning  this  Subscription  Agreement  shall  be  determined  by  arbitration
pursuant to the rules then pertaining to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) in New York City, New York. Judgment on any award
of any such arbitration may be entered in the Supreme Court of the State of New York or in any other court having jurisdiction of the person or persons
against whom such award is rendered. Any notice of such arbitration or for the confirmation of any award in any arbitration shall be sufficient if given in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The parties agree that the determination of the arbitrators shall be binding and conclusive upon them.

14.                      Blue  Sky  Qualification.  The  purchase  of  Shares  under  this  Subscription  Agreement  is  expressly  conditioned  upon  the  exemption  from
qualification  of  the  offer  and  sale  of  the  Shares  from  applicable  federal  and  state  securities  laws.  The  Company  shall  not  be  required  to  qualify  this
transaction under the securities laws of any jurisdiction and, should qualification be necessary, the Company shall be released from any and all obligations
to maintain its offer, and may rescind any sale contracted, in the jurisdiction.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15.           Use of Pronouns. All pronouns and any variations thereof used herein shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or
plural as the identity of the person or persons referred to may require.

16.           Confidentiality. The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that any information or data the Purchaser has acquired from or about the Company or
the Subsidiary, not otherwise properly in the public domain, was received in confidence. The Purchaser agrees not to divulge, communicate or disclose,
except as may be required by law or for the performance of this Agreement, or use to the detriment of the Company or the Subsidiary or for the benefit of
any other person or persons, or misuse in any way, any confidential information of the Company or the Subsidiary, including any scientific, technical, trade
or  business  secrets  of  the  Company  or  the  Subsidiary  and  any  scientific,  technical,  trade  or  business  materials  that  are  treated  by  the  Company  or  the
Subsidiary  as  confidential  or  proprietary,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  ideas,  discoveries,  inventions,  developments  and  improvements  belonging  to  the
Company or the Subsidiary and confidential information obtained by or given to the Company or the Subsidiary about or belonging to third parties.

17.           Miscellaneous.

(a)           This Subscription Agreement, together with the Registration Rights Agreement, constitute the entire agreement between the Purchaser
and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior oral or written agreements and understandings, if any, relating to the
subject matter hereof. The terms and provisions of this Subscription Agreement may be waived, or consent for the departure therefrom granted, only by a
written document executed by the party entitled to the benefits of such terms or provisions.

(b)           The representations and warranties of the Purchaser made in this Subscription Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery hereof

and delivery of the Shares constituting the Shares.

(c)           Each of the parties hereto shall pay its own fees and expenses (including the fees of any attorneys, accountants, appraisers or others
engaged  by  such  party)  in  connection  with  this  Subscription  Agreement  and  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  whether  or  not  the  transactions
contemplated hereby are consummated.

(d)           This Subscription Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which

shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

(e)           Each provision of this Subscription Agreement shall be considered separable and, if for any reason any provision or provisions hereof
are determined to be invalid or contrary to applicable law, such invalidity or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect the remaining portions of
this Subscription Agreement.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)            Paragraph titles are for descriptive purposes only and shall not control or alter the meaning of this Subscription Agreement as set forth in

the text.

(g)           The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that there may be multiple closings for this Offering.

18.                      Omnibus  Signature  Page.  This  Subscription  Agreement  is  intended  to  be  read  and  construed  in  conjunction  with  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement pertaining to the issuance by the Company of the Shares to subscribers pursuant to the Memorandum. Accordingly, pursuant to the terms and
conditions  of  this  Subscription  Agreement  and  such  related  agreements  it  is  hereby  agreed  that  the  execution  by  the  Purchaser  of  this  Subscription
Agreement, in the place set forth herein, shall constitute agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof and the terms and conditions of the
Registration Rights Agreement, with the same effect as if each of such separate but related agreement were separately signed.

19.           Book Entry Registration of the Shares. The Company will issue the Shares and the shares of Common Stock underlying the Series A Preferred
and/or the Series A-1 Preferred by registering them in book entry form with the Company's transfer agent in Investor’s name and the applicable restrictions
will be noted in the records of the Company's transfer agent and in the book entry system, except for investments made via custodian accounts such as
Pensions and IRA's in which case physical certificates evidencing the shares and warrants will be issued if so requested.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRIVATE PLACEMENT OFFERING OF
DARIOHEALTH CORP.

SUBSCRIPTION INSTRUCTIONS

To subscribe for Shares in the private offering of DarioHealth Corp.:

1. Date and Fill in the number of Shares being purchased and Complete and Sign the Omnibus Signature Page to the Subscription Agreement (page

14).

2.

Initial the Accredited Investor Certification page attached to the Subscription Agreement (pages 15-16).

3. Complete and return the Investor Profile (page 17).

4. Complete and Sign the Tax Certification for U.S. Persons or Non-U.S. Persons, as applicable (beginning on page 19).

5. Fax or e-mail all forms to Tierney S. Picardal at 347-772-3121/ inbox@sternaegis.com.

6. Please wire funds directly to the escrow account pursuant to the following instructions (unless other arrangements have been made); checks

cannot be accepted:

Bank Name: Signature Bank

Bank Address: 950 Third Avenue, NY, NY 10022 (IF wiring banker requests this info)

ABA Number: 026013576

SWIFT CODE: SIGNUS33

A/C Name: Signature Bank, as Agent for DarioHealth Corp.

DarioHealth Corp. Address (if requested): 8 HaTokhen Street, Caesarea Industrial Park

Israel 3088900

A/C Number: 1503781596

REF. outgoing wire with the following information

FBO: Investor Name

SSN/TIN

Address

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANTI MONEY LAUNDERING REQUIREMENTS

The USA PATRIOT Act

What is money laundering?

The USA PATRIOT Act is designed to detect,
deter, and punish terrorists in the United States
and abroad. The Act imposes new anti-money
laundering requirements on brokerage firms and
financial institutions. Since April 24, 2002 all
brokerage firms have been required to have new,
comprehensive anti-money laundering programs.

Money laundering is the process of disguising
illegally obtained money so that the funds
appear to come from legitimate sources or
activities. Money laundering occurs in
connection with a wide variety of crimes,
including illegal arms sales, drug trafficking,
robbery, fraud, racketeering, and terrorism.

How big is the problem and why is it
important?

The use of the U.S. financial system by
criminals to facilitate terrorism or other crimes
could well taint our financial markets.
According to the U.S. State Department, one
recent estimate puts the amount of worldwide
money laundering activity at $1 trillion a year.

To help you understand these efforts, we want to
provide you with some information about money
laundering and the Placement Agent’s efforts to
implement the USA PATRIOT Act.

What the Placement Agent is required to do to help eliminate money laundering?

Under new rules required by the USA PATRIOT Act, the Placement
Agent’s anti-money laundering program must designate a special
compliance officer, set up employee training, conduct independent audits,
and establish policies and procedures to detect and report suspicious
transaction and ensure compliance with the new laws.

As part of the Placement Agent’s required program, it may ask you to
provide various identification documents or other information. Until you
provide the information or documents that the Placement Agent needs, it
may not be able to effect any transactions for you.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP.
OMNIBUS SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Subscriber hereby elects to subscribe under the Subscription Agreement for a total of $__________ of Series A Preferred / Series A-1 Preferred
(circle one) Shares at a price of $1,000.00 per Share (NOTE: to be completed by subscriber) and, by execution and delivery hereof, Subscriber
hereby  executes  the  Subscription  Agreement  and  agrees  to  be  bound  by  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Subscription  Agreement  and  the
Registration Rights Agreement.

If the Purchaser is an INDIVIDUAL, and if purchased as JOINT TENANTS, as TENANTS IN COMMON, or as COMMUNITY PROPERTY:

Print Name(s)

Social Security Number(s)

Signature(s) of Subscriber(s)

Date

Signature

Address

If the Purchaser is a PARTNERSHIP, CORPORATION, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY or TRUST:

Name of Entity

By: 
  Name:
  Title:

Date

Fax Number

Federal Taxpayer
Identification Number

State of Organization

Address

Email Address

DARIOHEALTH CORP.

AEGIS CAPTIAL CORP.

By:
  Authorized Officer

By:
  Authorized Officer

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP.
ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATION

For Individual Investors Only
(all Individual Investors must INITIAL where appropriate):

Initial _______          I have an individual net worth, or joint net worth with my spouse, as of the date hereof in excess of $1 million. For purposes of
calculating net worth under this category, (i) the undersigned’s primary residence shall not be included as an asset, (ii) indebtedness
that is secured by the undersigned’s primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of
the  sale  of  securities,  shall  not  be  included  as  a  liability,  (iii)  to  the  extent  that  the  indebtedness  that  is  secured  by  the  primary
residence is in excess of the fair market value of the primary residence, the excess amount shall be included as a liability, and (iv) if
the amount of outstanding indebtedness that is secured by the primary residence exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days prior to the
execution  of  this  Subscription  Agreement,  other  than  as  a  result  of  the  acquisition  of  the  primary  residence,  the  amount  of  such
excess shall be included as a liability.

Initial _______          I have had an annual gross income for the past two years of at least $200,000 (or $300,000 jointly with my spouse) and expect my

income (or joint income, as appropriate) to reach the same level in the current year.

Initial _______          I am a director or executive officer of DarioHealth Corp.

For Non-Individual Investors
(all Non-Individual Investors must INITIAL where appropriate):

Initial _______          The investor certifies that it is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or business trust that is 100% owned by persons

who meet at least one of the criteria for Individual Investors set forth above.

Initial _______          The investor certifies that it is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or any organization described in Section 501(c)(3)
of the Internal Revenue Code, Massachusetts or similar business trust that has total assets of at least $5,000,000f and was not formed
for the purpose of investing the Company.

Initial _______          The investor certifies that it is an employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974,  whose  investment  decision  is  made  by  a  plan  fiduciary  (as  defined  in  ERISA  §3(21))  that  is  a  bank,  savings  and  loan
association, insurance company or registered investment adviser.

Initial _______           The investor certifies that it is an employee benefit plan whose total assets exceed $5,000,000 as of the date of this Agreement.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Initial _______          The undersigned certifies that it is a self-directed employee benefit plan whose investment decisions are made solely by persons who

meet either of the criteria for Individual Investors.

Initial _______          The investor certifies that it is a U.S. bank, U.S. savings and loan association or other similar U.S. institution acting in its individual

or fiduciary capacity.

Initial _______          The undersigned certifies that it is a broker-dealer registered pursuant to §15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Initial _______          The investor certifies that it is an organization described in §501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code with total assets exceeding

$5,000,000 and not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Company.

Initial _______          The investor certifies that it is a trust with total assets of at least $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the
Company, and whose purchase is directed by a person with such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he
is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment.

Initial  _______                  The  investor  certifies  that  it  is  a  plan  established  and  maintained  by  a  state  or  its  political  subdivisions,  or  any  agency  or

instrumentality thereof, for the benefit of its employees, and which has total assets in excess of $5,000,000.

Initial _______          The investor certifies that it is an insurance company as defined in §2(13) of the Securities Act, or a registered investment company.

Initial _______          An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in

Section 2(a)(48) of that Act.

Initial _______          A Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small

Business Investment Act of 1958.

Initial _______           A private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DARIOHEALTH CORP.
Investor Profile (Must be completed by Investor)

Section A - Personal Investor Information

For All Purchasers
Certificate Title: ______________________________________________________________________________
Individual(s) executing this subscription: __________________________________________________________
Social Security Number(s) for all signatories: ________________________________
Entity Federal I.D. Number: _____________________________________________
Date(s) of Birth: ______________
Marital Status: _______________
Years Investment Experience: ______________
Aegis Capital Acct Executive or Outside Broker/Dealer: ______ /Aegis Rep 3-Digit I.D._____/Aegis Acct #_______
Check if you are a FINRA member or affiliate of a FINRA member firm: ____
Check Investment Objective(s) (See definitions on following page): ____Preservation of Capital ____Income
____Capital Appreciation ____Trading Profits ____Speculation
____Other (please specify)

The source of funds for this investment is my personal or my entity's assets  _____Yes   _____No

For Purchasers as Individual or as Joint Tenants, Tenants in Common, and Community Property
Annual Income(s): ___________________
Liquid Net Worth(s):__________________
Net Worth(s) (excluding value of primary residence): ________________
Select Tax Bracket(s): ____ 15% or below ____ 25% - 27.5% ____ Over 27.5%

For All Purchasers, by the Primary Contact
Home Street Address: ______________________________________________________________________
Home City, State & Zip Code: _______________________________________________________________
Home Phone: ___________________ Home Fax: _________________Home Email: ____________________
Employer: ___________________________________
Type of Business: _____________________________
Employer Street Address: ___________________________________________________________________
Employer City, State & Zip Code: ____________________________________________________________
Bus. Phone: _____________________Bus. Fax: ___________________Bus. Email: ____________________

For All Purchasers
If you are a United States citizen, please list the number and jurisdiction of issuance of any other government-issued document evidencing residence
and bearing a photograph or similar safeguard (such as a driver’s license or passport), and provide a photocopy of each of the documents you have
listed.
If you are NOT a United States citizen, for each jurisdiction of which you are a citizen or in which you work or reside, please list (i) your passport
number and country of issuance or (ii) alien identification card number AND (iii) number and country of issuance of any other government-issued
document evidencing nationality or residence and bearing a photograph or similar safeguard, and provide a photocopy of each of these documents
you have listed. These photocopies must be certified by a lawyer as to authenticity.
Government-Issued Identification Document Number(s) and Jurisdiction(s):_______________________
In addition, please provide a legible photocopy of your Identification Document(s) with your subscription

____ Please deliver securities to the Employer Address listed in Section A.
____ Please deliver securities to the Home Address listed in Section A.
____ Please deliver securities to the following address: _____________________________________________

Section B – Securities Delivery Instructions

Section C –Wire Transfer Instructions
____ I will wire funds from my outside account according to the “Subscription Instructions” Page.
____ I will wire funds from my Aegis Capital Account.
____The funds for this investment are rolled over, tax deferred from __________ within the allowed 60 day window.

Investor Signature

Investor Signature

Date

Date

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment Objectives: The typical investment listed with each objective are only some examples of the kinds of investments that have historically been
consistent with the listed objectives. However, neither the Company nor the Placement Agent can assure that any investment will achieve your intended
objective. You must make your own investment decisions and determine for yourself if the investments you select are appropriate and consistent with your
investment objectives.

Neither the Company nor the Placement Agent assumes responsibility to you for determining if the investments you selected are suitable for you.

Preservation of Capital: An investment objective of Preservation of Capital indicates you seek to maintain the principal value of your investments and are
interested in investments that have historically demonstrated a very low degree of risk of loss of principal value. Some examples of typical investments
might include money market funds and high quality, short-term fixed income products.

Income: An investment objective of Income indicates you seek to generate income from investments and are interested in investments that have historically
demonstrated a low degree of risk of loss of principal value. Some examples of typical investments might include high quality, short and medium-term
fixed income products, short-term bond funds and covered call options.

Capital Appreciation: An investment objective of Capital Appreciation indicates you seek to grow the principal value of your investments over time and
are willing to invest in securities that have historically demonstrated a moderate to above average degree of risk of loss of principal value to pursue this
objective. Some examples of typical investments might include common stocks, lower quality, medium-term fixed income products, equity mutual funds
and index funds.

Trading Profits: An investment objective of Trading Profits indicates you seek to take advantage of short-term trading opportunities, which may involve
establishing and liquidating positions quickly. Some examples of typical investments might include short-term purchases and sales of volatile or low priced
common stocks, put or call options, spreads, straddles and/or combinations on equities or indexes. This is a high-risk strategy.

Speculation: An investment objective of Speculation indicates you seek a significant increase in the principal value of your investments and are willing to
accept a corresponding greater degree of risk by investing in securities that have historically demonstrated a high degree of risk of loss of principal value to
pursue this objective. Some examples of typical investments might include lower quality, long-term fixed income products, initial public offerings, volatile
or low priced common stocks, the purchase or sale of put or call options, spreads, straddles and/or combinations on equities or indexes, and the use of
short-term or day trading strategies.

Other: Please specify.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.11

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of _______, 2019 (the “Effective Date”) between
DarioHealth Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the persons who have executed the signature page(s) hereto (each, a “Purchaser” and
collectively, the “Purchasers”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Company is conducting a private placement offering (the “Offering”) of a minimum of 8,000 ($8,000,000) shares of Series A
Preferred  Stock,  par  value  $0.0001  (“Series  A  Preferred”  or  “Shares”)  and  a  maximum  of  15,000  Shares  ($15,000,000),  plus  an  over-allotment  of  an
additional 5,000 ($5,000,000) Shares; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Offering, the Company agreed to provide certain registration rights related to the shares of Common Stock

issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred (the “Conversion Shares”) on the terms set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, representations, warranties, covenants, and conditions set forth herein, the parties

mutually agree as follows:

1.             Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

“Agreement” has the meaning given it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Allowed Delay” has the meaning given it in Section 2(c)(2) of this Agreement.

“Approved Market” means the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, the OTC Markets, Nasdaq Stock Market, the New York Stock Exchange or the

NYSE American.

“Blackout Period” means, with respect to a registration, a period, in each case commencing on the day immediately after the Company notifies the
Purchasers  that  they  are  required,  because  of  the  occurrence  of  an  event  of  the  kind  described  in  Section  3(f)  hereof,  to  suspend  offers  and  sales  of
Registrable  Securities  during  which  the  Company,  in  the  good  faith  judgment  of  its  board  of  directors,  determines  (because  of  the  existence  of,  or  in
anticipation  of,  any  acquisition,  financing  activity,  or  other  transaction  involving  the  Company,  or  the  unavailability  for  reasons  beyond  the  Company’s
control of any required financial statements, disclosure of information which is in its best interest not to publicly disclose, or any other event or condition of
similar significance to the Company) that the registration and distribution of the Registrable Securities to be covered by such Registration Statement, if any,
would  be  seriously  detrimental  to  the  Company  or  its  stockholders  and  ending  on  the  earlier  of  (1)  the  date  upon  which  the  MNPI  commencing  the
Blackout Period is disclosed to the public or ceases to be material and (2) such time as the Company notifies the selling Holders that the Company will no
longer delay such filing of the Registration Statement, recommence taking steps to make such Registration Statement effective, or allow sales pursuant to
such Registration Statement to resume.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Business Day” means any day of the year, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which the Commission is required or authorized to

close.

“Commission” or “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other applicable federal agency at the time administering

the Securities Act.

“Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company and any and all shares of capital stock or other equity
securities of: (i) the Company which are added to or exchanged or substituted for the Common Stock by reason of the declaration of any stock dividend or
stock split, the issuance of any distribution or the reclassification, readjustment, recapitalization or other such modification of the capital structure of the
Company; and (ii) any other corporation, now or hereafter organized under the laws of any state or other governmental authority, with which the Company
is merged, which results from any consolidation or reorganization to which the Company is a party, or to which is sold all or substantially all of the shares
or assets of the Company, if immediately after such merger, consolidation, reorganization or sale, the Company or the stockholders of the Company own
equity securities having in the aggregate more than 50% of the total voting power of such other corporation.

“Company” has the meaning given it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Conversion Shares” has the meaning given it in the recitals of this Agreement.

“Effective Date” has the meaning given it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Effectiveness Deadline” means the date that is ninety (90) days after the Registration Filing Deadline.

“Effectiveness Period” has the meaning given it in Section 2(a) of this Agreement

“Exchange  Act”  means  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  and  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Commission  promulgated

thereunder.

“Holder” means a Purchaser or any permitted transferee or assignee thereof to whom a Purchaser assigns its rights under this Agreement and who
agrees to become bound by the provisions of this Agreement in accordance with Section 6 and any transferee or assignee thereof to whom a transferee or
assignee assigns its rights under this Agreement and who agrees to become bound by the provisions of this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.

“Majority Holders” means at any time holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities.

“MNPI” means material non-public information within the meaning of Regulation FD promulgated under the Exchange Act, which shall, in any

case, include the receipt of the notice pursuant to Section 2(c) and the information contained in such notice.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Piggyback Registration” means, in any registration of Common Stock as set forth in Section 2(d), the ability of holders of Registrable Securities

to include Registrable Securities in such registration.

“Placement Agent” means Aegis Capital Corp.

The terms “register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance

with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

“Registrable Securities” means (i) the Conversion Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred, and (ii) any capital stock of
the  Company  issued  or  issuable  with  respect  to  the  Conversion  Shares  or  the  Series  A  Preferred  as  a  result  of  any  stock  split,  stock  dividend,
recapitalization, exchange or similar event or otherwise, without regard to any limitations on conversion of the Series A Preferred.

“Registration Filing Date” means the date that is ninety (90) days after the date of the final closing of the Offering.

“Registration  Statement”  means  the  registration  statement  that  the  Company  is  required  to  file  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  to  register  the

Registrable Securities.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any

similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC having substantially the same purpose and effect as such rule.

“Rule 415” means Rule 415 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any

similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC having substantially the same purpose and effect as such rule.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute promulgated in replacement thereof, and the rules

and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

2.            Registration.

(a)                          Mandatory  Registration.  Not  later  than  the  Registration  Filing  Date,  the  Company  shall  file  with  the  Commission  a
Registration Statement on Form S-1, Form S-3 or any other appropriate form, relating to the resale by the Holders of all of the Registrable Securities, and
the  Company  shall  use  commercially  reasonable  efforts  to  cause  such  Registration  Statement  to  be  declared  effective  by  the  Commission  as  soon  as
practicable thereafter, but in no event later than the Effectiveness Deadline and shall use its best efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously
effective under the Securities Act until the date that all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement (i) have been sold, thereunder or
pursuant to Rule 144, or (ii) may be sold without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions pursuant to Rule 144 and without the requirement for the Company
to be in compliance with the current public information requirement under Rule 144, as determined by the counsel to the Company pursuant to a written
opinion  letter  to  such  effect,  addressed  and  acceptable  to  the  Company’s  transfer  agent  and  the  affected  Holders  (the  “Effectiveness  Period”).  The
registration rights under this Section 2 shall not apply or be available with respect to securities of the Company held by affiliates (as defined in Rule 405
under the Securities Act) and related persons (as defined in Rule 404 under the Securities Act) of the Placement Agent or the officers and directors of the
Company and their affiliates.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)             Allocation of Registrable Securities. The initial number of Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement and
any increase in the number of Registrable Securities included therein shall be allocated pro rata among the Holders based on the number of Registrable
Securities held by each Holder at the time the Registration Statement covering such initial number of Registrable Securities or increase thereof is declared
effective by the SEC. In the event that a Holder sells or otherwise transfers any of such Holder’s Registrable Securities, each transferee shall be allocated a
pro rata portion of the then remaining number of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement for such transferor. Any shares of Common
Stock  included  in  a  Registration  Statement  and  which  remain  allocated  to  any  Person  which  ceases  to  hold  any  Registrable  Securities  covered  by  such
Registration Statement shall be allocated to the remaining Holders, pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities then held by such Holders which
are covered by such Registration Statement. In no event shall the Company include any securities other than Registrable Securities on any Registration
Statement without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders.

(c)             (1) if the Commission allows the Registration Statement to be declared effective at any time before or after the Effectiveness
Date, subject to the withdrawal of certain Registrable Securities from the Registration Statement, and the reason is the Commission’s determination that (x)
the offering of any of the Registrable Securities constitutes a primary offering of securities by the Company, (y) Rule 415 may not be relied upon for the
registration of the resale of any or all of the Registrable Securities, and/or (z) a Holder of any Registrable Securities must be named as an underwriter, the
Holders understand and agree the Company may reduce, on a pro rata basis, the total number of Registrable Securities to be registered on behalf of each
such Holder. In any such pro rata reduction, the number of Registrable Securities to be registered on such Registration Statement will be reduced on a pro
rata basis based on the total number of unregistered Conversion Shares. In addition, any such affected Holder shall be entitled to Piggyback Registration
rights  after  the  Registration  Statement  is  declared  effective  by  the  Commission  until  such  time  as:  (AA)  all  Registrable  Securities  have  been  registered
pursuant  to  an  effective  Registration  Statement,  (BB)  the  Registrable  Securities  may  be  resold  without  restriction  pursuant  to  SEC  Rule  144  of  the
Securities  Act  or  (CC)  the  Holder  agrees  to  be  named  as  an  underwriter  in  any  such  registration  statement.  The  Holders  acknowledge  and  agree  the
provisions of this paragraph may apply to more than one Registration Statement; and

4

 
 
 
 
(2)            For not more than thirty (30) consecutive days or for a total of not more than sixty (60) days in any twelve (12) month period, the
Company  may  suspend  the  use  of  any  prospectus  included  in  any  Registration  Statement  contemplated  by  this  Section  in  the  event  that  the  Company
determines in good faith that such suspension is necessary to (A) delay the disclosure of MNPI concerning the Company, the disclosure of which at the
time is not, in the good faith opinion of the Company, in the best interests of the Company or (B) amend or supplement the affected Registration Statement
or  the  related  prospectus  so  that  (i)  such  Registration  Statement  shall  not  include  an  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein or (ii) such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or
omit  to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements,  in  the  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not  misleading,
including in connection with the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement in connection with the Company’s filing of an Annual
Report  on  Form  10-K  for  any  fiscal  year  (an  “Allowed Delay”);  provided,  that  the  Company  shall  promptly  (a)  notify  each  Holder  in  writing  of  the
commencement of an Allowed Delay, but shall not (without the prior written consent of an Holder) disclose to such Holder any MNPI giving rise to an
Allowed  Delay,  (b)  advise  the  Holders  in  writing  to  cease  all  sales  under  the  Registration  Statement  until  the  end  of  the  Allowed  Delay  and  (c)  use
commercially reasonable efforts to terminate an Allowed Delay as promptly as practicable.

(d)            Piggyback Registration Rights. In addition to the Company’s agreement pursuant to Section 2(a) above, if the Company shall,
at  any  time  during  the  Effectiveness  Period  or  as  contemplated  pursuant  to  Section  2(c)  and  ending  when  all  Registrable  Securities  have  been  sold  by
Holders, determine (i) to register for sale any of its Common Stock in an underwritten offering, or (ii) to file a registration statement covering the resale of
any  shares  of  the  Common  Stock  held  by  any  of  its  shareholders  (other  than  the  registration  contemplated  in  Section  2(a)  above),  the  Company  shall
provide written notice to the Holders, which notice shall be provided no less than fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the filing of such applicable registration
statement (the “Company Notice”). In that event, the right of any Holder to include the Registrable Securities in such a registration shall be conditioned
upon such Holder’s written request to participate which shall be delivered to the Company within ten (10) calendar days after the Company Notice, as well
as such Holder’s participation in such underwriting (if applicable, for purposes of this paragraph) and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities
in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to sell any of their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall (together
with the Company and any other stockholders of the Company selling their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in
customary form with the underwriter selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the underwriter determines that
marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock or the amount of other securities to be underwritten, the underwriter may
exclude some or all Registrable Securities from such registration and underwriting. The Company shall so advise all Holders (except those Holders who
failed to timely elect to include their Registrable Securities through such underwriting or have indicated to the Company their decision not to do so), and
indicate to each such Holder the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting, if any. The number of
Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and underwriting shall be allocated first to the Company, then to all other selling stockholders,
including the Holders, who have requested to sell in the registration on a pro rata basis according to the number of shares requested to be included therein.
If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw such Holder’s Registrable Securities therefrom by
delivering  a  written  notice  to  the  Company  and  the  underwriter. A  Holder  with  Registrable  Securities  included  in  any  registration  shall  furnish  to  the
Company  such  information  regarding  itself,  the  Registrable  Securities  held  by  it,  and  the  intended  method  of  disposition  of  such  securities  as  shall  be
required  in  order  to  comply  with  any  applicable  law  or  regulation  in  connection  with  the  registration  of  such  Holder’s  Registrable  Securities  or  any
qualification or compliance with respect to such Holder’s Registrable Securities and referred to in this Agreement. The Company shall have the right to
terminate  or  withdraw  any  registration  initiated  by  it  before  the  effective  date  of  such  registration,  whether  or  not  any  Holder  has  elected  to  include
Registrable Securities in such registration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to register any Registrable Securities pursuant
to this Section 2(d) that are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 without restriction (including, without limitation, volume restrictions) or that are the
subject of a then-effective Registration Statement. The Company may postpone or withdraw the filing or the effectiveness of a piggyback registration at
any time in its sole discretion.

5

 
 
 
 
3.                        Registration  Procedures  for  Registrable  Securities.  The  Company  will  keep  each  Holder  reasonably  advised  as  to  the  filing  and

effectiveness of the Registration Statement. At its expense with respect to the Registration Statement, the Company will:

(a)            prepare and file with the Commission with respect to the Registrable Securities, a Registration Statement on Form S-1, Form
S-3, or any other form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available
for the sale of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended methods of distribution thereof, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to
cause such Registration Statement to become effective and shall remain the Effectiveness Period. Thereafter, the Company shall be entitled to withdraw
such  Registration  Statement  and  the  Holders  shall  have  no  further  right  to  offer  or  sell  any  of  the  Registrable  Securities  registered  for  resale  thereon
pursuant to the respective Registration Statement (or any prospectus relating thereto);

comments and diligently pursue resolution of any comments to the satisfaction of the Commission;

(b)            if the Registration Statement is subject to review by the Commission, respond in a commercially reasonable manner to all

(c)            prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement as may be necessary

to keep such Registration Statement effective during the Effectiveness Period;

(d)            furnish, without charge, to each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement (i) a reasonable
number  of  copies  of  such  Registration  Statement  (including  any  exhibits  thereto  other  than  exhibits  incorporated  by  reference),  each  amendment  and
supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request, (ii) such number of copies of the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including
each preliminary prospectus and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 of the Securities Act) as such Holders may reasonably request, in conformity
with the requirements of the Securities Act, and (iii) such other documents as such Holder may require to consummate the disposition of the Registrable
Securities owned by such Holder, but only during the Effectiveness Period;

(e)            use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify such registration under such other applicable securities laws of
such  jurisdictions  as  any  Holder  of  Registrable  Securities  covered  by  such  Registration  Statement  reasonably  requests  and  as  may  be  necessary  for  the
marketability  of  the  Registrable  Securities  (such  request  to  be  made  by  the  time  the  applicable  Registration  Statement  is  deemed  effective  by  the
Commission)  and  do  any  and  all  other  acts  and  things  necessary  to  enable  such  Holder  to  consummate  the  disposition  in  such  jurisdictions  of  the
Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction
where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) consent to general
service of process in any such jurisdiction.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)             notify each Holder of Registrable Securities, the disposition of which requires delivery of a prospectus relating thereto under
the  Securities  Act,  of  the  happening  of  any  event  (as  promptly  as  practicable  after  becoming  aware  of  such  event),  which  comes  to  the  Company’s
attention, that will after the occurrence of such event cause the prospectus included in such Registration Statement, if not amended or supplemented, to
contain an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Company shall promptly thereafter prepare and furnish to such Holder a supplement or
amendment to such prospectus (or prepare and file appropriate reports under the Exchange Act) so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such
Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make
the  statements  therein,  in  the  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not  misleading,  unless  suspension  of  the  use  of  such  prospectus
otherwise is authorized herein or in the event of a Blackout Period, in which case no supplement or amendment need be furnished (or Exchange Act filing
made) until the termination of such suspension or Blackout Period;

(g)                        comply,  and  continue  to  comply  during  the  Effectiveness  Period,  in  all  material  respects  with  the  Securities  Act  and  the
Exchange Act and with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration
Statement;

(h)            as promptly as practicable after becoming aware of such event, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities being offered or
sold pursuant to the Registration Statement of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or other suspension of effectiveness of the Registration
Statement;

quoted on such Approved Market on which securities of the same class or series issued by the Company are then listed or quoted;

(i)             use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be

(j)             provide a transfer agent and registrar, which may be a single entity, for the shares of Common Stock registered hereunder;

(k)            though the Registrable Securities will be issued in book entry form, if requested by the Holders, cooperate with the Holders to
facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be delivered to a transferee pursuant to the Registration
Statement, which certificates shall be free, to the extent permitted by applicable law, of all restrictive legends, and to enable such Registrable Securities to
be in such denominations and registered in such names as any such Holders may request; and

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
pursuant to the Registration Statement.

(l)            take all other reasonable actions necessary to expedite and facilitate the disposition by the Holders of the Registrable Securities

4.            Suspension of Offers and Sales. Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of
the  kind  described  in  Section  3(f)  hereof  or  of  the  commencement  of  a  Blackout  Period,  such  Holder  shall  discontinue  the  disposition  of  Registrable
Securities included in the Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by
Section  3(f)  hereof  or  notice  of  the  end  of  the  Blackout  Period,  and,  if  so  directed  by  the  Company,  such  Holder  shall  deliver  to  the  Company  (at  the
Company’s expense) all copies (including, without limitation, any and all drafts), other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession, of the
prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

5.            Registration Expenses. The Company shall pay all expenses in connection with any registration obligation provided herein, including,
without limitation, all registration, filing, stock exchange fees, printing expenses, all fees and expenses of complying with applicable securities laws, and
the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent accountants; provided, that, in any registration, each party shall pay for its
own underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes. Except as provided in this Section 5 and Section 8, the Company shall not be responsible
for the expenses of any attorney or other advisor employed by a Holder.

6.           Assignment of Rights. The rights under this Agreement shall be automatically assignable by the Holders to any transferee of all or any
portion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities if: (i) the Holder agrees in writing with the transferee or assignee to assign such rights, and a copy of such
agreement is furnished to the Company within a reasonable time after such assignment; (ii) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer or
assignment,  furnished  with  written  notice  of  (a)  the  name  and  address  of  such  transferee  or  assignee,  and  (b)  the  securities  with  respect  to  which  such
registration rights are being transferred or assigned and (iii) immediately following such transfer or assignment the further disposition of such securities by
the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; (iv) at or before the time the Company receives the
written  notice  contemplated  by  clause  (ii)  of  this  sentence  the  transferee  or  assignee  agrees  in  writing  with  the  Company  to  be  bound  by  all  of  the
provisions contained herein.

7.                        Information  by  Holder.  A  Holder  with  Registrable  Securities  included  in  any  registration  shall  furnish  to  the  Company  (and  any
managing underwriter(s), where applicable) such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, the intended method of disposition of
such securities, and such other information as shall be required in order to comply with any applicable law or regulation in connection with the registration
of  such  Holder’s  Registrable  Securities  or  any  qualification  or  compliance  with  respect  to  such  Holder’s  Registrable  Securities  and  referred  to  in  this
Agreement. A form of Selling Stockholder Questionnaire is attached as Exhibit A hereto.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.            Indemnification.

(a)            In the event of the offer and sale of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, the Company shall, and hereby does,
indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder, its directors, officers, partners, each other person who participates as an
underwriter in the offering or sale of such securities, and each other person, if any, who controls or is under common control with such Holder or any such
underwriter  within  the  meaning  of  Section  15  of  the  Securities  Act,  against  any  losses,  claims,  damages  or  liabilities,  joint  or  several,  and  expenses  to
which the Holder or any such director, officer, partner or underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act,
or  any  other  federal  or  state  law,  insofar  as  such  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or  expenses  (or  actions  or  proceedings,  whether  commenced  or
threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (1), in the case of any registration statement prepared and filed by the Company under which
Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, if such registration statement contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to
state  a  material  fact  required  to  be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading  or  (2)  in  the  case  of  any  preliminary
prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in such registration statement, or any amendment or supplement thereto, if such preliminary
prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to
make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or any violation or alleged violation of the Securities
Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law
in  connection  with  this  Agreement;  and  the  Company  shall  reimburse  the  Holder,  and  each  such  director,  officer,  partner,  underwriter  and  controlling
person  for  any  legal  or  any  other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  by  them  in  connection  with  investigating,  defending  or  settling  any  such  loss,  claim,
damage, liability, action or proceeding; provided, that such indemnity agreement found in this Section 8(a) shall in no event exceed the net proceeds from
the Offering received by the Company; and provided further, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case (i) to the extent that any such loss,
claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement in or omission from such
registration  statement,  any  such  preliminary  prospectus,  final  prospectus,  summary  prospectus,  amendment  or  supplement  in  reliance  upon  and  in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Holder specifically for use in the preparation thereof or (ii) if the person asserting
any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) who purchased the Registrable Securities that are the subject thereof did
not receive a copy of the preliminary prospectus or the final prospectus (or the final prospectus as amended or supplemented) at or prior to the written
confirmation of the sale of such Registrable Securities to such person because of the failure of such Holder or underwriter to so provide such preliminary or
final prospectus and the untrue statement or omission of a material fact made in such preliminary prospectus was corrected in the amended preliminary or
final prospectus (or the final prospectus as amended or supplemented). Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation
made by or on behalf of the Holders, or any such director, officer, partner, underwriter or controlling person and shall survive the transfer of such shares by
the Holder.

9

 
 
 
 
(b)            As a condition to including Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to this Agreement, each Holder
agrees to be bound by the terms of this Section 8 and to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors and
officers,  and  each  other  person,  if  any,  who  controls  the  Company  within  the  meaning  of  Section  15  of  the  Securities  Act,  against  any  losses,  claims,
damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company or any such director or officer or controlling person may become subject under the Securities
Act, the Exchange Act, or any other federal or state law, to the extent arising out of or based solely upon: (x) such Holder’s failure to comply with the
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act or (y)(1), in the case of any registration statement prepared and filed by the Company under which
Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, if such registration statement contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to
state  a  material  fact  required  to  be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading  or  (2)  in  the  case  of  any  preliminary
prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in such registration statement, or any amendment or supplement thereto, such preliminary
prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to
make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (i) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue
statement  or  omission  referred  to  in  (y)(1)  or  (y)(2)  above  is  contained  in  any  information  so  furnished  in  writing  by  such  Holder  to  the  Company
specifically for inclusion in the registration statement or such prospectus or (ii) to the extent that (1) such untrue statements or omissions referred to in (y)
(1) or (y)(2) above are based solely upon information regarding such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein,
or to the extent that such information relates to such Holder or such Holder’s proposed method of distribution of Registrable Securities and was reviewed
and expressly approved in writing by such Holder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, such prospectus or such form of prospectus or in any
amendment or supplement thereto or (2) in the case of an occurrence of an event of the type specified in Section 3(f) hereof, the use by such Holder of an
outdated or defective prospectus after the Company has notified such Holder in writing that the prospectus is outdated or defective and prior to the receipt
by such Holder of the advice contemplated in Section 3(f). Each Holder’s obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, and in no event
shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of
the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

10

 
 
 
(c)            Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a claim
referred  to  in  this  Section  (including  any  governmental  action),  such  indemnified  party  shall,  if  a  claim  in  respect  thereof  is  to  be  made  against  an
indemnifying party, give written notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of such action; provided, that the failure of any indemnified party
to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under this Section, except to the extent that the indemnifying
party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, the indemnifying party shall be
entitled  to  participate  in  and  to  assume  the  defense  thereof,  with  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to  such  indemnified  party  and,  after  notice  from  the
indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified
party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof, unless in such indemnified
party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties arises in respect of such claim after the assumption of
the defenses thereof or the indemnifying party fails to defend such claim in a diligent manner. If, in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict
of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties arises in respect of such claim after the assumption of the defenses thereof, the indemnified
party  (together  with  all  other  indemnified  parties  that  may  be  represented  without  conflict  by  one  counsel)  shall  have  the  right  to  retain  one  separate
counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any action
or  proceeding  effected  without  its  consent.  No  indemnifying  party  shall,  without  the  consent  of  the  indemnified  party  (which  consent  shall  not  be
unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement, unless such consent to entry of judgment or
settlement includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect
of such claim or litigation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, and without limiting any of the rights set forth above, in any event any
party shall have the right to retain, at its own expense, counsel with respect to the defense of a claim.

(d)           If an indemnifying party does or is not permitted to assume the defense of an action pursuant to Section 8(c) or in the case of
the expense reimbursement obligation set forth in Sections 8(a) and (b), the indemnification required by Sections 8(a) and 8(b) shall be made by periodic
payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills received or expenses, losses, damages, or liabilities are
incurred provided that the indemnifying party is provided appropriate documentation.

(e)           If the indemnification provided for in Section 8(a) or 8(b) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an
indemnified  party  with  respect  to  any  loss,  liability,  claim,  damage  or  expense  referred  to  herein,  the  indemnifying  party,  in  lieu  of  indemnifying  such
indemnified party hereunder, shall (i) contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or
expense  as  is  appropriate  to  reflect  the  proportionate  relative  fault  of  the  indemnifying  party  on  the  one  hand  and  the  indemnified  party  on  the  other
(determined  by  reference  to,  among  other  things,  whether  the  untrue  or  alleged  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omission  relates  to  information
supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent such untrue statement or omission), or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law or provides a lesser sum
to  the  indemnified  party  than  the  amount  hereinafter  calculated,  not  only  the  proportionate  relative  fault  of  the  indemnifying  party  and  the  indemnified
party, but also the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. No indemnified party guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be
entitled to contribution from any indemnifying party who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

11

 
 
 
 
 
9.            Rule 144. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that
may at any time permit the Holders to sell the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable
efforts to: (i) to make and keep public information available as those terms are understood in SEC Rule 144, (ii) to file with the SEC in a timely manner all
reports and other documents required to be filed by an issuer of securities registered under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act pursuant to SEC Rule
144, (iii) as long as any Holder owns any Registrable Securities, to furnish in writing upon such Holder’s request a written statement by the Company that
it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and to furnish to such Holder a copy of
the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company as may be reasonably requested
in availing such Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC permitting the selling of any such Registrable Securities without registration, (iv) with respect
to  the  sale  of  any  Registrable  Securities  by  a  Holder  pursuant  to  SEC  Rule  144  and  subject  to  Holder  providing  necessary  documentation  to  meet  the
requirements  of  such  rule,  to  promptly  furnish,  without  any  charge  to  such  Holder,  a  written  legal  opinion  of  its  counsel  to  facilitate  such  sale  and,  if
necessary,  instruct  its  transfer  agent  in  writing  that  it  may  rely  on  said  written  legal  opinion  of  counsel  with  respect  to  said  sale  and  (v)  undertake  any
additional actions commercially necessary to maintain the availability of Rule 144.

10.          Independent Nature of Each Purchaser’s Obligations and Rights. The obligations of each Purchaser under this Agreement are several and
not joint with the obligations of any other Purchaser, and each Purchaser shall not be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any
other Purchaser under this Agreement. Nothing contained herein and no action taken by any Purchaser pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute such
Purchasers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture, or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Purchasers are in any way acting in
concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Purchaser shall be entitled to independently
protect and enforce its rights, including without limitation the rights arising out of this Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other Purchaser to
be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

11.          Miscellaneous.

(a)            Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be
governed by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State
of  New  York  or  any  other  jurisdictions)  that  would  cause  the  application  of  the  laws  of  any  jurisdictions  other  than  the  State  of  New  York.  Each  party
hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, for the
adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably
waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such
suit,  action  or  proceeding  is  brought  in  an  inconvenient  forum  or  that  the  venue  of  such  suit,  action  or  proceeding  is  improper.  Each  party  hereby
irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to
such party at the address for such notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and
notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. If any provision of
this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the
remainder  of  this  Agreement  in  that  jurisdiction  or  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  in  any  other  jurisdiction.  EACH
PARTY  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES  ANY  RIGHT  IT  MAY  HAVE,  AND  AGREES  NOT  TO  REQUEST,  A  JURY  TRIAL  FOR  THE
ADJUDICATION  OF  ANY  DISPUTE  HEREUNDER  OR  IN  CONNECTION  HEREWITH  OR  ARISING  OUT  OF  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR  ANY
TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)            Remedies. In the event of a breach by the Company or by a Holder of any of their respective obligations under this Agreement,
each Holder or the Company, as the case may be, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law and under this Agreement, including
recovery  of  damages,  shall  be  entitled  to  specific  performance  of  its  rights  under  this  Agreement.  The  Company  and  each  Holder  agree  that  monetary
damages  would  not  provide  adequate  compensation  for  any  losses  incurred  by  reason  of  a  breach  by  it  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  and
hereby further agrees that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall not assert or shall waive the defense that a
remedy at law would be adequate.

upon, the successors, permitted transferees and assignees, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

(c)            Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding

(d)            No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not entered, as of the date hereof, and shall not enter, on or after the date of
this Agreement, into any agreement with respect to its securities that would have the effect of impairing the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement
or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(e)            Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard

to the subjects hereof.

(f)            Notices, etc. All notices or other communications which are required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and
sufficient if delivered by hand, by facsimile transmission, by registered or certified mail, postage pre-paid, by electronic mail, or by courier or overnight
carrier, to the persons at the addresses set forth below (or at such other address as may be provided hereunder), and shall be deemed to have been delivered
as of the date so delivered:

If to the Company to:

DarioHealth Corp.
8 Ha Tokhen Street
Caesarea Industrial Park, Israel 3088900
Attention: Attn: Erez Raphael, CEO

Zvi Ben-David, CFO

Email: erez@mydario.com and zvi@mydario.com

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Zysman, Aharoni, Gayer and Sullivan & Worcester LLP
1633 Broadway, 32nd Floor
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Oded Har-Even, Esq.
Email: ohareven@sullivanlaw.com

If to the Purchasers:

To each Purchaser at the address set forth on the signature page hereto or at such other address as any party shall have furnished to the Company

in writing.

(g)           Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Holder, upon any breach or
default of the Company under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such Holder nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any
such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach or default thereunder occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or
default  be  deemed  a  waiver  of  any  other  breach  or  default  theretofore  or  thereafter  occurring.  Any  waiver,  permit,  consent  or  approval  of  any  kind  or
character on the part of any Holder of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any Holder of any provisions or conditions
of  this  Agreement,  must  be  in  writing  and  shall  be  effective  only  to  the  extent  specifically  set  forth  in  such  writing.  All  remedies,  either  under  this
Agreement, or by law or otherwise afforded to any holder, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

(h)           Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the
parties  actually  executing  such  counterparts,  and  all  of  which  together  shall  constitute  one  instrument.  In  the  event  that  any  signature  is  delivered  by
facsimile  transmission  or  electronic  transmission  via  .PDF  file,  such  signature  shall  create  a  valid  and  binding  obligation  of  the  party  executing  (or  on
whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile or electronic signature page were an original thereof.

enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(i)            Severability. In the case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and

(j)             Amendments. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended at any time and from time to time, and particular provisions
of this Agreement may be waived, with and only with an agreement or consent in writing signed by the Company and the Majority Holders. The Purchasers
acknowledge that by the operation of this Section, the Majority Holders may have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of the Holders
under this Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This Registration Rights Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

COMPANY: 

DARIOHEALTH CORP. 

By:

 Name:   Erez Raphael
 Title:

  Chief Executive Officer

EACH PURCHASER’S SIGNATURE TO THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT THAT IS DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THE
OFFERING SHALL CONSTITUTE SUCH PURCHASER’S SIGNATURE TO THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT.

15

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
Exhibit A

Selling Stockholder Notice and Questionnaire

The  undersigned  beneficial  owner  of  common  stock  (the  “Registrable  Securities”)  of  DarioHealth  Corp.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the
“Company”), understands that the Company has filed or intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration
statement (the “Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of
the  Registrable  Securities,  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Registration  Rights  Agreement  (the  “Registration  Rights  Agreement”)  to  which  this
document  is  annexed.  A  copy  of  the  Registration  Rights  Agreement  is  available  from  the  Company  upon  request  at  the  address  set  forth  below.  All
capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling stockholder in the Registration Statement and the related prospectus. Accordingly,
holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named
or not being named as a selling stockholder in the Registration Statement and the related prospectus.

The undersigned beneficial owner (the “Selling Stockholder”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include the Registrable Securities owned

by it in the Registration Statement.

NOTICE

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The undersigned hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate:

1.

Name.

(a)

Full Legal Name of Selling Stockholder

QUESTIONNAIRE

(b)

Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (if not the same as (a) above) through which Registrable Securities are held:

(c)

Full Legal Name of Natural Control Person (which means a natural person who directly or indirectly alone or with others has power
to vote or dispose of the securities covered by this Questionnaire):

2.

Address for Notices to Selling Stockholder:

Telephone:
Fax:
Contact Person:

3. Broker-Dealer Status:

(a)

Are you a broker-dealer?

(b)

If “yes” to Section 3(a), did you receive your Registrable Securities as compensation for investment banking services to the Company?

Yes ☐         No ☐

Yes ☐        No ☐

Note:

If “no” to Section 3(b), the Commission’s staff has indicated that you should be identified as an underwriter in the Registration Statement.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)

Are you an affiliate of a broker-dealer?

Yes ☐        No ☐

(d)

If you are an affiliate of a broker-dealer, do you certify that you purchased the Registrable Securities in the ordinary course of business,
and at the time of the purchase of the Registrable Securities to be resold, you had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly,
with any person to distribute the Registrable Securities?

Yes ☐       No ☐

Note:

If “no” to Section 3(d), the Commission’s staff has indicated that you should be identified as an underwriter in the Registration Statement.

4. Beneficial Ownership of Securities of the Company Owned by the Selling Stockholder.

Except as set forth below in this Item 4, the undersigned is not the beneficial or registered owner of any securities of the Company other than the
securities issuable pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

(a)

Type and Amount of other securities beneficially owned by the Selling Stockholder:

(b)

Number of shares of Common Stock to be registered pursuant to this Notice for resale:

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. Relationships with the Company:

Except as set forth below, neither the undersigned nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (owners of 5% of more of
the  equity  securities  of  the  undersigned)  has  held  any  position  or  office  or  has  had  any  other  material  relationship  with  the  Company  (or  its
predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

State any exceptions here:

The  undersigned  agrees  to  promptly  notify  the  Company  of  any  material  inaccuracies  or  changes  in  the  information  provided  herein  that  may
occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Registration Statement remains effective; provided, that the undersigned shall not be required to
notify the Company of any changes to the number of securities held or owned by the undersigned or its affiliates.

By  signing  below,  the  undersigned  consents  to  the  disclosure  of  the  information  contained  herein  in  its  answers  to  Items  1  through  5  and  the
inclusion  of  such  information  in  the  Registration  Statement  and  the  related  prospectus  and  any  amendments  or  supplements  thereto.  The  undersigned
understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation or amendment of the Registration Statement and
the related prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either

in person or by its duly authorized agent.

Date:  

  Beneficial Owner: 

  By:

Name:
Title:

PLEASE FAX A COPY (OR EMAIL A .PDF COPY) OF THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE TO:

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
 
 
 
 
       
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
PLACEMENT AGENCY AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.12

October 22, 2019

Aegis Capital Corp.
810 Seventh Ave, 18th Floor
New York, NY 10019

Re:          DarioHealth Corp.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Placement Agency Agreement (“Agreement”)  sets  forth  the  terms  upon  which  Aegis  Capital  Corp.,  a  New  York  corporation  (“Aegis” or
“Placement Agent”), a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), shall be engaged by DarioHealth
Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) to act as exclusive Placement Agent in connection with the private placement (the “Offering”) of up to an
aggregate of 20,000 shares (the “Shares”) of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”). The
Offering will consist of a minimum of 8,000 Shares ($8,000,000) (“Minimum Offering Amount”) and up to a maximum of 15,000 Shares ($15,000,000)
(“Maximum  Offering  Amount”)  which  shall  be  offered  on  a  “reasonable  efforts,  all  or  none”  basis  as  to  the  Minimum  Offering  Amount  and  a
“reasonable  efforts”  basis  for  all  amounts  in  excess  of  the  Minimum  Offering  Amount.  In  the  event  the  Offering  is  oversubscribed,  the  Company  and
Placement Agent may, in their mutual discretion, have Company sell up to 5,000 additional Shares for an additional aggregate purchase price of $5,000,000
(the “Overallotment”).  For  purposes  hereof,  this  Agreement  shall  also  cover  and  the  term  “Shares”  shall  include  to  the  potential  issuance  and  sale  of
another  series  of  convertible  preferred  stock  of  the  Company,  with  identical  rights  and  preferences  as  the  Series A  Preferred  Stock  being  sold  in  the
Offering (except for voting provisions) and which may be sold to certain persons due to concerns relating to beneficial ownership limitations.

The purchase price for the Shares will be $1,000 per Share (the “Offering Price”), with a minimum investment of $100,000; provided, however,
that  subscriptions  for  lesser  amounts  may  be  accepted  in  the  Company’s  and  Placement  Agent’s  joint  discretion.  The  Placement  Agent  shall  accept
subscriptions only from persons or entities who qualify as “accredited investors,” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D (“Regulation D”) as
promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”). The Shares will be offered until the earlier of (i) the termination of the Offering as provided herein, (ii) the time that all Shares offered in
the Offering are sold or (iii) November 15, 2019 (“Initial Offering Period”), which date may be extended by the Placement Agent and the Company in
their joint discretion until January 31, 2020 (this additional period and the Initial Offering Period shall be referred to as the “Offering Period”). The date
on which the Offering expires or is terminated shall be referred to as the “Termination Date.”

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With respect to the Offering, the Company shall provide the Placement Agent, on terms set forth herein, the right to offer and sell all of the Shares
being offered. Purchases of Shares may be made by the Placement Agent and its officers, directors, employees and affiliates. All such purchases, together
with  purchases  by  officers,  directors,  employees  and  affiliates  of  the  Company,  shall  be  included  in  calculations  as  to  whether  the  Minimum  Offering
Amount, Maximum Offering Amount or Overallotment has been sold in the Offering. The Company, in its sole discretion, may accept or reject, in whole or
in part, any prospective investment in the Shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, it is understood that no sale shall be regarded as
effective unless and until accepted by the Company. The Company and the Placement Agent shall mutually agree with respect to allotting any prospective
subscriber less than the number of Shares that such subscriber desires to purchase.

The  Offering  will  be  made  by  the  Company  solely  pursuant  to  the  Memorandum  (as  defined  below),  which  at  all  times  will  be  in  form  and
substance  reasonably  acceptable  to  the  Company,  the  Placement  Agent  and  their  respective  counsel  and  contain  such  legends  and  other  information  as
Company, the Placement Agent and their respective counsel, may, from time to time, deem necessary or desirable to be set forth therein. “Memorandum”
as used in this Agreement means Company’s Confidential Private Placement Memorandum dated on or about October 22, 2019, inclusive of all annexes,
and all amendments, supplements and appendices thereto.

1.            Appointment of Placement Agent. On the basis of the representations and warranties provided herein, and subject to the terms and
conditions  set  forth  herein,  the  Placement  Agent  is  appointed  as  exclusive  placement  agent  for  the  Company  during  the  Offering  Period  to  assist  the
Company in finding qualified subscribers for the Offering. The Placement Agent may sell Shares through other broker-dealers who are FINRA members,
as  well  as  through  foreign  finders  pursuant  to  applicable  FINRA  rules,  and  may  reallow  all  or  a  portion  of  the  Agent  Compensation  (as  defined  in
Section 3(b) below) it receives to such other broker-dealers or foreign finders. On the basis of such representations and warranties and subject to such terms
and conditions, the Placement Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform its services hereunder diligently and in good faith and in a
professional and businesslike manner and to use its reasonable efforts to assist the Company in (A) finding subscribers of Shares who qualify as “accredited
investors,” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D, and (B) completing the Offering. The Placement Agent has no obligation to purchase any
of the Shares. Unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Agreement, the engagement of the Placement Agent hereunder shall continue until the later
of the Termination Date or the Final Closing (as defined below).

2.            Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company. Except as set forth in the Memorandum, the SEC Reports (as defined
herein)  or  in  the  schedule  of  exceptions  delivered  to  the  Placement  Agent  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Schedule  of  Exceptions”),  the  representations  and
warranties of the Company contained in this Section 2 are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)                        The  Memorandum  has  been  prepared  by  the  Company  in  compliance  in  all  material  respects  with  Regulation  D  and
Section 4(a)(2) of the Act and the requirements of all other rules and regulations (the “Regulations”) relating to offerings of the type contemplated by the
Offering, and the applicable securities laws and the rules and regulations of those jurisdictions wherein the Placement Agent notifies the Company that the
Shares are to be offered and sold excluding any foreign jurisdictions. The Shares will be offered and sold pursuant to the registration exemptions provided
by Regulation D and Section 4(a)(2) of the Act as a transaction not involving a public offering and the requirements of any other applicable state securities
laws and the respective rules and regulations thereunder in those United States jurisdictions in which the Placement Agent notifies the Company that the
Shares are being offered for sale. To the extent that Shares are offered in jurisdictions outside of the United States, such Shares will be offered and sold in
compliance with all applicable laws that govern private securities offerings in the applicable country and in all local jurisdictions in which such Shares are
offered. None of the Company, its affiliates, or any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Placement Agent, its affiliates or any person acting on
its behalf, in respect of which no representation is made) has taken nor will it take any action that conflicts with the conditions and requirements of, or that
would make unavailable with respect to the Offering, the exemption(s) from registration available pursuant to Rule 506(b) of Regulation D or Section 4(a)
(2) of the Act, or knows of any reason why any such exemption would be otherwise unavailable to it. None of the Company, its predecessors or affiliates
has been subject to any order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction temporarily, preliminarily or permanently enjoining such person
for failing to comply with Section 503 of Regulation D. The Company has not, for a period of six months prior to the commencement of the offering of
Shares, sold, offered for sale or solicited any offer to buy any of its securities in a manner that would be integrated with the offer and sale of the Shares
pursuant to this Agreement and would cause the exemption from registration set forth in Rule 506(b) of Regulation D to become unavailable with respect
to the offer and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the United States. For purposes of this Agreement, "to the Company’s Knowledge" or
similar phrases means (a) the actual knowledge of any of Erez Raphael and Zvi Ben-David of a fact or matter after making reasonable inquiry.

(b)            The Memorandum does not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however,
the  foregoing  does  not  apply  to  any  statements  or  omissions  made  solely  in  reliance  on  and  in  conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to  the
Company  by  the  Placement  Agent  specifically  for  use  in  the  preparation  thereof.  To  the  Company’s  Knowledge,  none  of  the  statements,  documents,
certificates or other items made, prepared or supplied by the Company with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby contains an untrue statement of
a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which
they were made. There are no facts, circumstances or conditions which the Company has not disclosed in the Memorandum and of which the Company is
aware  that  has  had  or  that  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a  Company  Group  Material  Adverse  Effect  (as  defined  in  Section  2(c)  below).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any estimates, projections and other
forecasts and plans (including the reasonableness of the assumptions underlying such estimates, projections and other forecasts and plans) that may have
been delivered to the Placement Agent or its representatives or that are contained in the Memorandum, except that such estimates, projections and other
forecasts and plans have been prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the
time of such preparation. Any statistical and market-related data included in the Memorandum are based on or derived from sources that the Company
believes,  after  reasonable  inquiry,  to  be  reliable  and  accurate  in  all  material  respects  and,  to  the  extent  required,  the  Company  has  obtained  the  written
consent to the use of such data from such sources.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)            The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware
and has the requisite power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business as described in the Memorandum. Section 2(c) of the Schedule
of Exceptions lists each entity owned or controlled, directly or indirectly by the Company (each a “Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Subsidiaries”). Each
Subsidiary  is  duly  incorporated  or  formed,  as  applicable,  validly  existing  and  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of  the  state  or  foreign  jurisdiction  of  its
incorporation or formation, as applicable, as set forth in Section 2(c) of the Schedule of Exceptions. Except as set forth on Section 2(c) of the Schedule of
Exceptions, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary (i) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, association or other
business  entity  or  (ii)  participates  in  any  joint  venture,  partnership  or  similar  arrangement.  Each  Subsidiary  has  the  requisite  company  power  to  own,
operate  and  lease  its  properties  and  to  carry  out  its  business  as  described  in  the  Memorandum.  Each  of  the  Company  and  the  Subsidiaries  (collectively
referred to herein as the “Company Group) is qualified or licensed to do business in the jurisdictions listed in Section 2(c) of the Schedule of Exceptions,
except for any failure to be so qualified or licensed that would not have a Company Group Material Adverse Effect. Each member of the Company Group
is qualified or licensed to do business in all jurisdictions in which the character of the properties owned or held under lease by it or the nature of its business
makes  qualification  necessary,  except  where  the  failure  to  be  so  qualified  or  licensed  would  not  reasonably  be  expected  to  result  in  a  Company  Group
Material Adverse  Effect.  No  member  of  the  Company  Group  is  in  violation  of  any  provision  of  any  of  its  organizational  documents.  As  used  in  this
Agreement, “Company Group Material Adverse Effect” means any event, circumstance, change or effect that, individually or in the aggregate with all
other events, circumstances, changes and effects, is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to (i) the business, condition (financial or otherwise),
assets,  liabilities  or  results  of  operations  of  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  taken  as  a  whole  or  (ii)  the  ability  of  the  Company  to  consummate  the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents; provided, however, that clause (i) shall not
include any event, circumstance, change or effect resulting from (y) changes in general economic conditions or changes in securities markets in general that
do not have a materially disproportionate effect (relative to other industry participants) on the Company or its Subsidiaries or (z) general changes in the
industries in which the Company and the Company Subsidiaries operate, except those events, circumstances, changes or effects that adversely affect the
Company and its Subsidiaries to a materially greater extent than they affect other entities operating in such industries.

(d)            The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement,
the Registration Rights Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Memorandum (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), the Subscription
Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Memorandum (the “Subscription Agreement”), the Escrow Agreement (as hereinafter defined)
and the other agreements contemplated hereby (this Agreement, the Subscription Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the other agreements
contemplated hereby that the Company is executing and delivering hereunder are collectively referred to herein as the “Transaction Documents”).

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)            The Shares to be purchased by investors pursuant to the Memorandum and the Agent Warrants (as defined in Section 3(b)) to
be issued to the Placement Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement have been duly authorized for issuance and sale pursuant to this Agreement and,
when  issued  and  delivered  by  the  Company  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  against  payment  of  the  consideration  set  forth  herein,  will  be  duly  and  validly
issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will have the rights, preferences and priorities set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (including
the  Certificate  of  Designation,  as  defined  below).  The  shares  of  common  stock,  par  value  $0.0001  of  the  Company  (“Common Stock”)  issuable  upon
conversion of the Shares and Agent Warrant Shares (as defined in Section 3(b)) (collectively, the “Conversion Shares”) have been duly authorized and
reserved for issuance and when issued by the Company upon valid conversion of the Shares and Agent Warrant Shares, will be duly and validly issued,
fully paid and nonassessable. The shares of Common Stock which may be issued as dividends on the Shares (collectively, the “Dividend Shares”) have
been duly authorized and reserved for issuance, and when issued by the Company in payment of dividends on the Shares, will be duly and validly issued,
fully paid and nonassessable. The Agent Warrant Shares have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance and when issued by the Company pursuant to
the terms of the Agent Warrants, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The issuance of the Shares, Conversion Shares, Dividend
Shares, Agent Warrants and Agent Warrant Shares are not subject to any preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The
capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Memorandum. No holder of Shares or
Agent Warrants will be subject to personal liability solely by reason of being such a holder.

(f)            Prior to the First Closing, each of the Transaction Documents (other than this Agreement, which has already been authorized)
will  have  been  duly  authorized.  This  Agreement  has  been  duly  authorized,  executed  and  delivered  and  constitutes,  and  each  of  the  other  Transaction
Documents,  upon  due  execution  and  delivery,  will  constitute,  valid  and  binding  obligations  of  the  Company,  enforceable  against  the  Company  in
accordance  with  their  respective  terms  (i)  except  as  enforceability  may  be  limited  by  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or
other similar laws now or hereafter in effect related to laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, including the effect of statutory and other laws regarding
fraudulent  conveyances  and  preferential  transfers,  and  except  that  no  representation  is  made  herein  regarding  the  enforceability  of  the  Company’s
obligations to provide indemnification and contribution remedies under the securities laws and (ii) subject to the limitations imposed by general equitable
principles (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

(g)                        Neither  the  execution  and  the  delivery  of  this  Agreement  or  any  Transaction  Document,  nor  the  consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby, will (with or without the passage of time or giving of notice): (i) violate any injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling,
charge or other restriction, or any Law (as defined below) applicable to any member of the Company Group, (ii) violate any provisions of any of the charter
documents of any member of the Company Group, (iii) violate or constitute a default (or any event which, with or without due notice or lapse of time, or
both,  would  constitute  a  violation  or  default)  under,  result  in  the  termination  of,  accelerate  the  performance  required  by  any  of  the  terms,  conditions  or
provisions of any Material Contract (as defined in Section 2(n) below) of any member of the Company Group, or by which any member of the Company
Group, or any of its respective operating assets, is bound or (iv) result in the creation of any lien, charge or other encumbrance on the assets or properties of
any member of the Company Group. “Law” means any applicable federal, national, regional, state, municipal or local law, statute, treaty, rule, regulation,
ordinance, order, code, judgment, decree, directive, injunction, writ or similar action or decision.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(h)            The financial statements included in the Memorandum, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries, at the dates indicated and its results of operations, stockholders’ equity and
cash  flows  for  the  periods  specified;  said  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
(“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except for any preparation of non-GAAP measures). The supporting schedules, if
any, present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. Except as set forth in such financial
statements  or  otherwise  disclosed  in  the  Memorandum  or  in  the  Company’s  reports,  schedules,  forms,  statements  and  other  documents  filed  by  the
Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, including pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) thereof, for the two years preceding the date hereof
(or such shorter period as the Company was required by law or regulation to file such material) (the foregoing materials, including the exhibits thereto and
documents incorporated by reference therein, being collectively referred to herein as the “SEC Reports”), neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any
known material liabilities of any kind, whether accrued, absolute or contingent, or otherwise.

(i)            Since the date of the Company’s most recent financial statements contained in the Memorandum, there has been no Company

Group Material Adverse Effect.

(j)            As of the date of the First Closing, the Company will have the authorized and outstanding capital stock (as of the date of the
Memorandum) as set forth under the heading “DESCRIPTION OF THE SHARES AND CAPITAL STOCK” in the Memorandum. All outstanding shares
of  capital  stock  of  the  Company  are  duly  authorized,  validly  issued  and  outstanding,  fully  paid  and  non-assessable.  Except  as  described  in  the
Memorandum or in the SEC Reports, as of the date of the First Closing: (i) there will be no outstanding options, stock subscription agreements, warrants or
other rights permitting or requiring the Company or others to purchase or acquire any shares of capital stock or other equity securities of the Company or to
pay  any  dividend  or  make  any  other  distribution  in  respect  thereof;  (ii)  there  will  be  no  securities  issued  or  outstanding  which  are  convertible  into  or
exchangeable for any of the foregoing and there are no contracts, commitments or understandings, whether or not in writing, to issue or grant any such
option, warrant, right or convertible or exchangeable security; (iii) no shares of stock or other securities of the Company are reserved for issuance for any
purpose; (iv) there will be no voting trusts or other contracts, commitments, understandings, arrangements or restrictions of any kind with respect to the
ownership, voting or transfer of shares of stock or other securities of Company, including, without limitation, any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal,
proxies or similar rights, and (v) no person holds a right to require Company to register any securities of Company under the Act or to participate in any
such registration.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(k)            The Certificate of Designation on the Series A Preferred Stock, the proposed form of which is attached to the Memorandum as
Exhibit C (the “Certificate of Designation”), has been duly authorized by the Company and will have been duly executed and delivered by the Company
and duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware before the First Closing. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will have the rights
set forth in the Certificate of Designation upon filing of the Certificate of Designation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

(l)            The  conduct  of  business  by  members  of  the  Company  Group  as  presently  and  proposed  to  be  conducted  is  not  subject  to
continuing oversight, supervision, regulation or examination by any governmental official or body of the United States, or any other jurisdiction wherein
any such members currently conduct such business, except as described in the Memorandum. Neither the Company, nor any other member of the Company
Group has received any notice of any violation of, or noncompliance with, any Law applicable to its business, the violation of, or noncompliance with,
which  would  have  or  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a  Company  Group  Material  Adverse  Effect,  and  the  Company  knows  of  no  facts  or  set  of
circumstances which could give rise to such a notice.

(m)            Each member of the Company Group has all franchises, permits, authorizations, licenses, and any similar authority necessary
for the conduct of its business as described in the Memorandum, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a
Company Group Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in the Memorandum or the SEC Reports, no member of the Company Group has received
written  notice  of  (i)  any  pending  proceedings  which  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  result  in  the  revocation,  cancellation,  suspension  of  any  adverse
modification of any such franchises, permits, authorizations, licenses or other similar authority or (ii) any default under any of such franchises, permits,
licenses, authorizations or other similar authority, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have an Company Group
Material Adverse Effect.

(n)            Except as disclosed in the Memorandum or in the SEC Reports, no breach or default by any member of the Company Group
or, to the Company’s Knowledge, any other party, exists in the due performance under any of the terms of any note, bond, indenture, mortgage, deed of
trust, lease, rental agreement, material contract, material purchase or sales order or other material agreement or instrument to which any member of the
Company Group is a party or by which it or its property is bound or affected (each of the foregoing, a “Material Contract”), and there exists no condition,
event or act which constitutes, nor which after notice, the lapse of time or both, could constitute a default under any of the foregoing, except as would not,
individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  has  had  or  is  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  an  Company  Group  Material  Adverse  Effect.  The  Material  Contracts
disclosed  in  the  Memorandum  are  accurately  described  in  the  Memorandum  and  are  in  full  force  and  effect  in  accordance  with  their  respective  terms,
subject  to  any  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  other  laws  affecting  the  rights  of  creditors  generally  and  to  general  equitable  principles  and  the
availability of specific performance.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(o)            The  members  of  the  Company  Group  collectively,  solely  and  exclusively  own  all  right,  title  and  interest  in,  or  possesses
enforceable  rights  to  use,  all  patents,  patent  applications,  trademarks,  service  marks,  copyrights,  rights,  licenses,  franchises,  trade  secrets,  confidential
information,  processes  and  formulations  necessary  for  the  conduct  of  its  business  as  now  conducted  (collectively,  the  “Intangibles”), except  where  the
failure  to  own  or  possess  such  rights  would  not,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a  Company  Group  Material
Adverse Effect. To the Company’s Knowledge, no member of the Company Group has infringed upon the rights of others with respect to the Intangibles
and, except as disclosed in the Memorandum, no member of the Company Group has received any notice that such member has or may have infringed or is
infringing upon the rights of others with respect to the Intangibles, nor has such member received any written notice of conflict with the asserted rights of
others with respect to the Intangibles. To the Company’s Knowledge, all such Intangibles are enforceable and no others have infringed upon the rights of
any members of the Company Group with respect to the Intangibles. None of the Company Group’s Intangibles have expired or terminated, or are expected
to  expire  or  terminate,  within  three  years  from  the  date  of  this  Agreement.  All  current  and  former  officers,  employees,  consultants  and  independent
contractors of each member of the Company Group having access to proprietary information of a member of the Company Group, its customers or business
partners and inventions owned by any member of the Company Group have executed and delivered to the applicable member of the Company Group an
agreement regarding the protection of such proprietary information. The Company Group has secured, by valid written assignments from all of Company
Group’s current and former consultants, independent contractors and employees who were involved in, or who contributed to, the creation or development
of  any  Intangibles,  unencumbered  and  unrestricted  exclusive  ownership  of  each  such  third  party’s  Intangibles  in  their  respective  contributions,  except
where  the  failure  to  do  so  would  not  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a  Company  Group  Material Adverse  Effect.  No
current or former employee, officer, director, consultant or independent contractor of any member of the Company Group has any right, license, claim or
interest whatsoever in or with respect to any Intangibles.

(p)            Except as set forth in the Memorandum or the SEC Reports, no member of the Company Group is a party to any collective
bargaining agreement nor does it employ any member of a union. No executive officer of any member of the Company Group has provided written notice
that such officer intends to leave the Company Group or otherwise terminate such officer's employment with the Company Group. No executive officer of
any  member  of  the  Company  Group,  to  the  Company’s  Knowledge,  is  in  violation  of  any  material  term  of  any  employment  contract,  confidentiality,
disclosure  or  proprietary  information  agreement,  non-competition  agreement,  or  any  other  contract  or  agreement  or  any  restrictive  covenant,  and  the
continued employment of each such executive officer does not subject the Company Group to any material liability with respect to any of the foregoing
matters. Each member of the Company Group is in compliance with all federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations respecting labor, employment
and employment practices and benefits, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, except where failure to be in compliance would not,
either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Company Group Material Adverse Effect. No labor dispute with the employees
of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the Company’s Knowledge, is threatened, and the Company has no knowledge of any existing or
imminent labor dispute by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
(q)            Except (i) as set forth in  the  Memorandum,  (ii)  may  be  required  under  state  securities  or  Blue  Sky  laws,  (iii)  as  may  be
required under the Securities Act, the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act (the “Securities Act Regulations”), Securities and
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”),  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  SEC  under  the  Exchange  Act  (the  “Exchange  Act
Regulations”), the rules of Nasdaq (the “Exchange”) or (iv) will have been obtained or made on or prior to the First Closing, no consent, approval, order
or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with any court or governmental authority or other Person on the part of
any member of the Company Group is required in connection with the issuance or sale of the Shares or the consummation of the transactions contemplated
herein or in the other Transaction Documents.

(r)            Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Memorandum, each of the members of the Company
Group has operated their respective businesses in the ordinary course and, except as may otherwise be set forth in the Memorandum or in the SEC Reports,
there  has  been  no:  (i)  Company  Group  Material  Adverse  Effect;  (ii)  transaction  otherwise  than  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  consistent  with  past
practice; (iii) issuance of any securities (debt or equity) or any rights to acquire any such securities other than pursuant to equity incentive plans approved
by its board of directors; (iv) damage, loss or destruction, whether or not covered by insurance, with respect to any asset or property of any members of the
Company Group or (v) agreement to permit any of the foregoing.

(s)            Except as set forth in the Memorandum or the SEC Reports, there are no actions, suits, claims, hearings or proceedings pending
before any court or governmental authority or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, against any members of the Company Group, or involving its
assets or any of its officers or directors (in their capacity as such) which, if determined adversely to such member of the Company Group or such officer or
director, could reasonably be expected to have a Company Group Material Adverse Effect. No member of the Company Group is a party or subject to the
provisions  of  any  material  order,  writ,  injunction,  judgment  or  decree  of  any  governmental  authority  that  has  not  been  satisfied  in  full  or  otherwise
discharged.

(t)            No member of the Company Group is: (i) in violation of its charter documents, (ii) in violation of any statute, rule or regulation
applicable to such member, the violation of which would have or would reasonably be expected to have a Company Group Material Adverse Effect; or
(iii) in violation of any judgment, decree or order of any court or governmental body having jurisdiction over such member of the Company Group, which
violation or violations individually, or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Company Group Material Adverse Effect.

(u)            Except as disclosed in the Memorandum, none of the shareholders of the Company, or any director, officer or manager of the
Company or any Subsidiary (i) owns, directly or indirectly, any interest in any Person which is a competitor, supplier or customer of any member of the
Company Group (unless such person is a publicly traded company), (ii) owns, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, any property, asset or right, real,
personal or mixed, tangible or intangible (including any of the Intangibles) which is utilized by or in connection with the business of any member of the
Company Group, (iii) is a customer of, or supplier to, any member of the Company Group or (iv) directly or indirectly has an interest in or is a party to any
Material Contract pertaining or relating to any member of the Company Group. In addition, no shareholder of the Company, director, officer or employee
of the Company or any Shareholder, nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any affiliate of any such person is presently, directly or indirectly through his/her
affiliation with any other person or entity, a party to any loan from any member of the Company Group.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(v)            Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has filed, on a timely basis, each federal, state, local and foreign tax return, report
and declarations that were required to be filed, or has requested an extension therefor and has paid all taxes and all related assessments, charges, penalties
and interest to the extent that the same have become due. There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due by the taxing authority of any
jurisdiction, and the officers of the Company know of no basis for any such claim. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has executed any waiver with
respect to the statute of limitations relating to the assessment or collection of any foreign, federal, state or local tax. To the Company’s Knowledge, none of
the Company Group’s tax returns is presently being audited by any taxing authority. No liens have been filed and no claims are being asserted by or against
any member of the Company Group with respect to any taxes (other than liens for taxes not yet due and payable). The Company has received no notice of
assessment or proposed assessment of any taxes claimed to be owed by it or any other Person on its behalf. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a
party to any tax sharing or tax indemnity agreement or any other agreement of a similar nature that remains in effect. The Company and the Subsidiaries
have complied in all material respects with all applicable legal requirements relating to the payment and withholding of taxes and, within the time and in
the manner prescribed by law, has withheld from wages, fees and other payments and paid over to the proper governmental or regulatory authorities all
amounts required.

(w)            Except as otherwise disclosed in the Memorandum or the SEC Reports, (i) each member of the Company Group has at all
times  conducted  and  currently  conducts  its  business  in  compliance,  in  all  material  respects,  with  all  Environmental  Laws  (as  defined  below),  including
having  and  complying  with  all  environmental  permits,  licenses  and  other  approvals  and  authorizations  necessary  for  the  operation  of  its  business  as
presently conducted, (ii) no member of the Company Group has received any communication from any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory
body,  administrative  agency  or  other  authority,  body  or  agency  having  jurisdiction  over  the  Company,  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  or  any  of  their  respective
properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”) or any other Person alleging that it may be or was in violation of, or liable under, any
Environmental Law, and (iii) there is no claim pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, against the Company or any member of the Company
Group  arising  under  any  Environmental  Law.  For  purposes  hereof,  “Environmental Law”  means  any  applicable  Federal,  state,  local  or  foreign  laws,
relating to (a) the protection, preservation or restoration of the environment (including, air, water vapor, surface water, groundwater, drinking water supply,
surface  land,  subsurface  land,  plant  and  animal  life  or  any  other  natural  resource)  or  (b)  the  exposure  to,  or  the  use,  storage,  recycling,  treatment,
generation,  transportation,  processing,  handling,  labeling,  production,  release  or  disposal  of,  Hazardous  Substances,  in  each  case  as  amended  and  as  in
effect  on  the  date  hereof.  “Hazardous  Substance”  means  any  substance  listed,  defined,  designated  or  classified  as  hazardous,  toxic,  radioactive,  or
dangerous,  or  otherwise  regulated,  under  any  Environmental  Law.  Hazardous  Substance  includes  any  substance  for  which  exposure  is  regulated  by  any
Governmental  Entity  or  any  Environmental  Law  including,  but  not  limited  to,  any  toxic  waste,  pollutant,  contaminant,  hazardous  substance,  toxic
substance, hazardous waste, special waste, petroleum or any derivative or by-product thereof, radon, radioactive material, asbestos, or asbestos containing
material, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, lead or polychlorinated biphenyls.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
(x)            Except as disclosed in the Memorandum or the SEC Reports, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary owns any real property.
Each  of  the  Company  and  the  Subsidiaries  has  good  and  marketable  title  to  all  personal  property  and  assets  reflected  as  owned  by  it  in  the  financial
statements referred to in Section 2(h)  above and which are material to the business of the Company or such Subsidiary, in each case free and clear of any
security  interests,  mortgages,  liens,  encumbrances,  claims  and  other  defects,  except  such  as  do  not  materially  and  adversely  affect  the  value  of  such
property  and  do  not  materially  interfere  with  the  use  made  or  proposed  to  be  made  of  such  property.  The  real  property,  improvements,  equipment  and
personal property held under lease by each of the Company and the Subsidiaries are held under valid and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as are
not  material,  and  do  not  materially  interfere  with  the  use  made  or  proposed  to  be  made  of  such  real  property,  improvements,  equipment  or  personal
property. With respect to the property and assets leased, each member of the Company Group is in compliance with such leases.

(y)            Each member of the Company Group and any “employee benefit plan” (as defined under the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, “ERISA”)) established or maintained by the
Company,  the  Subsidiaries  or  their  “ERISA  Affiliates”  (as  defined  below)  are  in  compliance  in  all  material  respects  with  ERISA.  “ERISA  Affiliate”
means, with respect to the Company or a Subsidiary, any member of any group of organizations described in Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “Code”) of which the Company or such Subsidiary is
a member. Each “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates that is intended to be
qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such
qualification.

(z)            Neither the Company, any Subsidiary, nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or other Person
acting on behalf of any of such entities has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company or any Subsidiary has taken any action, directly or
indirectly,  that  would  result  in  a  violation  by  such  persons  of  the  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  of  1977,  as  amended,  and  the  rules  and  regulations
thereunder  (the  “FCPA”),  including,  without  limitation,  making  use  of  the  mails  or  any  means  or  instrumentality  of  interstate  commerce  corruptly  in
furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of
the  giving  of  anything  of  value  to  any  “foreign  official”  (as  such  term  is  defined  in  the  FCPA)  or  any  foreign  political  party  or  official  thereof  or  any
candidate  for  foreign  political  office,  in  contravention  of  the  FCPA  and  the  Company,  its  Subsidiaries  and,  to  the  Company’s  Knowledge,  its  and  their
respective affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to
ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(aa)      The  operations  of  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  are  and  have  been  conducted  at  all  times  in  compliance  with  applicable
financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering
statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered
or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental
Entity involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,
threatened.

(bb)      Neither the Company, any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, its or their respective directors, officers, agents,
employees or affiliates are currently the subject of sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the
U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s
Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority applicable to the Company and its Subsidiaries (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries  located,  organized  or  resident  in  a  country  or  territory  that  is  the  subject  of  Sanctions;  and  the  Company  does  not  intend  to,  directly  or
indirectly, use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiaries, joint venture
partners or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject
of  Sanctions  or  in  any  other  manner  that  will  result  in  a  violation  by  any  Person  (including  any  Person  participating  in  the  transaction,  whether  as
underwriter, advisor, purchaser or otherwise) of Sanctions.

(cc)            Except  as  disclosed  to  the  Placement  Agent  in  writing,  no  member  of  the  Company  Group  is  obligated  to  pay,  and  has  not
obligated the Placement Agent to pay, a finder’s or origination fee in connection with the Offering (other than to the Placement Agent), and the Company
hereby agrees to indemnify the Placement Agent from any such claim made by any other person, as more fully set forth in Section 8 hereof. Except as
disclosed  to  the  Placement  Agent,  the  Company  has  not  offered  for  sale  or  solicited  offers  to  purchase  the  Shares  except  for  negotiations  with  the
Placement Agent.

(dd)      Except as described in the Memorandum or the SEC Reports, the Company maintains an effective system of “disclosure controls
and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed to
ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  the  Company  in  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded,  processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such
information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ee)      Except as described in the Memorandum or the SEC Reports, the Company maintains effective internal control over financial
reporting (as defined under Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 of the Exchange Act Regulations) and a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide
reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded
as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  and  to  maintain  accountability  for  assets;  (C)  access  to  assets  is
permitted  only  in  accordance  with  management’s  general  or  specific  authorization  and  (D)  the  recorded  accountability  for  assets  is  compared  with  the
existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences Except as described in the Memorandum or the SEC
Reports, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or
is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(ff)      Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is insured by recognized, financially sound and reputable institutions with policies in
such amounts and with such deductibles and covering such risks as are prudent and customary in the business in which it is engaged, including directors
and officers liability.

(gg)            The  Company’s  Common  Stock  is  registered  pursuant  to  Section  12(b)  or  12(g)  of  the  Exchange  Act  and  is  listed  on  the
Exchange;  the  Company  has  taken  no  action  designed  to,  or  likely  to  have  the  effect  of,  terminating  the  registration  of  the  Common  Stock  under  the
Exchange  Act  or  delisting  the  Common  Stock  from  the  Exchange;  except  as  set  forth  in  the  Memorandum  or  the  SEC  Reports,  the  Company  has  not
received any notice that it is out of compliance with the listing or maintenance requirements of the Exchange and the Company is, and will continue to be,
in  material  compliance  with  all  such  listing  and  maintenance  requirements;  and  the  Company  has  not  received  any  notification  that  the  SEC  or  the
Exchange is contemplating terminating the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act or delisting the Common Stock from the Exchange.

(hh)      The Company, as well as all Company Related Persons (as defined below) are not subject to any of the disqualifications set forth
in  Rule  506(d)  of  Regulation  D  (each  a  “Disqualification  Event”).  The  Company  has  exercised  reasonable  care  to  determine  whether  any  Company
Related Person is subject to a Disqualification Event. The Memorandum contains a true and complete description of the matters required to be disclosed
with  respect  to  the  Company  and  the  Company  Related  Persons  pursuant  to  the  disclosure  requirements  of  Rule  506(e)  of  Regulation  D,  to  the  extent
applicable. As used herein, “Company Related Persons” means any predecessor of the Company, any affiliated Company, any director, executive officer,
other officer of the Company participating in the Offering, any general partner or managing member of the Company, any beneficial owner of 20% or more
of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power, and any “promoter” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act)
connected with the Company in any capacity. The Company agrees to promptly notify the Placement Agent in writing of (i) any Disqualification Event
relating to any Company Related Person and (ii) any event that would, with the passage of time, become a Disqualification Event relating to any Company
Related Person.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)            No representation or warranty by the Company contained in Section 2 of this Agreement and no statement by the Company
contained in the Schedule of Exceptions to this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements contained therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.

(jj)      Until the earlier of (i) the Termination Date and (ii) the Final Closing, the Company will not issue any press release, grant any
interview, or otherwise communicate with the media in any manner whatsoever with respect to the Offering without the Placement Agent’s prior consent,
which consent will not unreasonably be withheld, delayed or conditioned.

2A.         Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Placement Agent. The Placement Agent represents and warrants to Company that the

following representations and warranties are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement:

all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement.

(a)            Aegis is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York and has

(b)                        This Agreement  has  been  duly  authorized,  executed  and  delivered  by  the  Placement  Agent,  and  upon  due  execution  and
delivery by the Company, this Agreement will be a valid and binding agreement of the Placement Agent enforceable against it in accordance with its terms,
except as may be limited by principles of public policy and, as to enforceability, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium
and similar laws relating to or affecting creditor’s rights from time to time in effect and subject to general equity principles.

(c)            The Placement Agent is a member in good standing of FINRA and is registered as a broker-dealer under the Exchange Act, and
under  the  securities  acts  of  each  state  into  which  it  is  making  offers  or  sales  of  the  Shares.  The  Placement  Agent  is  in  compliance  with  all  applicable
rules and regulations of the SEC and FINRA, except to the extent that such noncompliance would not have a material adverse effect on the transactions
contemplated hereby. None of the Placement Agent or its affiliates, or any person acting on behalf of the foregoing (other than Company or its affiliates or
any person acting on its or their behalf, in respect of which no representation is made) has taken nor will it take any action that conflicts with the conditions
and requirements of, or that would make unavailable with respect to the Offering, the exemption(s) from registration available pursuant to Rule 506 of
Regulation D or Section 4(a)(2) of the Act, or knows of any reason why any such exemption would be otherwise unavailable to it.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)            None of the execution and delivery of or performance by the Placement Agent under this Agreement or any other agreement or
document entered into by the Placement Agent in connection herewith or the consummation of the transactions herein or therein contemplated conflicts
with  or  violates,  any  agreement  or  other  instrument  to  which  the  Placement  Agent  is  a  party  or  by  which  its  assets  may  be  bound,  or  any  term  of  its
certificate of incorporation or by-laws, or any license, permit, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to Placement Agent or any of
its assets, except in each case as would not have a material adverse effect on the transactions contemplated hereby.

(e)            Neither Placement Agent nor any Placement Agent Related Persons (as defined below) are subject to any Disqualification
Event. Placement Agent has exercised reasonable care to determine whether any Placement Agent Related Person is subject to a Disqualification Event.
The Memorandum contains a true and complete description of the matters required to be disclosed with respect to Placement Agent and Placement Agent
Related  Persons  pursuant  to  the  disclosure  requirements  of  Rule  506(e)  of  Regulation  D,  to  the  extent  applicable.  As  used  herein,  “Placement  Agent
Related  Persons”  means  any  director,  general  partner,  managing  member,  executive  officer,  or  other  officer  of  Placement  Agent  participating  in  the
Offering. Placement Agent agrees to promptly notify the Company in writing of (i) any Disqualification Event relating to any Placement Agent Related
Person and (ii) any event that would, with the passage of time, become a Disqualification Event relating to any Placement Agent Related Person.

3.            Placement Agent Compensation.

(a)            In connection with the Offering, the Company will pay at each Closing (as defined in Section 4(e) below) a cash fee (the
“Agent  Cash  Fee”)  to  the  Placement  Agent  equal  to  10%  of  the  gross  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  Shares  consummated  at  such  Closing,  provided,
however,  that  the  Agent  Cash  Fee  shall  be  ultimately  reduced  to  5%  with  respect  to  sales  of  Shares  that  are  initiated  through  the  efforts  of  finders
introduced  by  the  Company  located  outside  of  the  United  States  (“Foreign  Finders”  and  sales  facilitated  through  such  efforts,  hereinafter,  “Foreign
Finder Related Sales”). In that regard, the Company will notify the Placement Agent of any Foreign Finders that wish to participate in the Offering and
shall use its best efforts to have such Foreign Finders execute Referral Agreements with the Placement Agent governing, among other things, compensation
matters, with Foreign Finder Related Sales being deposited in the Escrow Account (as defined below). To the extent that any potential Foreign Finder does
not execute a Referral Agreement with the Placement Agent, alternative arrangements with respect to participation in the Offering in compliance with all
applicable laws will be discussed by the parties hereto, but in all events, except as otherwise agreed to by the Placement Agent, the Placement Agent shall
be entitled to an Agent Cash Fee of not less than 5% on Foreign Finder Related Sales.

(b)            As additional compensation, at or within ten (10) business days following the Final Closing, the Company will issue to the
Placement Agent (or its designee(s)) for nominal consideration, a five-year warrants (the “Agent Warrants”) to purchase such number of shares of the
Company’s  common  stock  as  is  equal  to  14.5%  of  the  shares  of  common  stock  initially  issuable  upon  conversion  of  the  Shares  sold  in  this  Offering
(inclusive of Foreign Finder Related Sales) at an exercise price equal to the Conversion Price of the Shares (the Agent Cash Fee and Agent Warrants are
sometimes referred to herein collectively as “Agent Compensation”). The Agent Warrants will be exercisable on a “cashless” basis and for the five year
period following issuance. The Agent Warrants will be in such authorized denominations and will be registered in such names as the Placement Agent shall
request in an instruction letter (the “Agent Warrant Instruction Letter”) to be delivered to the Company promptly following the Final Closing and the
Company shall deliver such Agent Warrants to the Placement Agent within ten (10) business days following the delivery of the Agent Warrant Instruction
Letter.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)            At each Closing, the Company will pay Aegis a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 3% of the aggregate purchase
price of the Shares sold at such Closing (inclusive of Foreign Finder Related Sales) (the “Agent Expense Allowance”). The Agent Expense Allowance
payable at the First Closing shall be reduced by the $25,000 advance paid to Aegis previously. The Placement Agent will not bear any of Company’s legal,
accounting, printing or other expenses in connection with any transaction contemplated hereby. Aegis will pay for its own expenses, including all of its
legal fees and expenses, from the Agent Expense Allowance.

(d)                        The  Company  shall  also  pay  and  issue  to  the  Placement  Agent  the  Agent  Compensation  calculated  according  to  the
percentages  set  forth  in  Sections  3(a)  and  (b)  of  this  Agreement,  if  any  person  or  entity  contacted  by  the  Placement  Agent  and  provided  with  a
Memorandum during the Offering Period and with whom the Placement Agent has discussions regarding a potential investment in the Offering, invests in
the Company (other than through open or public market purchases or securities purchased in any underwritten public offering) and irrespective of whether
such potential investor purchased Shares in the Offering (the “Tail Investors”) at any time prior to the earlier of the date that is twelve (12) months after
the  Termination  Date  or  the  Final  Closing  (“Tail  Period”),  whichever  is  applicable.  The  names  of  Tail  Investors  shall  be  provided  in  writing  by  the
Placement Agent to the Company upon written request following the Termination Date or the Final Closing, as the case may be (the “Tail Investor List”).
The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Tail Investor List is proprietary to the Placement Agent, shall be maintained in strict confidence by the
Company and those persons/entities on such list shall not be contacted by the Company without the Placement Agent’s prior written consent; provided,
however, that such restrictions shall not apply to ordinary course shareholder communications by the Company to its shareholders, including those Tail
Investors that are shareholders of the Company. In the event the Placement Agent exercises its right of first refusal with respect to an offering pursuant to
the  provisions  of  Section  3(e)  below,  the  specific  compensation  terms  to  the  Placement  Agent  that  are  negotiated  in  such  offering  shall  govern  and  the
provisions of this Section 3(d) will not be operative with respect to such offering.

(e)            Effective upon the First Closing, the Company hereby grants to Aegis, for a period of twelve (12) months following the Final
Closing (the “ROFR Term”), the irrevocable preferential right of first refusal to act as lead or co-placement agent for any proposed private placement of
the Company’s securities (equity or debt) that is proposed to be consummated to investors in the United States with the assistance of a registered broker
dealer. In that regard, it is understood that if the Company determines to pursue such a financing during the ROFR Term and wishes to engage a placement
agent  to  assist  in  connection  with  such  offering,  the  Company  shall  promptly  provide  the  Placement  Agent  with  a  written  notice  of  such  intention  and
statement of terms (the “Notice”). If, within ten (10) business days of the receipt of the Notice, the Placement Agent does not accept in writing such offer to
act as lead or co-placement agent with respect to such offering upon the terms proposed, then the Company shall be entitled to engage a placement agent
other than Aegis; provided that the terms of the compensation to be paid to such other placement agent or underwriter are not materially less favorable to
the Company than the terms included in the Notice. The Placement Agent’s failure to exercise these preferential rights in any situation shall not affect its
preferential  rights  to  any  subsequent  offering  during  the  ROFR  Term.  The  Company  represents  and  warrants  that  no  other  person  has  any  right  to
participate in any offer, sale or distribution of the Company’s securities to which Aegis’ preferential rights shall apply.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)            Effective upon the sale of at least $10,000,000 in the Offering, at the Placement Agent’s option, the Company agrees that it
shall  take,  and  shall  cause  its  board  of  directors  (the  “Board  of  Directors”)  to  take,  all  action  within  its  powers  to  nominate  (i)  one  (1)  representative
designated by the Placement Agent (the “PA Director”) as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company. In this regard, the Company shall give the
PA Director copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided
to such directors; provided, however, that the PA Director shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all
information so provided. In addition, as a Board of Directors designee, the PA Director shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all reasonable costs
incurred  in  attending  such  meetings,  including  but  not  limited  to,  meals,  lodging  and  transportation.  The  PA  Director  shall  be  entitled  to  (i)  the  same
indemnification protections afforded to other directors of the Company, including the Company’s maintenance of an insurance policy providing liability
insurance for directors and officers of the Company, (ii) cash compensation commensurate to what is provided to other board members of the Company and
(iii) equity compensation in amounts to be determined based on the pool that is made available to non-employee directors of the Company. Further, the
Placement  Agent  agrees  that  it  will  not  propose  any  individual  as  the  PA  Director  whose  background  does  not  comply  with  or  would  disqualify  the
Company from complying with (i) applicable securities laws, (ii) contractual obligations to and rules of the Exchange and (iii) the criteria for directors set
forth in the then current charter of the Company’s Nominating Committee, and will not disqualify the Company from being able to conduct any public
offering or private placement pursuant to either Rule 506 (b) or (c) and any “bad boy“ provisions of any state securities laws. This provision shall terminate
three (3) years from the date the PA is initially nominated to the Board of Directors.

4.            Subscription and Closing Procedures.

(a)            The Company shall cause to be delivered to the Placement Agent copies of the Memorandum, consents to the use of such
copies for the purposes permitted by the Act and applicable securities laws and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and hereby
authorizes Placement Agent and its agents and employees to use the Memorandum in connection with the offering of the Shares until the earlier of (i) the
Termination Date or (ii) the Final Closing. No person or entity is or will be authorized to give any information or make any representations other than those
contained in the Memorandum or to use any offering materials other than those contained in the Memorandum in connection with the sale of the Shares.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)            During the Offering Period, the Company shall make available to the Placement Agent and its representatives such information
as may be reasonably requested in making a reasonable investigation of the Company Group and their respective affairs and shall provide access to such
employees during normal business hours as shall be reasonably requested by the Placement Agent.

(c)            Each prospective purchaser will be required to complete and execute an original signature pages to the Subscription Agreement
(the “Subscription Documents”), which will be forwarded or delivered to the Placement Agent at the Placement Agent’s offices at the address set forth in
Section 12 hereof, together with the subscriber’s wire transfer in the full amount of the purchase price for the number of Shares desired to be purchased,
subject to the Escrow Agent’s (as defined below) right to accept a check in lieu of a wire transfer.

(d)            All funds for subscriptions received by the Placement Agent from the Offering (not otherwise wired directly to the Escrow
Agent) will be promptly forwarded by the Placement Agent and deposited into a non-interest bearing escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) established
for such purpose with Signature Bank, New York, New York (the “Escrow Agent”). All such funds for subscriptions will be held in the Escrow Account
pursuant to the terms of an escrow agreement among the Company, the Placement Agent and the Escrow Agent (the “Escrow Agreement”). The Company
will  pay  all  fees  related  to  the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  the  Escrow  Account  and  comply  with  procedures  required  by  the  Escrow  Agent.  The
Company  will  either  accept  or  reject,  for  any  or  no  reason,  the  Subscription  Documents  in  a  timely  fashion  and  at  each  Closing,  the  Company  will
countersign the Subscription Documents and provide duplicate copies of such documents to the Placement Agent for distribution to the subscribers. The
Placement  Agent,  on  the  Company’s  behalf,  will  promptly  return  to  subscribers  incomplete,  improperly  completed,  improperly  executed  and  rejected
subscriptions.

(e)            If subscriptions for at least the Minimum Offering Amount have been accepted prior to the Termination Date, the funds therefor have
been collected by the Escrow Agent and all of the conditions set forth elsewhere in this Agreement are fulfilled, the First Closing shall be held promptly
with respect to Shares sold. Thereafter remaining Shares will continue to be offered and sold until the Termination Date and additional closings (each a
“Closing”) may from time to time be conducted at times mutually agreed to by the Placement Agent and the Company with respect to additional Shares
sold, with the final closing (“Final Closing”) to occur within ten (10) days after the earlier of the Termination Date and the date on which the all Shares has
been  fully  subscribed  for.  Delivery  of  payment  for  the  accepted  subscriptions  for  Shares  from  funds  held  in  the  Escrow Account  will  be  made  at  each
Closing against delivery of the Shares by the Company. The Shares will be issued to the investors in the Offering in book entry format at each Closing.

(f)            If Subscription Documents for at least the Minimum Offering Amount have not been received and accepted by the Company on
or before the Termination Date for any reason, the Offering will be terminated, no Shares will be sold, and pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement,
the  Escrow  Agent  will,  at  the  Company’s  and  the  Placement  Agent’s  written  direction,  cause  all  monies  received  from  subscribers  for  the  Shares  to  be
promptly returned to such subscribers without interest, penalty, expense or deduction and the Placement Agent and Company will promptly cooperate to
accomplish the foregoing, including providing Escrow Agent with any requested written instructions in such regard.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.            Further Covenants. The Company hereby covenants and agrees that:

(a)                        Except  upon  prior  written  notice  to  the  Placement  Agent,  the  Company  shall  not,  at  any  time  prior  to  the  Final  Closing,
knowingly take any action which would cause any of the representations and warranties made by it in this Agreement not to be complete and correct in all
material respects on and as of each Closing Date with the same force and effect as if such representations and warranties had been made on and as of each
such date (except to the extent any representation or warranty relates to an earlier date).

(b)            If, at any time prior to the Final Closing, any event shall occur that causes a Company Material Adverse Effect or otherwise
which as a result it becomes necessary to amend or supplement the Memorandum so that the representations and warranties herein remain true and correct
in all material respects, or in case it shall be necessary to amend or supplement the Memorandum to comply with Regulation D or any other applicable
securities laws or regulations, the Company will promptly notify the Placement Agent and shall, at its sole cost, prepare and furnish to the Placement Agent
copies of appropriate amendments and/or supplements in such quantities as the Placement Agent may reasonably request for delivery by the Placement
Agent  to  potential  subscribers.  The  Company  will  not  at  any  time  before  the  Final  Closing  prepare  or  use  any  amendment  or  supplement  to  the
Memorandum of which the Placement Agent will not previously have been advised and furnished with a copy, or which is not in compliance in all material
respects with the Act and other applicable securities laws. As soon as the Company is advised thereof, the Company will advise the Placement Agent and
its counsel, and confirm the advice in writing, of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Memorandum, or the suspension of any exemption for
such qualification or registration thereof for offering in any jurisdiction, or of the institution or threatened institution of any proceedings for any of such
purposes, and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order and, if issued, to obtain as soon as reasonably
possible the lifting thereof.

(c)            The Company shall comply with the Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, all applicable state
securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder in the states in which the Company’s blue sky counsel has advised the Placement Agent that the
Shares are qualified or registered for sale or exempt from such qualification or registration, so as to permit the continuance of the sales of the Shares, and
will file or cause to be filed with the SEC, and shall promptly thereafter forward or cause to be forwarded to the Placement Agent, any and all reports on
Form D as are required.

(d)            The Company shall use its best efforts to qualify the Shares for sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions in the United
States as may be mutually agreed to by the Company and the Placement Agent, and Company will make or cause to be made such applications and furnish
information as may be required for such purposes, provided that Company will not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction or
execute  a  general  consent  to  service  of  process.  The  Company  will,  from  time  to  time,  prepare  and  file  such  statements  and  reports  as  are  or  may  be
required to continue such qualifications in effect for so long a period as the Placement Agent may reasonably request with respect to the Offering.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)                        The  Company  shall  place  a  legend  on  the  certificates  representing  the  Shares  and  the  Agent  Warrants  that  the  securities
evidenced  thereby  have  not  been  registered  under  the  Act  or  applicable  state  securities  laws,  setting  forth  or  referring  to  the  applicable  restrictions  on
transferability and sale of such securities under the Act and applicable state laws.

(f)                        The  Company  shall  apply  the  net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  Shares  for  the  purposes  substantially  as  described  in  the
Memorandum. Except as set forth in the Memorandum, the Company shall not use any of the net proceeds of the Offering to repay indebtedness to officers
(other than accrued salaries incurred in the ordinary course of business), directors or shareholders of the Company without the prior written consent of the
Placement Agent.

(g)            During the Offering Period, the Company shall afford each prospective purchaser of Shares the opportunity to ask questions of
and  receive  answers  from  an  officer  of  the  Company  concerning  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Offering  and  the  opportunity  to  obtain  such  other
additional  information  necessary  to  verify  the  accuracy  of  the  Memorandum  to  the  extent  the  Company  possesses  such  information  or  can  acquire  it
without unreasonable expense. In addition, to the extent that any purchaser of Shares has inquiries concerning any of the business or operations of any
member of the Company Group, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to ensure that officers of such members are made available to respond to
such inquiries.

(h)            Except upon obtaining the prior written consent of Aegis, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, the Company
shall not, at any time prior to the earlier of the Final Closing or the Termination Date, except as contemplated by the Memorandum (i) engage in or commit
to engage in any transaction outside the ordinary course of business, (ii) issue, agree to issue or set aside for issuance any securities (debt or equity) or any
rights  to  acquire  any  such  securities;  provided,  that  the  Company  shall  be  permitted  to  issue  stock  options  and/or  restricted  stock  to  officers,  advisors,
directors and employees of the Company pursuant to its existing equity incentive plan as described in the SEC Reports, (ii) incur, outside of the ordinary
course of business, any material indebtedness, (iii) dispose of any material assets, (iv) make any acquisition (except to the extent specifically referenced in
the Memorandum) or (v) change its business or operations.

(i)            The  Company  shall  pay  all  reasonable  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  the  preparation  and  printing  of  all  necessary
offering documents and instruments related to the Offering and the issuance of the Shares and the Agent Warrants and will also pay its own expenses for
accounting  fees,  legal  fees  and  other  costs  involved  with  the  Offering.  All  blue  sky  filings  related  to  this  Offering  shall  be  prepared  by  the  Company’s
counsel, at the Company’s expense, with copies of all filings to be promptly forwarded to the Placement Agent. Further, as promptly as practicable after the
Final Closing, the Company shall prepare, at its own expense, velobound “closing binders” relating to the Offering and will distribute one such binder to
each of the Placement Agent and its counsel.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(j)            Until the earlier of the Termination Date or the Final Closing, the Company will not, nor will any person or entity acting on
Company’s  behalf,  negotiate  with  any  other  placement  agent  or  underwriter  with  respect  to  a  private  or  public  offering  of  such  entity’s  debt  or  equity
securities. Neither the Company nor anyone acting on the Company’s behalf will, until the earlier of the Termination Date or the Final Closing, without the
prior written consent of the Placement Agent, offer for sale to, or solicit offers to subscribe for any securities of the Company from, or otherwise approach
or negotiate in respect thereof with, any other person.

5A.      Placement Agent Further Covenants. The Placement Agent shall not, at any time during the Offering Period, knowingly take any action
which would cause any of the representations and warranties made by it in this Agreement not to be complete and correct in all material respects on and as
of each Closing Date with the same force and effect as if such representations and warranties had been made on and as of each such date (except to the
extent any representation or warranty relates to an earlier date). Offers and sales of the Shares by the Placement Agent will be made in accordance with this
Agreement and in compliance with the provisions of Regulation D, Regulation S, if applicable, and the Securities Act.

6.            Conditions of Placement Agent’s Obligations. The obligations of the Placement Agent hereunder to effect a Closing are subject to the

fulfillment, at or before each Closing, of the following additional conditions:

(a)            Each of the representations and warranties made in this Agreement by the Company qualified as to materiality shall be true and
correct at all times prior to and on each Closing Date, except to the extent any such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which
case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, and the representations and warranties made by the Company not
qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct in all material respects at all times prior to and on each Closing Date, except to the extent any such
representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects
as of such earlier date.

required to be performed and complied with by the Company at or before the Closing.

(b)                        The  Company  shall  have  performed  and  complied  in  all  material  respects  with  all  agreements,  covenants  and  conditions

(c)            The Memorandum shall not, and as of the date of any amendment or supplement thereto will not, include any untrue statement
of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(d)            The Company shall have obtained all consents, waivers and approvals required to be obtained by such parties in connection

proceedings for that purpose or a similar purpose shall have been initiated or pending, or, to Company’s knowledge, threatened.

(e)            No order suspending the use of the Memorandum or enjoining the Offering or sale of the Shares shall have been issued, and no

certifying, as to the fulfillment of the conditions set forth in subparagraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above.

(f)            The Placement Agent shall have received a certificate of an officer of the Company, dated as of the date of such Closing,

(g)            Prior to the First Closing, the Company shall have delivered to the Placement Agent: (i) a certified charter document and good
standing certificate for the Company and each Subsidiary, each dated as of a date within ten (10) days prior to the First Closing from the secretary of state
of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, as applicable, and (ii) resolutions of the Company’s board of directors approving this Agreement and the
transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement, certified by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

Allowance earned in such Closing.

(h)                        At  each  Closing,  the  Company  shall  pay  and/or  issue  to  the  Placement  Agent  the  Agent  Cash  Fee  and  Agent  Expense

(i)            At each Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Placement Agent a signed opinion of ZAG/Sullivan & Worcester, counsel to

the Company, dated as of each such Closing Date, in the form reasonably acceptable to the Placement Agent.

(j)            Prior to the First Closing, the Company shall receive stockholder approval and Nasdaq approval with respect to the reverse
stock split as contemplated in the Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on September 30, 2019 and such reverse split shall be effectuated by all necessary
corporate action. With respect to said reverse stock split, the Company shall consult with the Placement Agent on the specific reverse stock split ratio prior
to the time said reverse stock split is effectuated.

(k)                        Prior  to  the  First  Closing,  the  Company  and  its  counsel  shall  provide  reasonable  assurance  (including  forwarding  to  the
Placement Agent all correspondence from and to Nasdaq) that based on the implementation of the reverse stock split, the Company anticipates that it will
regain compliance with the minimum bid requirement mandated for continued listing of its Common Stock on the Exchange.

Preferred Stock with the State of Delaware.

(l)            Prior to the First Closing, the Company shall provide evidence of the filing of the Certificate of Designation on the Series A

(m)            All proceedings taken at or prior to any Closing in connection with the authorization, issuance and sale of the Shares will be
reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Placement Agent and its counsel, and such counsel shall have been furnished with all such documents
and certificates as it may reasonably request upon reasonable prior notice in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(n)            At each Closing, the Company shall provide irrevocable instructions to its transfer agent to issue into treasury shares, and
reserve for future and automatic issuance upon the requested conversion of the Shares by any holder, such number of shares of Common Stock issuable
upon the conversion of the Shares sold in such Closing.

7.            Conditions of Company’s Obligations. The obligations of the Company hereunder to effect a Closing are subject to the fulfillment, at or

before such Closing, of the following additional conditions or subject to the waiver of such condition or conditions by the Company:

(a)            Each of the representations and warranties made in this Agreement by the Placement Agent qualified as to materiality shall be
true and correct at all times prior to and on each Closing Date, except to the extent any such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date,
in  which  case  such  representation  or  warranty  shall  be  true  and  correct  as  of  such  earlier  date,  and  the  representations  and  warranties  made  by  the
Placement Agent not qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct in all material respects at all times prior to and on each Closing Date, except to the
extent any such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all
material respects as of such earlier date.

required to be performed and complied with by it at or before the Closing.

(b)            The Placement Agent shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, covenants and conditions

to the fulfillment of the conditions set forth in subparagraphs (a) and (b) above.

(c)            The Company shall have received a certificate of an officer of the Placement Agent, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying, as

(d)            No order suspending the use of the Memorandum or enjoining the Offering or sale of the Shares shall have been issued, and no

proceedings for that purpose or a similar purpose shall have been initiated or pending, or, to the Company’s knowledge, be contemplated or threatened.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.            Indemnification.

(a)            The Company will: (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Placement Agent, its officers, directors, partners, employees, agents
(including subagents and selected dealers) and each person, if any, who controls the Placement Agent within the meaning of the Section 15 of the Act or
Section  20(a)  of  the  Exchange  Act  (each  an  “Indemnitee”)  against,  and  pay  or  reimburse  each  Indemnitee  for,  any  and  all  losses,  claims,  damages,
liabilities  or  expenses  whatsoever  (or  actions  or  proceedings  or  investigations  in  respect  thereof),  joint  or  several  (which  will,  for  all  purposes  of  this
Agreement, include, but not be limited to, all reasonable costs of defense and investigation and all reasonable attorneys’ fees, including appeals), to which
any  Indemnitee  may  become  subject  under  the  Act  or  otherwise,  in  connection  with  the  offer  and  sale  of  the  Shares,  insofar  as  such  losses,  claims,
damages, liabilities or expenses arise out of or relate to a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Company herein, regardless of
whether such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses shall result from any claim by any Indemnitee or by any third party; and (ii) reimburse each
Indemnitee  for  any  legal  or  other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  in  connection  with  investigating  or  defending  against  any  such  loss,  claim,  action,
proceeding or investigation; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, damage or liability is
finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily and directly from (A) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact made in the
Memorandum, or an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein,
in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, made solely in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Company by the Placement Agent specifically for use in the Memorandum, (B) any violations by the Placement Agent of the Act, state
securities laws or any rules or regulations of FINRA, which does not result from a violation thereof by the Company or any of its affiliates, or (C) the
Placement  Agent’s  willful  misconduct  or  gross  negligence.  In  addition  to  the  foregoing  agreement  to  indemnify  and  reimburse,  the  Company  will
indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses whatsoever (or actions or proceedings or
investigations in respect thereof), joint or several (which shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, include, but not be limited to, all reasonable costs of
defense  and  investigation  and  all  reasonable  attorneys’  fees,  including  appeals)  to  which  any  Indemnitee  may  become  subject  insofar  as  such  costs,
expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon the claim of any person or entity that he or it is entitled to broker’s or finder’s
fees from any Indemnitee in connection with the Offering, other than fees due to the Placement Agent. The foregoing indemnity agreements will be in
addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have.

(b)            Aegis will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its officers, directors, and each person, if any, who controls such
entity within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against, and pay or reimburse any such person for, any and all
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses whatsoever (or actions, proceedings or investigations in respect thereof) to which the Company or any such
person may become subject under the Act or otherwise, whether such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses shall result from any claim of the
Company  or  by  any  third  party,  but  only  to  the  extent  that  such  losses,  claims,  damages  or  liabilities  are  finally  judicially  determined  to  have  resulted
primarily from or as a result of (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Memorandum made in reliance
upon  and  in  conformity  with  information  contained  in  the  Memorandum  relating  to  the  Placement  Agent,  or  an  omission  or  alleged  omission  to  state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made,  not  misleading,  in  either  case,  if  made  or  omitted  in  reliance  upon  and  in  conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to  the  Company  by  the
Placement Agent, specifically for use in the Memorandum or (ii) any violations by the Placement Agent of the Act or state securities laws which does not
result from a violation thereof by the Issuer, the Operating Company or any of their respective affiliates, the Placement Agent’s willful misconduct or gross
negligence. The Placement Agent will reimburse the Company, the Company and any such person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in
connection with investigating or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, proceeding or investigation to which such indemnity
obligation applies. The foregoing indemnity agreements are in addition to any liability which the Placement Agent may otherwise have. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in no event shall the Placement Agent’s indemnification obligation hereunder exceed the aggregate amount of the Agent Cash Fees actually
received by the Placement Agent hereunder.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)            Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, claim,
proceeding or investigation (the “Action”), such indemnified party, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this
Section 8, will notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, but the omission to so notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any
liability that it may have to any indemnified party under this Section 8 unless the indemnifying party has been substantially prejudiced by such omission.
The indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party, to assume the defense
thereof subject to the provisions herein stated, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. The indemnified party will have the right to
employ separate counsel in any such Action and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel will not be at the expense of
the  indemnifying  party  if  the  indemnifying  party  has  assumed  the  defense  of  the  Action  with  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  indemnified  party,
provided, however, that if the indemnified party shall be requested by the indemnifying party to participate in the defense thereof or shall have concluded in
good faith and specifically notified the indemnifying party either that there may be specific defenses available to it that are different from or additional to
those available to the indemnifying party or that such Action involves or could have a material adverse effect upon it with respect to matters beyond the
scope of the indemnity agreements contained in this Agreement, then the counsel representing it, to the extent made necessary by such defenses, shall have
the right to direct such defenses of such Action on its behalf and in such case the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel in connection with any such
participation  or  defenses  shall  be  paid  by  the  indemnifying  party.  No  settlement  of  any  Action  against  an  indemnified  party  will  be  made  without  the
consent  of  the  indemnifying  party  and  the  indemnified  party,  which  consent  shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld,  delayed  or  conditioned  in  light  of  all
factors of importance to such party, and no indemnifying party shall be liable to indemnify any person for any settlement of any such claim effected without
such indemnifying party’s consent.

9.            Contribution. To provide for just and equitable contribution, if: (i) an indemnified party makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to
Section 8 hereof and it is finally determined, by a judgment, order or decree not subject to further appeal that such claims for indemnification may not be
enforced, even though this Agreement expressly provides for indemnification in such case; or (ii) any indemnified or indemnifying party seeks contribution
under the Act, the Exchange Act, or otherwise, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Placement
Agent  on  the  other  in  connection  with  the  statements  or  omissions  which  resulted  in  such  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or  expenses  (or  actions  in
respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Placement
Agent on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the Offering (before deducting expenses) received by the
Company  bear  to  the  total  Agent  Cash  Fees  received  by  the  Placement  Agent.  The  relative  fault,  in  the  case  of  an  untrue  statement,  alleged  untrue
statement,  omission  or  alleged  omission  will  be  determined  by,  among  other  things,  whether  such  statement,  alleged  statement,  omission  or  alleged
omission relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Placement Agent, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and
opportunity to correct or prevent such statement, alleged statement, omission or alleged omission. The Company and the Placement Agent agree that it
would  be  unjust  and  inequitable  if  the  respective  obligations  of  the  Company  and  the  Placement  Agent  for  contribution  were  determined  by  pro  rata
allocation  of  the  aggregate  losses,  liabilities,  claims,  damages  and  expenses  or  by  any  other  method  or  allocation  that  does  not  reflect  the  equitable
considerations referred to in this Section 9. No person guilty of a fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 10(f) of the Act) will be
entitled to contribution from any person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 9, each person, if any, who
controls the Placement Agent within the meaning of the Act will have the same rights to contribution as the Placement Agent, and each person, if any, who
controls the Company within the meaning of the Act will have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the provisions of this
Section 9. Anything in this Section 9 to the contrary notwithstanding, no party will be liable for contribution with respect to the settlement of any claim or
action effected without its written consent. This Section 9 is intended to supersede, to the extent permitted by law, any right to contribution under the Act,
the Exchange Act or otherwise available.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
10.          Termination.

(a)            The Offering may be terminated by the Placement Agent at any time prior to the expiration of the Offering Period in the event
that:  (i)  any  of  the  representations,  warranties  or  covenants  of  the  Company  contained  herein  or  in  the  Memorandum  shall  prove  to  have  been  false  or
misleading in any material respect when actually made; (ii) the Company shall have failed to perform any of its material obligations hereunder or under any
other Transaction Documents; (iii) there shall occur any event that could reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect or (iv) the
Placement Agent determines that it is reasonably likely that any of the conditions to Closing set forth herein will not, or cannot, be satisfied. In the event of
any  such  termination  by  the  Placement  Agent  pursuant  to  the  above,  the  Placement  Agent  shall  be  entitled  to  retain  any  Agent  Compensation  already
earned (if any, at such point in time) and receive from the Company, within five (5) business days of the Termination Date, in addition to other rights and
remedies  it  may  have  hereunder,  at  law  or  otherwise,  an  amount  equal  the  sum  of  upon  presentation  of  a  written  accounting  in  reasonable  detail,
reimbursement of Placement Agent’s reasonable and actual out-of-pocket expenses related to the Offering in excess of the foregoing retainer, including but
not limited to fees and expenses of its legal counsel (not to exceed $75,000), travel expenses and due diligence related expenditures (collectively, the “PA
Expense Reimbursement”) and the provisions of Sections 3(d) and 3(e) shall survive in full force and effect.

(b)            This Offering may be terminated by the Company at any time prior to the expiration of the Offering Period on account of the
Placement Agent’s fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence. In the event of any such termination pursuant to this Section 10(b), the Placement Agent
shall not be entitled to any further compensation pursuant to these termination provisions.

(c)                        In  the  event  the  Company  unilaterally  decides  for  any  reason  (other  than  pursuant  to  Section  10(b)  above  or
Section 10(d) below) to terminate the Offering at any time prior to the earlier of the First Closing or the Termination Date (the “Unilateral Termination”),
the Placement Agent shall be entitled to receive from the Company within five (5) business days of such termination the sum of $250,000 plus the PA
Expense Reimbursement. In addition, if within twelve (12) months after the Unilateral Termination, the Company conducts a public or private offering of
its  securities,  then  upon  the  closing  of  any  such  transaction,  the  Company  shall  pay  the  Placement  Agent  in  cash,  within  five  (5)  business  days  of  the
closing of any such transaction an amount equal to 2% of the gross proceeds from such private or public offering, provided that such percentage shall be
the applicable percentages set forth in section 3(d) hereto with respect to any gross proceeds from Tail Investors.

(d)            This Offering may be terminated upon mutual agreement of the Company and the Placement Agent, at any time prior to the
expiration of the Offering Period. In addition, upon the expiration of the Offering Period, the Offering shall terminate without any further action of the
parties  hereto.  If  the  Offering  is  terminated  pursuant  to  this  Section  10(d),  then  in  cases  in  which  no  Closing  had  been  theretofore  consummated,  the
Company’s  sole  obligation  to  the  Placement  Agent  shall  be  the  PA  Expense  Reimbursement  which  shall  be  paid  within  five  (5)  business  days  of  such
termination.

(e)            Before any termination by the Placement Agent under Section 10(a) or by the Company under Section 10(b) shall become
effective,  the  terminating  party  shall  give  written  notice  to  the  other  party  of  its  intention  to  terminate  the  Offering,  which  shall  set  forth  the  specific
grounds  for  the  proposed  termination  (the  “Termination  Notice”).  If  the  specified  grounds  for  termination,  or  their  resulting  adverse  effect  on  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby,  are  curable,  then  the  other  party  shall  have  ten  (10)  days  from  the  Termination  Notice  within  which  to  remove  such
grounds or to eliminate all of their material adverse effects on the transactions contemplated hereby; otherwise, the Offering shall terminate.

(f)            Upon any termination pursuant to this Section 10, the parties to this Agreement will promptly instruct Escrow Agent to cause
all monies received with respect to the subscriptions for Shares not closed upon to be promptly returned to such subscribers without interest, penalty or
deduction.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.          Survival.

(a)            The obligations of the parties to pay any costs and expenses hereunder and to provide indemnification and contribution as
provided herein shall survive any termination hereunder. In addition, the provisions of 8 through 16 shall survive the sale of the Shares or any termination
of the Offering hereunder and the provisions of Sections 3(d) and 3(e) shall survive the sale of the Shares or any termination of the Offering (other than a
termination under Section 10(b).

(b)            The respective indemnities, covenants, representations, warranties and other statements of Company and the Placement Agent
set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of, and regardless
of any access to information by, the Company, the Company or the Placement Agent, or any of their officers or directors or any controlling person thereof,
and will survive the sale of the Shares or any termination of the Offering hereunder for a period of two (2) years from the earlier to occur of the Final
Closing or the termination of the Offering.

12.          Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly
given or made as of the date delivered personally, or the date mailed if mailed by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to
the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like changes of address which shall be effective upon
receipt) or sent by facsimile transmission, with confirmation received. If sent to the Placement Agent, such notice will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed and
confirmed to Aegis Capital Corp., 810 Seventh Ave, 11th Floor, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Adam K. Stern, telefax number (646) 390-9122 ,
with  a  copy  (which  shall  not  constitute  notice)  to:  Littman  Krooks  LLP,  655  Third  Avenue,  20th  Floor,  New  York,  NY  10017  Attention:  Steven
Uslaner, Esq., telefax number (212) 490-2990, if sent to Company, such notice will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed and confirmed to DarioHealth Corp. 8
HaTokhen Street, Caesarea Industrial Park, Israel 3088900, Attn: Erez Raphael, CEO, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: Zysman, Aharoni,
Gayer and Sullivan & Worcester LLP, 1633 Broadway, 32nd Floor, New York, NY 10019 Attention: Oded Har-Even, Esq, telefax number (212) 660-3001.

13.          Governing Law, Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be deemed to have been made and delivered in New York City and shall be governed
as to validity, interpretation, construction, affect and in all other respects by the internal laws of the State of New York. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT
ANY DISPUTE, CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT,
THE  TERMINATION  OR  VALIDITY  HEREOF,  ANY  ALLEGED  BREACH  OF  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR  THE  ENGAGEMENT
CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY  (ANY  OF  THE  FOREGOING, A  “CLAIM”)  SHALL  BE  SUBMITTED  TO  THE  JUDICIAL  ARBITRATION
AND  MEDIATION  SERVICES,  INC.  (“JAMS”),  OR  ITS  SUCCESSOR,  IN  NEW  YORK,  FOR  FINAL  AND  BINDING  ARBITRATION  IN
FRONT  OF  A  PANEL  OF  THREE  ARBITRATORS  WITH  JAMS  IN  NEW  YORK,  NEW  YORK  UNDER  THE  JAMS  COMPREHENSIVE
ARBITRATION  RULES  AND  PROCEDURES  (WITH  EACH  OF  THE  PLACEMENT  AGENT  AND  THE  COMPANY  CHOOSING  ONE
ARBITRATOR, AND THE CHOSEN ARBITRATORS CHOOSING THE THIRD ARBITRATOR).  THE ARBITRATORS SHALL, IN THEIR
AWARD,  ALLOCATE  ALL  OF  THE  COSTS  OF  THE  ARBITRATION,  INCLUDING  THE  FEES  OF  THE  ARBITRATORS  AND  THE
REASONABLE ATTORNEYS’ FEES OF THE PREVAILING PARTY, AGAINST THE PARTY WHO DID NOT PREVAIL.  THE AWARD IN
THE  ARBITRATION  SHALL  BE  FINAL  AND  BINDING.    THE  ARBITRATION  SHALL  BE  GOVERNED  BY  THE  FEDERAL
ARBITRATION  ACT,  9  U.S.C.  SEC.  1-16,  AND  THE  JUDGMENT  UPON  THE  AWARD  RENDERED  BY  THE  ARBITRATORS  MAY  BE
ENTERED  BY  ANY  COURT  HAVING  JURISDICTION  THEREOF.    THE  COMPANY  AND  THE  PLACEMENT  AGENT  AGREE  AND
CONSENT TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE OF PROCESS AND VENUE IN ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT WITHIN THE
STATE  AND  COUNTY  OF  NEW  YORK  IN  CONNECTION  WITH  ANY  ACTION  BROUGHT  TO  ENFORCE  AN  AWARD  IN
ARBITRATION.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14.          Miscellaneous. No provision of this Agreement may be changed or terminated except by a writing signed by the party or parties to be
charged therewith. Unless expressly so provided, no party to this Agreement will be liable for the performance of any other party’s obligations hereunder.
Either party hereto may waive compliance by the other with any of the terms, provisions and conditions set forth herein; provided, however, that any such
waiver shall be in writing specifically setting forth those provisions waived thereby. No such waiver shall be deemed to constitute or imply waiver of any
other term, provision or condition of this Agreement. Neither party may assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any other person or entity
without the prior written consent of the other party.

15.          Entire Agreement; Severability. This Agreement together with any other agreement referred to herein supersedes all prior understandings
and written or oral agreements between the parties with respect to the Offering and the subject matter hereof. If any portion of this Agreement shall be held
invalid  or  unenforceable,  then  so  far  as  is  reasonable  and  possible  (i)  the  remainder  of  this Agreement  shall  be  considered  valid  and  enforceable  and
(ii) effect shall be given to the intent manifested by the portion held invalid or unenforceable.

16.          Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties
and  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  original  instrument  which  shall  be  enforceable  against  the  parties  actually  executing  such  counterparts  and  all  of  which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission shall
constitute  effective  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  as  to  the  parties  and  may  be  used  in  lieu  of  the  original  Agreement  for  all  purposes.
Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

[Signatures on following page.]

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of the agreement between the Company and the Placement Agent, kindly sign and return

this Agreement, whereupon it will become a binding agreement between the Company and the Placement Agent in accordance with its terms.

DARIOHEALTH CORP.

By:

/s/ Erez Raphael
Erez Raphael
Chief Executive Officer

Accepted and agreed to this
22nd day of October 2019:

AEGIS CAPITAL CORP.

By:

/s/ Adam K. Stern
Adam K. Stern
Head of Private Equity Banking

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS

 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule 2(c)

Subsidiaries

Subsidiary

LabStyle Innovation Ltd.

State of 
Organization
Israel

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

THE AMENDED AND RESTATED PERSONAL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.13

This  Amendment  No.  1  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Personal  Employment  Agreement  (the  “Amendment”)  is  made  and  entered  into  as  of
February 12, 2020 (the “Effective Date”) by and between DarioHealth Corp. (formerly LabStyle Innovations Corp.), a company incorporated under the
laws of the State of Israel (the “Company”), and Erez Raphael (the “Executive”, and together with the Company, collectively, the “Parties”).

WHEREAS,  the  Company  and  the  Executive  are  currently  parties  to  that  certain  Amended  and  Restated  Personal  Employment
Agreement, entered into and effective as of July 25, 2017 (the “Personal Employment Agreement”) pursuant to which the Executive is serving as the
Company’s Chief Executive Officer for a term ending December 31, 2020; and

extension of the term set forth therein.

WHEREAS,  the  Company  and  the  Executive  desire  to  amend  the  Personal  Employment  Agreement  to  provide  for  the  automatic

NOW THEREFORE, in  consideration  of  the  recitals  and  of  the  mutual  promises,  covenants  and  agreements  of  the  Parties  set  forth

herein, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Amendments. The Parties hereby agree that, effective upon the Effective Date, Schedule A  of  the  Personal  Employment  Agreement  shall  be
amended by replacing the Agreement Termination date of “December 31, 2020” with “December 31, 2022”, and by replacing the Position in the
Company  title  of  “Chairman,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company  and  of  the  parent  Company  DarioHealth  Corp.”  with
“Chief Executive Officer”.

2.

3.

4.

Ratification;  Effect  of  Amendment.  Except  as  specifically  set  forth  herein,  the  Personal  Employment  Agreement  and  all  of  its  terms  and
conditions remain in full force and effect, and the Personal Employment Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, except that
on  or  after  the  date  of  this  Amendment  all  references  in  the  Personal  Employment  Agreement  to  “this  Agreement,”  “hereto,”  “hereof,”
“hereunder,” or words of like import shall mean the Personal Employment Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

Further Assurances. Each Party hereto, without additional consideration, shall cooperate, shall take such further action and shall execute and
deliver such further documents as may be reasonably requested by the other Party hereto in order to carry out the provisions and purposes of this
Amendment.

Counterparts. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts with the same effect as if the signature on each counterpart were upon the same
instrument.  In  the  event  that  any  signature  is  delivered  by  facsimile  transmission  or  by  e-mail  delivery  of  a  “.pdf”  format  data  file,  such
signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force
and effect as if such facsimile or “.pdf” signature page were an original thereof.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. Headings. The headings of Articles and Sections in this Amendment are provided for convenience only and will not affect its construction or

interpretation.

6. Waiver.  Neither  any  failure  nor  any  delay  by  any  party  in  exercising  any  right,  power  or  privilege  under  this  Amendment  or  any  of  the
documents referred to in this Amendment will operate as a waiver of such right, power or privilege, and no single or partial exercise of any such
right, power or privilege will preclude any other or further exercise of such right, power or privilege.

7.

Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Amendment pursuant to any applicable law shall not affect the validity
of the remaining provisions hereof, but this Amendment shall be construed as if not containing the provision held invalid or unenforceable in the
jurisdiction in which so held, and the remaining provisions of this Amendment shall remain in full force and effect. If the Amendment may not
be effectively construed as if not containing the provision held invalid or unenforceable, then the provision contained herein that is held invalid
or unenforceable shall be reformed so that it meets such requirements as to make it valid or enforceable.

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Personal Employment Agreement]

[Signature Page Follows]

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the day and year first written above.

DarioHealth Corp.

/s/ Zvi Ben-David  
Name: Zvi Ben-David 
Title: Chief Financial Officer

Erez Raphael

/s/ Erez Raphael

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Personal Employment Agreement]

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.14

THIS  STOCK  OPTION AGREEMENT  (the  “Agreement”)  is  made  and  entered  into  as  of  January  30,  2020  (the  “Grant  Date”),  by  and

between DarioHealth Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”) and Richard Anderson (the “Optionee”).

WHEREAS, the Optionee is a valued employee of the Corporation;

WHEREAS, the Corporation considers it desirable and in its best interests that Optionee be given an opportunity to acquire a proprietary option

to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Shares”).

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and the mutual covenants hereinafter

set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1.            Definitions. The following capitalized terms have the following meanings. Other capitalized terms are defined elsewhere herein.

(a)           “Affiliate” means (i) any person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with
the Corporation and/or (ii) to the extent provided by the Board, any person or entity in which the Corporation has a significant interest as determined by the
Board in its discretion. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to
any  person  or  entity,  means  the  possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of  the  power  to  direct  or  cause  the  direction  of  the  management  and  policies  of  such
person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

(b)           “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

York are authorized or obligated by federal law or executive order to be closed.

(c)           “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York City, New

(d)           “Cause”  means  (i)  conviction  of,  or  plea  of  guilty  or  no  contest  to,  any  felony  or  any  crime  involving  moral  turpitude  or
dishonesty or the commission of any other act involving willful malfeasance or material fiduciary breach with respect to the Corporation or an Affiliate; (ii)
participation in a fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement of Corporation and/or its Affiliate funds or property or act of dishonesty against the Corporation
and/or its Affiliate; (iii) material violation of any rule, regulation, policy or plan for the conduct of (as the case may be) any director, officer, employee,
member, manager, consultant or service provider of or to the Corporation or its Affiliates or its or their business (which, if curable, is not cured within five
(5) Business Days after notice thereof is provided to the Optionee); (iv) conduct that results in or is reasonably likely to result in harm to the reputation or
business of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates; (v) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Corporation or an Affiliate; (vi) material
violation  of  U.S.  state,  federal  or  other  applicable  (including  non-U.S.)  securities  laws;  or  (vii)  material  breach  of  Optionee’s  obligations  under  his
employment agreement with the Corporation.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)           “Change of Control” means: (i) an acquisition (whether directly from the Company or otherwise) of any voting securities of
the Company (the “Voting Securities”) by any “Person” (as the term person is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities and Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)),  immediately  after  which  such  Person  has  “Beneficial  Ownership”  (within  the  meaning  of  Rule  13d-3
promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act)  of  more  than  fifty  percent  (50%)  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  the  Company’s  then  outstanding  Voting
Securities; (ii) the individuals who constitute the members of the full Board cease, by reason of a financing, merger, combination, acquisition, takeover or
other  non-ordinary  course  transaction  affecting  the  Company,  to  constitute  at  least  fifty-one  percent  (51%)  of  the  members  of  the  full  Board;  or  (iii)
approval by the full Board and, if required, stockholders of the Company of, or execution by the Company of any definitive agreement with respect to, or
the consummation of (it being understood that the mere execution of a term sheet, memorandum of understanding or other non-binding document shall not
constitute  a  Change  of  Control):  (A)  a  merger,  consolidation  or  reorganization  involving  the  Company,  where  either  or  both  of  the  events  described  in
clauses (i) or (ii) above would be the result; (B) a liquidation or dissolution of or appointment of a receiver, rehabilitator, conservator or similar person for,
or the filing by a third party of an involuntary bankruptcy against, the Company;; or (C) an agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Company to any Person (other than a transfer to a subsidiary of the Company).

(f)                        “Continuous Service”  means  that  the  Optionee’s  service  with  the  Corporation  or  an  Affiliate,  whether  as  an  employee,
member of the Board or consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. The Optionee’s Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely
because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders service to the Corporation or an Affiliate as an employee, consultant or member of the
Board  or  a  change  in  the  entity  for  which  the  Optionee  renders  such  service,  provided  that  there  is  no  interruption  or  termination  of  the  Optionee’s
Continuous Service. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Corporation to a consultant of an Affiliate or a member of the Board will not
constitute  an  interruption  of  Continuous  Service.  The  Board  or  its  delegate,  in  its  sole  discretion,  may  determine  whether  Continuous  Service  shall  be
considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave. relocation or any other personal or
family leave of absence.

(g)                      “Disability”  means  that  the  Optionee  is  unable  to  engage  in  any  substantial  gainful  activity  by  reason  of  any  medically
determinable physical or mental impairment. The determination of whether an individual has a Disability shall be determined under procedures established
by  the  Board.  The  Board  may  rely  on  any  determination  that  the  Optionee  is  disabled  for  purposes  of  benefits  under  any  long-term  disability  plan
maintained by the Corporation or any Affiliate in which the Optionee participates.

(h)           “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is
listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock
Market, or quoted on a national exchange or other recognized securities quotation system (such as the Nasdaq Stock Market/OTC Bulletin Board/OTCQB
Market), the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange, market or quotation
system  (or  the  exchange  or  market  with  the  greatest  volume  of  trading  in  the  Common  Stock)  on  the  last  market  trading  day  prior  to  the  day  of
determination (or the closing price on the date immediately preceding such date if no sales activity occurred on the day of determination), as reported by
Bloomberg or such other source as the Board deems reliable, and (ii) in the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be
determined in good faith and in accordance with applicable law by the Board and such determination shall be conclusive and binding.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i)            “Restricted Stock” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11(c) of this Agreement.

2.            Grant of Initial Option. The Corporation hereby grants to the Optionee the right and option to purchase up to an aggregate of Ninety
Thousand  (90,000)  Shares  (subject  to  adjustment  as  provided  in  Paragraph  6  hereof),  on  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  herein  (hereinafter  the
“Option”). The Optionee acknowledges that the Option will not be an “incentive option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This Option is not being issued pursuant to the Corporation’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan; provided, however, that this
Option is granted as a material inducement to employment in accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c)(4).

3.            Exercise of Options. The Option Shares shall be exercisable at a price per share of $8.41 (subject to adjustment as provided for herein)

(the “Exercise Price”).

4.            Vesting of Options. One third of the Option shall vest on the first anniversary from the grant date followed by eight (8) equal installment
over the two years following the first anniversary of the Grant Date, subject to acceleration as provided below. For purposes of calculating the number of
shares that shall vest on each vesting date, any resulting fraction of a share shall be rounded up to the nearest full share. Subject to applicable law, the
Board, in its sole discretion, shall have the power to accelerate the time at which the Option may first be exercised or the time during which the Option or
any part thereof will vest.

5.            Term of the Option. The Option shall expire on the six (6) year anniversary of the Grant Date, or upon its earlier termination as provided

in this Agreement.

6.            Method of Exercising Option. The Optionee may exercise the Option in whole or in part (to the extent that it is exercisable in accordance
with its terms) by giving written notice to the Corporation in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A, together with the tender of the full purchase price of
the Shares covered by the Option. The purchase price may consist of (i) cash, (ii) certified or bank check payable to the order of the Corporation in the
amount of the purchase price, (iii) a cashless exercise procedure, consisting of authorization from the Optionee to the Corporation to retain from the total
number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value (as defined below) on the date of the exercise equal
to purchase price for the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised, (iv) other property or consideration if the Board determines beneficial
to the Corporation or (v) any combination of the methods described in (i) through (iv) above.

As soon as practicable after receipt by the Corporation of such notice and of payment in full of the purchase price of all the Shares with
respect to which the Option has been exercised, a certificate or certificates representing such Shares shall be issued in the name of the Optionee and shall be
delivered to the Optionee. All Shares shall be issued only upon receipt by the Corporation of the Optionee's representation that the Shares are purchased for
investment and not with a view toward distribution thereof.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.                      Availability  of  Shares.  The  Corporation,  during  the  term  of  this  Agreement,  shall  keep  available  at  all  times  the  number  of  Shares
required  to  satisfy  the  Option.  The  Corporation  shall  utilize  its  best  efforts  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  each  regulatory  commission  or  agency
having jurisdiction in order to issue and sell the Shares to satisfy the Option.

8.           Adjustments. If prior to the exercise of any portion of the Option granted hereunder the Corporation shall have effected one or more stock
splits, stock dividends, or other increases or reductions of the number of its Shares outstanding without receiving compensation therefor in money, services
or property, the number of Shares subject to the Option hereby granted shall (a) if a net increase shall have been effected in the number of outstanding the
Corporation’s  Shares,  be  proportionately  increased  and  the  purchase  price  of  the  Shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the  Option  shall  be  proportionately
reduced; and (b) if a net reduction shall have been effected in the number of outstanding shares of the Corporation's Common Stock, be proportionately
reduced and the purchase price of the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option shall be proportionately increased. In the event that the Corporation shall
make any distribution of its assets upon or with respect to the Shares, as a liquidating dividend, the Optionee shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to
the value thereof at the time of such distribution, less the aggregate purchase price for the Option.

9.           Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, the Corporation shall immediately notify the
Optionee  of  such  dissolution  or  liquidation.  The  Corporation  may  provide  the  Optionee  thirty  (30)  days  to  exercise  all  or  a  portion  of  any  outstanding
vested  Options  held  by  him  at  that  time,  and  upon  the  expiration  of  such  thirty  (30)  day  period,  all  remaining  outstanding  Options  shall  terminate
immediately.  Alternatively,  the  Corporation  may  provide  that  all  or  any  portion  of  any  vested  Option  shall  convert  into  the  right  to  receive  liquidation
proceeds (if applicable, net of the Exercise Price and any applicable tax withholdings).

10.         Change in Control.

(a)          In the event of a Change in Control, then, without the consent or action required of the Optionee:

(i)       Any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation or any parent or affiliate thereof, as determined by the Corporation in
its discretion, shall assume or continue any Options outstanding under this Agreement in all or in part or shall substitute to similar stock awards in all or in
part, in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; or

(ii)      In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume or continue the Option or substitute to
similar  awards,  then:  (A)  all  unvested  Shares  covered  by  the  Option  shall  expire,  and  (B)  vested  Shares  covered  by  the  Option  shall  terminate  if  not
exercised at or prior to such Change in Control; or

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the Corporation may determine to be appropriate prior to such events; or

(iii)     The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting, partially or in full, of Shares covered by the Option as

(iv)     In the event of a Change in Control under the terms of which holders of Shares will receive upon consummation thereof a
cash payment for each share surrendered in the Change in Control (the “Acquisition Price”), the Optionee shall be provided a cash payment with respect to
each vested Option held by the Optionee equal to (A) the number of Shares subject to the vested Option (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting
that occurs upon or immediately prior to such Change in Control multiplied by (B) the excess, if any, of (I) the Acquisition Price over (II) the Exercise
Price and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such Awards.

(b)          Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the repurchase and other rights of the Corporation with respect to outstanding
Restricted Stock shall inure to the benefit of the Corporation’s successor and shall, unless the determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other
property  that  the  Shares  were  converted  into  or  exchanged  for  pursuant  to  such  Change  in  Control  in  the  same  manner  and  to  the  same  extent  as  they
applied to the Restricted Stock; provided, however, that the Corporation may provide for termination or deemed satisfaction of repurchase or other rights
under this Agreement evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between the Optionee and the Corporation, either initially or by amendment.

(c)          Notwithstanding the above, in case of Change in Control and in the event all or substantially all of the shares of the Corporation
are to be exchanged for securities of another company, then the Optionee shall be obliged to sell or exchange, as the case may be, any shares the Optionee
holds or purchased under this Agreement, in accordance with the instructions issued by the Corporation, whose determination shall be final.

outstanding Option Shares in case of Change in Control.

(d)                    Notwithstanding  the  above,  the  Corporation  may,  in  its  sole  discretion,  decide  other  terms  regarding  the  treatment  of  the

11.          Restrictions. The Optionee, by acceptance hereof, represents and warrants as follows:

(a)          The Option and the right to purchase Shares hereunder is personal to the Optionee and shall not be transferred to any other
person, other than (i) by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or (ii) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code, or Title I
of  the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as  amended  (“ERISA”),  or  by  the  rules  thereunder.  This  Option  shall  not  be  collaterally
assigned,  pledged  or  hypothecated  in  any  way  (whether  by  operation  of  law  or  otherwise)  and  shall  not  be  subject  to  execution,  attachment  or  similar
process. Any attempted transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Option or of any rights granted hereunder contrary to the
provisions of this Section 11, or the levy of any attachment or similar process upon the Option or such right, shall be null and void. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Optionee may, by delivering notice to the Corporation, in a form satisfactory to the Corporation, designate a third party who, in the event of
the death of the Optionee, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)           The Optionee has been advised and understands that the Option has been issued in reliance upon exemptions from registration
under the Securities Act and applicable state statutes; the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”)  or  applicable  state  statutes  and  must  be  held  and  may  not  be  sold,  transferred,  or  otherwise  disposed  of  for  value  unless  they  are  subsequently
registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available, except as set forth herein; the Corporation is under no obligation to
register the Option or the Shares under the Securities Act or the applicable state statutes; in the absence of such registration, the sale of the Shares may be
practicably impossible; the Shares will bear on its face a legend in substantially the following form restricting the sale of the Shares:

THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER  THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT") AND ARE "RESTRICTED SECURITIES"
WITHIN  THE  MEANING  OF  RULE  144  PROMULGATED  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT.  THE  SECURITIES
HAVE  BEEN  ACQUIRED  FOR  INVESTMENT  AND  MAY  NOT  BE  SOLD  OR  TRANSFERRED  WITHOUT
COMPLYING WITH RULE 144 IN THE ABSENCE OF EFFECTIVE REGISTRA TION OR OTHER COMPLIANCE
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  ARE  SUBJECT  TO  CERTAIN  RESTRICTIONS  ON
TRANSFERABILITY  AS  SET  FORTH  IN  A  STOCK  OPTION  AGREEMENT,  A  COPY  OF  WHICH  IS  ON  FILE
WITH THE RECORDS OF THE CORPORATION.

(c)           Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or
qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Corporation at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such
Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) (“Restricted Stock”) if, in the
judgment of the Corporation, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any
state or any other law.

12.          Shareholder's Rights. This Option is non-transferable by the Optionee, except in the event of the Optionee's death as provided in Section
16 hereof and during the Optionee's lifetime is exercisable only by the Optionee except as provided in Section 15 hereof. The Optionee shall have no rights
as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Option until exercise of the Option pursuant to this Agreement and delivery to the Optionee of
the Shares as provided herein.

13.          Right of First Refusal.

shall not have a right of first refusal or preemptive right in relation with any sale of shares in the Corporation.

(a)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-Laws of the Corporation, the Optionee

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Incorporation and/or the By-Laws of the Corporation.

(b)           Sale of Shares by the Optionee shall be subject to the right of first refusal of other shareholders as set forth in the Certificate of

entity the Corporation determines, in its discretion, may be detrimental to the Corporation.

(c)           The Corporation may refuse to approve the transfer of Shares to any competitor of the Corporation or to any other person or

14.          Termination of Continuous Service. In the event an Optionee’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionee’s death or
Disability or as a result of termination for Cause), and unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Optionee may exercise the Option (to the extent
that the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date
three (3) months following the termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in Section 5 of
this Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionee does not exercise his Option within the time periods specified in this Section 14,
the Option shall terminate.

15.                    Disability  of  Optionee.  In  the  event  that  the  Optionee’s  Continuous  Service  terminates  as  a  result  of  the  Optionee’s  Disability,  the
Optionee may exercise his Option (to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination), but only within such
period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth
in this Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

16.          Death of Optionee. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the event (i) the Optionee’s Continuous Service terminates as a
result of the Optionee’s death or (ii) the Optionee dies within three (3) months after the termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service, then the Option
may  be  exercised  (to  the  extent  the  Optionee  was  entitled  to  exercise  such  Option  as  of  the  date  of  death)  by  the  Optionee’s  estate,  by  a  person  who
acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionee’s death pursuant to
Section 11(a), but only within the period ending on the earlier of (A) the date twelve (12) months following the date of death or (B) the expiration of the
term of the Option as set forth in this Agreement. If, after death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

17.                    Termination  of  Continuous  Service  for  Cause.  Notwithstanding  Sections  14-16  above,  in  the  event  of  termination  of  Optionee’s
employment with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, or if applicable, the termination of services given to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates by
consultants or member of the Board of the Company or any of its Affiliates for Cause, all outstanding Option awards granted to the Optionee hereunder
(whether vested or not) will immediately expire and terminate on the date of such termination and the Optionee shall not have any right in connection to the
outstanding Option, unless otherwise determined by the Corporation.

18.          Compliance with Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Optionee be permitted to exercise an Option in a manner
that  the  Corporation  determines  would  violate  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  if  applicable,  or  any  other  applicable  law  or  the  applicable  rules  and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or
other recognized securities quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed, quoted or traded.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19.                    Investment  Assurances.  The  Corporation  may  require  the  Optionee,  as  a  condition  of  exercising  or  acquiring  Shares  under  this
Agreement: (i) to give assurances satisfactory to the Corporation as to the Optionee’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to
employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and
that the Optionee is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the Optionee’s representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Option; and (ii) to
give assurances satisfactory to the Corporation stating that the Optionee is acquiring Shares subject to the Option for the Optionee’s own account and not
with  any  present  intention  of  selling  or  otherwise  distributing  the  Shares.  The  foregoing  requirements,  and  any  assurances  given  pursuant  to  such
requirements, shall be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the Shares upon the exercise of the Option has been registered under a then currently effective
registration statement under the Securities Act or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Corporation that such
requirement  need  not  be  met  in  the  circumstances  under  the  then  applicable  securities  laws.  The  Corporation  may,  upon  advice  of  counsel  to  the
Corporation,  place  legends  on  stock  certificates  as  such  counsel  deems  necessary  or  appropriate  in  order  to  comply  with  applicable  securities  laws,
including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Shares.

20.                    Withholding Obligations.  The  Corporation  or  any  Affiliate  may  take  such  action  as  it  may  deem  necessary  or  appropriate,  in  its
discretion, for the purpose of or in connection with withholding of any taxes that the Corporation or Affiliate is required by any applicable law to withhold
in connection with the Option (collectively, “Withholding Obligations”). Such actions may include, without limitation: (i) requiring the Optionee to remit
to the Corporation in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy such Withholding Obligations; (ii) subject to applicable law, allowing the Optionee to provide
Shares  to  the  Corporation,  in  an  amount  that  at  such  time,  reflects  a  value  that  the  Corporation  determines  to  be  sufficient  to  satisfy  such  Withholding
Obligations; (iii) withholding Shares otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Option at a value that is determined by the Corporation to be sufficient to
satisfy such Withholding Obligations; or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. The Corporation shall not be obligated to allow the exercise of the Option
by or on behalf of the Optionee until all tax consequences arising from the exercise of the Option are resolved in a manner acceptable to the Corporation.

21.          Conditions on Delivery of Stock. The Corporation will not be obligated to deliver any Shares pursuant to this Agreement or to remove
restrictions from Shares previously issued or delivered under this Agreement until (i) all conditions of this Agreement have been met or removed to the
satisfaction of the Corporation, (ii) in the opinion of the Corporation’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of the
shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and regulations and any applicable rules and regulations of a national exchange or other
recognized securities quotation system (such as the Nasdaq Stock Market/OTC Bulletin Board/OTCQB Market), on which the Shares are listed or admitted
to  trading  and  (iii)  the  Optionee  has  executed  and  delivered  to  the  Corporation  such  representations  or  agreements  as  the  Corporation  may  consider
appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22.          Tax Consequences.

(a)           Any tax consequences arising from the grant, exercise or settlement of the Option, from the payment for Shares covered thereby
or from any other event or act (of the Corporation and/or its Affiliates, or the Optionee) hereunder shall be borne solely by the Optionee. The Corporation
and/or its Affiliates shall withhold taxes according to the requirements under the applicable laws, rules and regulations, including withholding taxes at the
source.  Furthermore,  the  Optionee  shall  agree  to  indemnify  the  Corporation  and/or  its  Affiliates  and  hold  them  harmless  against  and  from  any  and  all
liability for any such tax or interest or penalty thereon, including without limitation, liabilities relating to the necessity to withhold, or to have withheld, any
such tax from any payment made to the Participant.

made.

(b)           The Corporation shall not be required to release any share certificate to the Optionee until all required payments have been fully

23.          Notices. Any notice to be given to the Corporation shall be addressed to the Corporation in care of its Secretary at its principal office,
and  any  notice  to  be  given  to  the  Optionee  shall  be  addressed  to  him  at  the  address  given  beneath  his  signature  hereto  or  at  such  other  address  as  the
Optionee may hereafter designate in writing to the Corporation. Notice may be given by e-mail.

24.                    Choice  of  Law.  This  Agreement  and  all  documents  evidencing  awards  and  all  other  related  documents  will  be  governed  by,  and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware; provided that the tax treatment and the tax rules and regulations applying to a grant in any
specific jurisdiction shall be the local tax laws of such jurisdiction in addition to the Federal income tax laws of the United States

25.          No Guaranty. It is understood and agreed that nothing contained in this Agreement, nor any action taken by the Board, shall confer upon
you  any  right  with  respect  to  the  continuation  of  your  services  to  the  Corporation  or  any  subsidiary,  nor  interfere  in  any  way  with  the  right  of  the
Corporation or a subsidiary to terminate your services at any time.

26.          Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for the purpose of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any

provision of this Agreement.

27.          Severability. If it is determined that any provision of this Agreement is invalid and unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this

Agreement, as applicable, will continue in effect.

28.          Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and each such counterpart shall, for all purposes, be
deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one agreement. Facsimile signatures and those transmitted bye-mail or other electronic
means shall have the same effect as originals.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

DARIOHEALTH CORP.

/s/ Zvi Ben-David

By:
Name: Zvi Ben-David
Title: Chief Financial Officer

OPTIONEE

/s/ Richard Anderson

By:
Name: Richard Anderson

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A
Exercise Form

To: DarioHealth Corp.

Dated:  

The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, dated as of February ___, 2020, a copy of which is attached
hereto,  hereby  irrevocably  elects  to  purchase  ________  shares  of  Common  Stock  covered  by  the  Option.  The  undersigned  herewith  makes  payment  of
$__________ representing the full purchase price for such shares at the price per share provided for in such Stock Option Agreement. Such payment takes
the form of $_________ in lawful money of the United States or delivery of shares of the Corporation's Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the
attached Stock Option Agreement.

Signature

Print Name

Address

A-I

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONDITIONAL STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.15

THIS CONDITIONAL STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of January 30, 2020, by and between

DarioHealth Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”) and Richard Anderson (the “Optionee”).

WHEREAS, the Optionee is a valued employee of the Corporation;

WHEREAS, the Corporation considers it desirable and in its best interests that Optionee be given an opportunity to acquire a proprietary option

to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Shares”).

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and the mutual covenants hereinafter

set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1.            Definitions. The following capitalized terms have the following meanings. Other capitalized terms are defined elsewhere herein.

(a)           “Affiliate” means (i) any person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with
the Corporation and/or (ii) to the extent provided by the Board, any person or entity in which the Corporation has a significant interest as determined by the
Board in its discretion. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to
any  person  or  entity,  means  the  possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of  the  power  to  direct  or  cause  the  direction  of  the  management  and  policies  of  such
person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

Principles (GAAP).

(b)           “Annual Revenues” means the Corporation’s annual consolidated revenues according to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting

(c)           “B2B Revenues” means the Corporation’s business to business revenues generated in the United States.

(d)           “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

York are authorized or obligated by federal law or executive order to be closed.

(e)           “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York City, New

(f)            “Cause” means (i) conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or
dishonesty or the commission of any other act involving willful malfeasance or material fiduciary breach with respect to the Corporation or an Affiliate; (ii)
participation in a fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement of Corporation and/or its Affiliate funds or property or act of dishonesty against the Corporation
and/or its Affiliate; (iii) material violation of any rule, regulation, policy or plan for the conduct of (as the case may be) any director, officer, employee,
member, manager, consultant or service provider of or to the Corporation or its Affiliates or its or their business (which, if curable, is not cured within five
(5) Business Days after notice thereof is provided to the Optionee); (iv) conduct that results in or is reasonably likely to result in harm to the reputation or
business of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates; (v) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Corporation or an Affiliate; (vi) material
violation  of  U.S.  state,  federal  or  other  applicable  (including  non-U.S.)  securities  laws;  or  (vii)  material  breach  of  Optionee’s  obligations  under  his
employment agreement with the Corporation.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g)           “Change of Control” means: (i) an acquisition (whether directly from the Company or otherwise) of any voting securities of
the Company (the “Voting Securities”) by any “Person” (as the term person is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities and Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)),  immediately  after  which  such  Person  has  “Beneficial  Ownership”  (within  the  meaning  of  Rule  13d-3
promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act)  of  more  than  fifty  percent  (50%)  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  the  Company’s  then  outstanding  Voting
Securities; (ii) the individuals who constitute the members of the full Board cease, by reason of a financing, merger, combination, acquisition, takeover or
other  non-ordinary  course  transaction  affecting  the  Company,  to  constitute  at  least  fifty-one  percent  (51%)  of  the  members  of  the  full  Board;  or  (iii)
approval by the full Board and, if required, stockholders of the Company of, or execution by the Company of any definitive agreement with respect to, or
the consummation of (it being understood that the mere execution of a term sheet, memorandum of understanding or other non-binding document shall not
constitute  a  Change  of  Control):  (A)  a  merger,  consolidation  or  reorganization  involving  the  Company,  where  either  or  both  of  the  events  described  in
clauses (i) or (ii) above would be the result; (B) a liquidation or dissolution of or appointment of a receiver, rehabilitator, conservator or similar person for,
or the filing by a third party of an involuntary bankruptcy against, the Company;; or (C) an agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Company to any Person (other than a transfer to a subsidiary of the Company).

(h)           “Continuous Service” means that the Optionee’s service with the Corporation or an Affiliate, whether as an employee, member
of the Board or consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. The Optionee’s Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a
change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders service to the Corporation or an Affiliate as an employee, consultant or member of the Board or a
change in the entity for which the Optionee renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service.
For  example,  a  change  in  status  from  an  employee  of  the  Corporation  to  a  consultant  of  an  Affiliate  or  a  member  of  the  Board  will  not  constitute  an
interruption  of  Continuous  Service.  The  Board  or  its  delegate,  in  its  sole  discretion,  may  determine  whether  Continuous  Service  shall  be  considered
interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave. relocation or any other personal or family leave
of absence.

(i)                        “Disability”  means  that  the  Optionee  is  unable  to  engage  in  any  substantial  gainful  activity  by  reason  of  any  medically
determinable physical or mental impairment. The determination of whether an individual has a Disability shall be determined under procedures established
by  the  Board.  The  Board  may  rely  on  any  determination  that  the  Optionee  is  disabled  for  purposes  of  benefits  under  any  long-term  disability  plan
maintained by the Corporation or any Affiliate in which the Optionee participates.

(j)            “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is
listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock
Market, or quoted on a national exchange or other recognized securities quotation system (such as the Nasdaq Stock Market/OTC Bulletin Board/OTCQB
Market), the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange, market or quotation
system  (or  the  exchange  or  market  with  the  greatest  volume  of  trading  in  the  Common  Stock)  on  the  last  market  trading  day  prior  to  the  day  of
determination (or the closing price on the date immediately preceding such date if no sales activity occurred on the day of determination), as reported by
Bloomberg or such other source as the Board deems reliable, and (ii) in the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be
determined in good faith and in accordance with applicable law by the Board and such determination shall be conclusive and binding.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(k)           “Grant Date” means, for each Vested Option’s relevant fiscal year, the date on which the Corporation files its annual report on

(l)            “Restricted Stock” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11(c) of this Agreement.

(ii) for the year 2021 - $19.5 million, (iii) for the year 2022 - $38 million, and (iv) for the year 2023 - $62 million.

(m)          “Threshold” means the Company reaching Annual Revenues in each fiscal year as follows: (i) for the year 2020 - $11 million,

2.            Grant of Conditional Options. The Corporation hereby grants to the Optionee the right and option to purchase up to an aggregate of
Twenty Two Thousand Five Hundred (22,500) Shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 6 hereof) with respect to each relevant fiscal year, on
the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  herein  (each  a  “Vested  Option”  and  together  the  “Options”)  only  if  (i)  the  Annual  Revenues  reach  or  exceed  the
Threshold for the relevant fiscal year, and (ii) the B2B Revenues reaching the following amounts: (a) for the year 2020 - $6 million, (b) for the year 2021 -
$15 million, (c) for the year 2022 - $40 million, and (d) for the year 2023 - $80 million. However, the Optionee will be entitled to receive the number of
Vested Option Shares prorated at the same rate (for example, if the actual annual B2B Revenues are 60% of the applicable annual B2B Revenues target, the
grant will amount to 13,500 Options). In no event shall the total number of Shares granted under this Agreement exceed Ninety Thousand (90,000). The
Optionee  acknowledges  that  the  Option  will  not  be  an  “incentive  option”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  422  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as
amended (the “Code”). This Option is not being issued pursuant to the Corporation’s 2012 Equity Incentive Plan; provided, however, that this Option is
granted as a material inducement to employment in accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c)(4).

3.            Exercise of Options. The Vested Option Shares shall be exercisable at a price per share of $8.41 (subject to adjustment as provided for

herein) (the “Exercise Price”).

4.            Vesting of Options. One third of each Vested Option shall vest on the first anniversary from the Grant Date followed by eight (8) equal
installment over the two years following the first anniversary of the Grant Date, subject to acceleration as provided below. For purposes of calculating the
number of shares that shall vest on each vesting date, any resulting fraction of a share shall be rounded up to the nearest full share. Subject to applicable
law, the Board, in its sole discretion, shall have the power to accelerate the time at which a Vested Option may first be exercised or the time during which
the Vested Option or any part thereof will vest.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.            Term of the Option. Each Vested Option shall expire on the six (6) year anniversary of the applicable Grant Date, or upon its earlier

termination as provided in this Agreement.

6.            Method of Exercising Option. The Optionee may exercise each Vested Option in whole or in part (to the extent that it is exercisable in
accordance with its terms) by giving written notice to the Corporation in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A, together with the tender of the full purchase
price  of  the  Shares  covered  by  the  Vested  Option.  The  purchase  price  may  consist  of  (i)  cash,  (ii)  certified  or  bank  check  payable  to  the  order  of  the
Corporation in the amount of the purchase price, (iii) a cashless exercise procedure, consisting of authorization from the Optionee to the Corporation to
retain from the total number of Shares as to which the Vested Option is exercised that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value (as defined below) on
the  date  of  the  exercise  equal  to  purchase  price  for  the  total  number  of  Shares  as  to  which  the  Vested  Option  is  exercised,  (iv)  other  property  or
consideration if the Board determines beneficial to the Corporation or (v) any combination of the methods described in (i) through (iv) above.

As soon as practicable after receipt by the Corporation of such notice and of payment in full of the purchase price of all the Shares with
respect to which the Vested Option has been exercised, a certificate or certificates representing such Shares shall be issued in the name of the Optionee and
shall  be  delivered  to  the  Optionee.  All  Shares  shall  be  issued  only  upon  receipt  by  the  Corporation  of  the  Optionee's  representation  that  the  Shares  are
purchased for investment and not with a view toward distribution thereof.

7.            Availability of Shares.  The  Corporation,  during  the  term  of  this  Agreement,  shall  keep  available  at  all  times  the  number  of  Shares
required  to  satisfy  the  Options.  The  Corporation  shall  utilize  its  best  efforts  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  each  regulatory  commission  or  agency
having jurisdiction in order to issue and sell the Shares to satisfy the Options.

8.            Adjustments. If prior to the exercise of any portion of the Options granted hereunder the Corporation shall have effected one or more
stock splits, stock dividends, or other increases or reductions of the number of its Shares outstanding without receiving compensation therefor in money,
services or property, the number of Shares subject to each Vested Option hereby granted shall (a) if a net increase shall have been effected in the number of
outstanding the Corporation’s Shares, be proportionately increased and the purchase price of the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Vested Option shall
be proportionately reduced; and (b) if a net reduction shall have been effected in the number of outstanding shares of the Corporation's Common Stock, be
proportionately reduced and the purchase price of the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Vested Option shall be proportionately increased. In the event
that the Corporation shall make any distribution of its assets upon or with respect to the Shares, as a liquidating dividend, the Optionee shall be entitled to
receive an amount equal to the value thereof at the time of such distribution, less the aggregate purchase price for the Vested Option.

9.            Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, the Corporation shall immediately notify the
Optionee  of  such  dissolution  or  liquidation.  The  Corporation  may  provide  the  Optionee  thirty  (30)  days  to  exercise  all  or  a  portion  of  any  outstanding
vested  Options  held  by  him  at  that  time,  and  upon  the  expiration  of  such  thirty  (30)  day  period,  all  remaining  outstanding  Options  shall  terminate
immediately. Alternatively, the Corporation may provide that all or any portion of any vested Options shall convert into the right to receive liquidation
proceeds (if applicable, net of the Exercise Price and any applicable tax withholdings).

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.          Change in Control.

(a)           In the event of a Change in Control, then, without the consent or action required of the Optionee:

(i)          Any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation or any parent or affiliate thereof, as determined by the Corporation
in its discretion, shall assume or continue any Options outstanding under this Agreement in all or in part or shall substitute to similar stock awards in all or
in part, in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; or

(ii)         In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume or continue the Options or substitute to
similar  awards,  then:  (A)  all  unvested  Shares  covered  by  the  Options  shall  expire,  and  (B)  vested  Shares  covered  by  the  Options  shall  terminate  if  not
exercised at or prior to such Change in Control; or

as the Corporation may determine to be appropriate prior to such events; or

(iii)        The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting, partially or in full, of Shares covered by the Options

(iv)        In the event of a Change in Control under the terms of which holders of Shares will receive upon consummation thereof
a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Change in Control (the “Acquisition Price”), the Optionee shall be provided a cash payment with respect
to  each  vested  Option  held  by  the  Optionee  equal  to  (A)  the  number  of  Shares  subject  to  the  vested  Options  (after  giving  effect  to  any  acceleration  of
vesting  that  occurs  upon  or  immediately  prior  to  such  Change  in  Control  multiplied  by  (B)  the  excess,  if  any,  of  (I)  the  Acquisition  Price  over  (II)  the
Exercise Price and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such Awards.

(b)           Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the repurchase and other rights of the Corporation with respect to outstanding
Restricted Stock shall inure to the benefit of the Corporation’s successor and shall, unless the determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other
property  that  the  Shares  were  converted  into  or  exchanged  for  pursuant  to  such  Change  in  Control  in  the  same  manner  and  to  the  same  extent  as  they
applied to the Restricted Stock; provided, however, that the Corporation may provide for termination or deemed satisfaction of repurchase or other rights
under this Agreement evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between the Optionee and the Corporation, either initially or by amendment.

(c)           Notwithstanding the above, in case of Change in Control and in the event all or substantially all of the shares of the Corporation
are to be exchanged for securities of another company, then the Optionee shall be obliged to sell or exchange, as the case may be, any shares the Optionee
holds or purchased under this Agreement, in accordance with the instructions issued by the Corporation, whose determination shall be final.

outstanding Options Shares in case of Change in Control.

(d)                      Notwithstanding  the  above,  the  Corporation  may,  in  its  sole  discretion,  decide  other  terms  regarding  the  treatment  of  the

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.          Restrictions. The Optionee, by acceptance hereof, represents and warrants as follows:

(a)           The Options and the right to purchase Shares hereunder is personal to the Optionee and shall not be transferred to any other
person, other than (i) by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or (ii) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code, or Title I
of  the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as  amended  (“ERISA”),  or  by  the  rules  thereunder.  The  Options  shall  not  be  collaterally
assigned,  pledged  or  hypothecated  in  any  way  (whether  by  operation  of  law  or  otherwise)  and  shall  not  be  subject  to  execution,  attachment  or  similar
process. Any attempted transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Options or of any rights granted hereunder contrary to the
provisions of this Section 11, or the levy of any attachment or similar process upon the Options or such right, shall be null and void. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Optionee may, by delivering notice to the Corporation, in a form satisfactory to the Corporation, designate a third party who, in the event of
the death of the Optionee, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Options.

(b)                      The  Optionee  has  been  advised  and  understands  that  the  Options  have  been  issued  in  reliance  upon  exemptions  from
registration under the Securities Act and applicable state statutes; the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities  Act”)  or  applicable  state  statutes  and  must  be  held  and  may  not  be  sold,  transferred,  or  otherwise  disposed  of  for  value  unless  they  are
subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available, except as set forth herein; the Corporation is under no
obligation to register the Options or the Shares under the Securities Act or the applicable state statutes; in the absence of such registration, the sale of the
Shares may be practicably impossible; the Shares will bear on its face a legend in substantially the following form restricting the sale of the Shares:

THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER  THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT") AND ARE "RESTRICTED SECURITIES"
WITHIN  THE  MEANING  OF  RULE  144  PROMULGATED  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT.  THE  SECURITIES
HAVE  BEEN  ACQUIRED  FOR  INVESTMENT  AND  MAY  NOT  BE  SOLD  OR  TRANSFERRED  WITHOUT
COMPLYING WITH RULE 144 IN THE ABSENCE OF EFFECTIVE REGISTRA TION OR OTHER COMPLIANCE
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  ARE  SUBJECT  TO  CERTAIN  RESTRICTIONS  ON
TRANSFERABILITY  AS  SET  FORTH  IN  A  STOCK  OPTION  AGREEMENT,  A  COPY  OF  WHICH  IS  ON  FILE
WITH THE RECORDS OF THE CORPORATION.

(c)            Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or
qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Corporation at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such
Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) (“Restricted Stock”) if, in the
judgment of the Corporation, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any
state or any other law.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.          Shareholder's Rights. The Options is non-transferable by the Optionee, except in the event of the Optionee's death as provided in Section
16 hereof and during the Optionee's lifetime is exercisable only by the Optionee except as provided in Section 15 hereof. The Optionee shall have no rights
as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Options until exercise of the Options pursuant to this Agreement and delivery to the Optionee of
the Shares as provided herein.

13.          Right of First Refusal.

shall not have a right of first refusal or preemptive right in relation with any sale of shares in the Corporation.

(a)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-Laws of the Corporation, the Optionee

Incorporation and/or the By-Laws of the Corporation.

(b)           Sale of Shares by the Optionee shall be subject to the right of first refusal of other shareholders as set forth in the Certificate of

(c)           The Corporation may refuse to approve the transfer of Shares to any competitor of the Corporation or to any other person or

entity the Corporation determines, in its discretion, may be detrimental to the Corporation.

14.          Termination of Continuous Service. In the event an Optionee’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionee’s death or
Disability or as a result of termination for Cause), and unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Optionee may exercise a Vested Option (to the
extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Vested Option as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of
(i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Vested Option as set
forth in Section 5 of this Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionee does not exercise the Vested Option within the time periods
specified in this Section 14, the Vested Option shall terminate.

15.                    Disability  of  Optionee.  In  the  event  that  the  Optionee’s  Continuous  Service  terminates  as  a  result  of  the  Optionee’s  Disability,  the
Optionee may exercise a Vested Option (to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise such Vested Option as of the date of termination), but only
within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Vested
Option as set forth in this Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise the Vested Option within the time specified herein, the Vested
Option shall terminate.

16.          Death of Optionee. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the event (i) the Optionee’s Continuous Service terminates as a
result of the Optionee’s death or (ii) the Optionee dies within three (3) months after the termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service, then a Vested
Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise such Vested Option as of the date of death) by the Optionee’s estate, by a
person who acquired the right to exercise the Vested Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Vested Option upon the
Optionee’s death pursuant to Section 11(a), but only within the period ending on the earlier of (A) the date twelve (12) months following the date of death
or (B) the expiration of the term of the Vested Option as set forth in this Agreement. If, after death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified
herein, the Vested Option shall terminate.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17.                    Termination  of  Continuous  Service  for  Cause.  Notwithstanding  Sections  14-16  above,  in  the  event  of  termination  of  Optionee’s
employment with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, or if applicable, the termination of services given to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates by
consultants or member of the Board of the Company or any of its Affiliates for Cause, all outstanding Option awards granted to the Optionee hereunder
(whether vested or not) will immediately expire and terminate on the date of such termination and the Optionee shall not have any right in connection to the
outstanding Options, unless otherwise determined by the Corporation.

18.          Compliance with Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Optionee be permitted to exercise a Vested Option in a
manner that the Corporation determines would violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, if applicable, or any other applicable law or the applicable rules
and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  or  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  any  securities  exchange,  inter-dealer  quotation
system or other recognized securities quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed, quoted or traded.

19.                    Investment  Assurances.  The  Corporation  may  require  the  Optionee,  as  a  condition  of  exercising  or  acquiring  Shares  under  this
Agreement: (i) to give assurances satisfactory to the Corporation as to the Optionee’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to
employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and
that the Optionee is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the Optionee’s representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Options; and (ii) to
give assurances satisfactory to the Corporation stating that the Optionee is acquiring Shares subject to the Options for the Optionee’s own account and not
with  any  present  intention  of  selling  or  otherwise  distributing  the  Shares.  The  foregoing  requirements,  and  any  assurances  given  pursuant  to  such
requirements, shall be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the Shares upon the exercise of a Vested Option has been registered under a then currently effective
registration statement under the Securities Act or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Corporation that such
requirement  need  not  be  met  in  the  circumstances  under  the  then  applicable  securities  laws.  The  Corporation  may,  upon  advice  of  counsel  to  the
Corporation,  place  legends  on  stock  certificates  as  such  counsel  deems  necessary  or  appropriate  in  order  to  comply  with  applicable  securities  laws,
including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Shares.

20.                    Withholding Obligations.  The  Corporation  or  any  Affiliate  may  take  such  action  as  it  may  deem  necessary  or  appropriate,  in  its
discretion, for the purpose of or in connection with withholding of any taxes that the Corporation or Affiliate is required by any applicable law to withhold
in connection with the Options (collectively, “Withholding Obligations”). Such actions may include, without limitation: (i) requiring the Optionee to remit
to the Corporation in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy such Withholding Obligations; (ii) subject to applicable law, allowing the Optionee to provide
Shares  to  the  Corporation,  in  an  amount  that  at  such  time,  reflects  a  value  that  the  Corporation  determines  to  be  sufficient  to  satisfy  such  Withholding
Obligations;  (iii)  withholding  Shares  otherwise  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  a  Vested  Option  at  a  value  that  is  determined  by  the  Corporation  to  be
sufficient to satisfy such Withholding Obligations; or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. The Corporation shall not be obligated to allow the exercise of
a  Vested  Option  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Optionee  until  all  tax  consequences  arising  from  the  exercise  of  the  Vested  Option  are  resolved  in  a  manner
acceptable to the Corporation.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
21.          Conditions on Delivery of Stock. The Corporation will not be obligated to deliver any Shares pursuant to this Agreement or to remove
restrictions from Shares previously issued or delivered under this Agreement until (i) all conditions of this Agreement have been met or removed to the
satisfaction of the Corporation, (ii) in the opinion of the Corporation’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of the
shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and regulations and any applicable rules and regulations of a national exchange or other
recognized securities quotation system (such as the Nasdaq Stock Market/OTC Bulletin Board/OTCQB Market), on which the Shares are listed or admitted
to  trading  and  (iii)  the  Optionee  has  executed  and  delivered  to  the  Corporation  such  representations  or  agreements  as  the  Corporation  may  consider
appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

22.          Tax Consequences.

(a)           Any  tax  consequences  arising  from  the  grant,  exercise  or  settlement  of  the  Options,  from  the  payment  for  Shares  covered
thereby  or  from  any  other  event  or  act  (of  the  Corporation  and/or  its  Affiliates,  or  the  Optionee)  hereunder  shall  be  borne  solely  by  the  Optionee.  The
Corporation and/or its Affiliates shall withhold taxes according to the requirements under the applicable laws, rules and regulations, including withholding
taxes at the source. Furthermore, the Optionee shall agree to indemnify the Corporation and/or its Affiliates and hold them harmless against and from any
and  all  liability  for  any  such  tax  or  interest  or  penalty  thereon,  including  without  limitation,  liabilities  relating  to  the  necessity  to  withhold,  or  to  have
withheld, any such tax from any payment made to the Participant.

made.

(b)           The Corporation shall not be required to release any share certificate to the Optionee until all required payments have been fully

23.          Notices. Any notice to be given to the Corporation shall be addressed to the Corporation in care of its Secretary at its principal office,
and  any  notice  to  be  given  to  the  Optionee  shall  be  addressed  to  him  at  the  address  given  beneath  his  signature  hereto  or  at  such  other  address  as  the
Optionee may hereafter designate in writing to the Corporation. Notice may be given by e-mail.

24.                    Choice  of  Law.  This  Agreement  and  all  documents  evidencing  awards  and  all  other  related  documents  will  be  governed  by,  and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware; provided that the tax treatment and the tax rules and regulations applying to a grant in any
specific jurisdiction shall be the local tax laws of such jurisdiction in addition to the Federal income tax laws of the United States

25.          No Guaranty. It is understood and agreed that nothing contained in this Agreement, nor any action taken by the Board, shall confer upon
you  any  right  with  respect  to  the  continuation  of  your  services  to  the  Corporation  or  any  subsidiary,  nor  interfere  in  any  way  with  the  right  of  the
Corporation or a subsidiary to terminate your services at any time.

26.          Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for the purpose of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any

provision of this Agreement.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27.          Severability. If it is determined that any provision of this Agreement is invalid and unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this

Agreement, as applicable, will continue in effect.

28.          Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and each such counterpart shall, for all purposes, be
deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one agreement. Facsimile signatures and those transmitted bye-mail or other electronic
means shall have the same effect as originals.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

10

 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

DARIOHEALTH CORP.

By: /s/ Zvi Ben-David
Name: Zvi Ben-David
Title: Chief Financial Officer

OPTIONEE

By: /s/ Richard Anderson
Name: Richard Anderson

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A
Exercise Form

To: DarioHealth Corp.

Dated:  

The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, dated as of February ___, 2020, a copy of which is attached
hereto,  hereby  irrevocably  elects  to  purchase  ________  shares  of  Common  Stock  covered  by  the  Option.  The  undersigned  herewith  makes  payment  of
$__________ representing the full purchase price for such shares at the price per share provided for in such Stock Option Agreement. Such payment takes
the form of $_________ in lawful money of the United States or delivery of shares of the Corporation's Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the
attached Stock Option Agreement.

Signature

Print Name

Address

A-I

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.16

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of the      day of             __, 2020, by and DarioHealth Corp., a Delaware corporation

(the “Corporation”), and ____________ (“Indemnitee”), a director and/or officer of the Corporation.

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Corporation to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, it is the express policy of the Corporation to indemnify its directors and officers so as to provide them with the maximum possible

protection permitted by law; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Corporation;

WHEREAS, both the Corporation and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors and

officers of corporations;

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability and in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or
continue to serve the Corporation, the Corporation wishes to provide Indemnitee with the benefits contemplated by this Agreement to the fullest extent
permitted by law;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1.       Agreement to Serve. Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to serve as director and/or officer of the Corporation for so long as he

is duly elected or appointed or until such time as he tenders his resignation in writing.

2.       Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a)

“Change in Control” means any of the following events: (i) an event occurring after the date hereof of a nature that would be required to
be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or
form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Act”), whether or not the Corporation is then subject to
such reporting requirement; (ii) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Act), other than a person who is an
officer  or  director  of  the  Corporation  on  March  20,  2017  (and  any  of  such  person’s  affiliates),  is  or  becomes  “beneficial  owner”  (as
defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 35% or more of the combined
voting  power  of  the  then  outstanding  securities  of  the  Corporation;  (iii)  the  Corporation  is  a  party  to  a  merger,  consolidation,  sale  of
assets or other reorganization, or a proxy contest, which would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately
prior to such transaction or event to no longer represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of a
surviving entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding
immediately after such transaction or event and to no longer have the power to elect at least a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors (“Board”) or other governing body of such surviving entity; (iv) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at
the beginning of such period constituted the Board (including for this purpose any new director whose election or nomination for election
by the Corporation’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at
the beginning of such period) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; (v) the approval by the Corporation’s
stockholders of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation; or (vi) a liquidation or dissolution of
the Corporation.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

The term “Corporate Status” shall mean the status of a person who is or was a director and/or officer of the Corporation, or is or was
serving,  or  has  agreed  to  serve,  at  the  request  of  the  Corporation,  as  a  director,  officer,  partner,  trustee,  employee  or  agent  of  another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

The term “Expenses” shall include, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs (including trial and appeals), witness fees,
transcript  costs,  fees  of  experts  and  other  professionals,  reasonable  travel  expenses,  duplicating  costs,  printing  and  binding  costs,
telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, bonds and all costs related thereto, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed as a
result  of  the  actual  or  deemed  receipt  of  any  payments  under  this  Agreement,  ERISA  and  employee  benefit  plan  excise  taxes  and
penalties  and  all  other  disbursements,  obligations  or  expenses  of  the  types  customarily  incurred  in  connection  with  or  as  a  result  of
investigations, judicial or administrative proceedings or appeals, preparation in anticipation of a Proceeding, being or preparing to be a
deponent or witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding, recovery under any directors' and officers' liability insurance policies
maintained  by  the  Corporation,  the  interpretation,  enforcement  or  defense  of  Indemnitee's  rights  under  this  Agreement,  or  the
Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, but shall not include
the amount of judgments, fines or penalties against Indemnitee or amounts paid in settlement in connection with such matters.

The  term  “Independent  Counsel”  shall  mean  an  attorney  selected  by  Indemnitee  and  approved  and  appointed  by  a  majority  vote  of  a
quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors, as defined in Paragraph 9. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel”
does  not  include  any  person  who  (i)  under  the  applicable  standards  of  professional  conduct  then  prevailing,  would  have  a  conflict  of
interest in representing either the Corporation or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or (ii)
was  otherwise  retained  to  represent  the  Corporation,  the  Indemnitee  or  any  other  party  to  the  Proceeding  giving  rise  to  a  claim  for
indemnification hereunder in the prior three (3) years.

References  to  “other  enterprise”  shall  include  employee  benefit  plans;  references  to  “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with
respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director,
officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent
with  respect  to  an  employee  benefit  plan,  its  participants  or  beneficiaries;  and  a  person  who  acted  in  good  faith  and  in  a  manner  he
reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted
in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Agreement.

The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, claim, counterclaim, arbitration,
mediation,  alternate  dispute  resolution  mechanism,  investigation  (formal  or  informal),  inquiry  and  administrative  hearing,  whether
brought by or in the right of the Corporation or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, and any
appeal therefrom.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.       Indemnification in Third-Party Proceedings. The Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this
Paragraph  3  if  Indemnitee  was  or  is  a  party  to  or  threatened  to  be  made  a  party  to  or  otherwise  involved  in  any  Proceeding  (other  than  a
Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or by reason of any
action  alleged  to  have  been  taken  or  omitted  in  connection  therewith,  against  all  Expenses,  judgments,  fines,  penalties  and  amounts  paid  in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding, if Indemnitee acted in
good  faith  and  in  a  manner  which  Indemnitee  reasonably  believed  to  be  in,  or  not  opposed  to,  the  best  interests  of  the  Corporation  and,  with
respect  to  any  criminal  Proceeding,  had  no  reasonable  cause  to  believe  that  Indemnitee’s  conduct  was  unlawful.  The  termination  of  any
Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption
that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of
the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

4.       Indemnification in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance
with the provisions of this Paragraph 4 if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or otherwise involved in any Proceeding by
or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or by reason of any action alleged
to have been taken or omitted in connection therewith, against all Expenses and, to the extent permitted by law, judgment, fines, penalties and
amounts  paid  in  settlement  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  Indemnitee  or  on  Indemnitee’s  behalf  in  connection  with  such  Proceeding,  if
Indemnitee  acted  in  good  faith  and  in  a  manner  which  Indemnitee  reasonably  believed  to  be  in,  or  not  opposed  to,  the  best  interests  or  the
Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made under this Paragraph 4 in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee
shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation, unless and only to the extent that a court of proper jurisdiction shall determine upon
application  that,  despite  the  adjudication  of  such  liability  but  in  view  of  all  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  Indemnitee  is  fairly  and  reasonably
entitled to indemnity for such Expenses as such court shall deem proper.

5.              Exceptions  to  Right  of  Indemnification.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  this  Agreement,  except  as  set  forth  in
Paragraph 10, the Corporation shall not indemnify Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by Indemnitee unless (i)
the initiation thereof was approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; or (ii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control.
Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  this  Agreement,  the  Corporation  shall  not  indemnify  Indemnitee  to  the  extent  Indemnitee  is
reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, and in the event the Corporation makes any indemnification payments to Indemnitee and Indemnitee
is subsequently reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, Indemnitee shall promptly refund such indemnification payments to the Corporation to
the extent of such insurance reimbursement.

6.              Indemnification  of  Expenses. Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Agreement,  to  the  extent  that  Indemnitee  has  been
successful,  on  the  merits  or  otherwise,  in  defense  of  any  Proceeding  or  in  defense  of  any  claim,  issue  or  matter  therein,  Indemnitee  shall  be
indemnified against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. Without limiting the foregoing, if any
Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein is disposed of, on the merits or otherwise (including a disposition without prejudice), without
(i) the disposition being adverse to the Indemnitee, (ii) an adjudication that the Indemnitee was liable to the Corporation, (iii) a plea of guilty or
nolo contendere by the Indemnitee, (iv) an adjudication that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be
in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and (v) with respect to any criminal proceeding, an adjudication that the Indemnitee had
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall be considered for the purposes hereof to have been wholly successful with
respect thereto. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is or is asked to be
made,  by  reason  of  his  Corporate  Status,  a  witness  to  any  Proceeding,  is  or  was  asked  or  required  to  respond  to  discovery  requests  in  any
Proceeding,  or  is  or  was  otherwise  asked  to  participate  in  any  aspect  of  a  Proceeding  to  which  Indemnitee  is  not  a  party,  Indemnitee  shall  be
indemnified and held harmless from all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.       Notification and Defense of Claim. As a condition precedent to Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified, Indemnitee agrees to notify
the Corporation in writing as soon as reasonably practicable of any Proceeding for which indemnity will or could be sought by Indemnitee and
provide the Corporation with a copy of any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to such
Proceeding  with  which  Indemnitee  is  served;  provided,  however,  that  the  failure  to  give  such  notice  shall  not  relieve  the  Corporation  of  its
obligations to Indemnitee under this Agreement, except to the extent, if any, that the Corporation is actually prejudiced by the failure to give such
notice. With respect to any Proceeding of which the Corporation is so notified, the Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own
expense and/or to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee. After notice from the
Corporation to Indemnitee of its election so to assume such defense, the Corporation shall not be liable to the Indemnitee for any legal or other
expenses  subsequently  incurred  by  the  Indemnitee  in  connection  with  such  Proceeding,  other  than  as  provided  below  in  this  Paragraph  7.
Indemnitee  shall  have  the  right  to  employ  Indemnitee’s  own  counsel  in  connection  with  such  Proceeding,  but  the  fees  and  expenses  of  such
counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (i) the
employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation, (ii) counsel to Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that
there may be a conflict of interest or position on any significant issue between the Corporation and Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of
such Proceeding, (iii) after a Change in Control, Indemnitee's employment of its own counsel has been approved by the Independent Counsel, or
(iv) the  Corporation  shall  not  in  fact  have  employed  counsel  to  assume  the  defense  of  such  Proceeding,  in  each  of  which  cases  the  fees  and
expenses of counsel for Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement. The
Corporation  shall  not  be  entitled,  without  the  consent  of  Indemnitee,  to  assume  the  defense  of  any  claim  brought  by  or  in  the  right  of  the
Corporation or as to which counsel for Indemnitee shall have reasonably made the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above. The Corporation
shall not be required to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its
written consent, provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the Corporation shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for
amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. The Corporation shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner
which would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Corporation nor the Indemnitee
will unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement.

8.       Advancement of Expenses. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee, or on behalf of an Indemnitee, in connection with any such
Proceeding to which Indemnitee was or is a witness or a party or is threatened to be a party by reason of his Corporate Status or by reason of any
action alleged to have been taken or omitted in connection therewith shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such
matter; provided, however, that the payment of such Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such matter shall
be  made  only  upon  receipt  of  an  undertaking  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Indemnitee  to  repay  all  amounts  so  advanced  in  the  event  that  it  shall
ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Agreement; and further
provided that no such advancement of Expenses shall be made if it is determined that (i) Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner
Indemnitee  reasonably  believes  to  be  in,  or  not  opposed  to,  the  best  interests  of  the  Corporation,  or  (ii)  with  respect  to  any  criminal  action  or
proceeding,  the  Indemnitee  had  reasonable  cause  to  believe  Indemnitee’s  conduct  was  unlawful.  Such  undertaking  shall  be  accepted  without
reference to the financial ability of Indemnitee to make such repayment. If, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee is not entitled to
be indemnified with respect to such Proceeding, then such Expenses shall be paid within 60 days after the receipt by Indemnitee of the written
request by the Corporation for the Indemnitee to make payments to the Corporation. Any such Expenses advanced to Indemnitee pursuant to this
Paragraph 8 shall be unsecured and interest free.

 
 
 
 
 
9.       Procedure for Indemnification; Contribution.

(a)

(b)

In order to obtain indemnification pursuant to Paragraphs 3, 4, 6 or 8 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a
written request, including in such request such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably
necessary  to  determine  whether  and  to  what  extent  Indemnitee  is  entitled  to  indemnification  or  advancement  of  Expenses.  Any  such
indemnification or advancement of Expenses shall be made promptly, and in any event within 30 days after receipt by the Corporation of
the written request of the Indemnitee, unless with respect to requests under Paragraphs 3 or 4 the Corporation determines within such 30-
day period that such Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Paragraphs 3 or 4, as the case may be. Such
determination, and any determination pursuant to Paragraph 8 that advanced Expenses must be repaid to the Corporation, shall be made
in each instance (a) by a majority vote of the directors of the Corporation consisting of persons who are not at that time parties to the
Proceeding (“Disinterested Directors”), whether or not a quorum, (b) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by majority
vote  of  Disinterested  Directors,  whether  or  not  a  quorum,  (c)  if  there  are  no  Disinterested  Directors,  or  if  Disinterested  Directors  so
direct, by independent legal counsel (who may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be regular legal counsel to the Corporation ) in
a written opinion or (d) by the stockholders.

(i) If a determination is made that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, after Indemnitee submits a written request therefor, under
this Agreement, then in respect of any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding in which the Corporation is jointly liability with the
Indemnitee  (or  would  be  if  joined  in  such  Proceeding),  the  Corporation  shall  contribute  to  the  amount  of  Expenses,  judgments,  fines,
penalties, excise taxes and amounts paid in settlement by the Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative
benefits  received  by  the  Corporation  on  the  one  hand  and  the  Indemnitee  on  the  other  hand  from  the  transaction  from  which  the
Proceeding arose, and (ii) the relative fault of the Corporation on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand in connection
with  the  events  that  resulted  in  such  Expenses,  judgments,  fines,  penalties,  excise  taxes  or  amounts  paid  in  settlement,  as  well  as  any
other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Corporation on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand
shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to
correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes or amounts paid in settlement.
The  Corporation  agrees  that  it  would  not  be  just  and  equitable  if  contribution  pursuant  to  this  Section  were  determined  by  pro  rata
allocation or any other method of allocation that does not take into account the foregoing equitable considerations.

 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)       The determination as to the amount of the contribution, if any, shall be made by: (A) a court of competent jurisdiction upon the
applicable of both the Indemnitee and the Corporation (if the Proceeding had been brought in, and final determination had been rendered
by  such  court);  (B)  the  Board  by  a  majority  vote  of  a  quorum  consisting  of  Disinterested  Directors;  or  (C)  Independent  Counsel,  if  a
quorum is not obtainable for purpose of (B) above, or, even if obtainable, a quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs.

10.              Remedies.  The  right  to  indemnification  and  immediate  advancement  of  Expenses  as  provided  by  this  Agreement  shall  be
enforceable by the Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Unless otherwise required by law, the burden of proving that indemnification
is not appropriate shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation to have made a determination prior to the commencement of
such  action  that  indemnification  is  proper  in  the  circumstances  because  Indemnitee  has  met  the  applicable  standard  of  conduct,  nor  an  actual
determination by the Corporation pursuant to Paragraph 9 that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to
the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Indemnitee’s expenses (of the type described in
the  definition  of  “Expenses”  in  Paragraph  2  (c))  reasonably  incurred  in  connection  with  successfully  establishing  Indemnitee’s  right  to
indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such Proceeding also shall be indemnified by the Corporation.

11.       Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Corporation for
some or a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines penalties or amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on
Indemnitee’s  behalf  in  connection  with  any  Proceeding  but  not,  however,  for  the  total  amount  thereof,  the  Corporation  shall  nevertheless
indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement to which Indemnitee is entitled.

12.       Establishment of Trust. In the event of a Change in Control, the Corporation shall, upon written request by Indemnitee, create a
trust for the benefit of Indemnitee and from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund the trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy
any  and  all  claims  hereunder,  including  Expenses,  reasonably  anticipated  at  the  time  of  each  such  request  to  be  incurred  in  connection  with
investigating,  preparing  for,  participating  in,  or  defending  any  Proceeding  as  described  in  Paragraphs  3  and  4.  The  amount  or  amounts  to  be
deposited in the trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by the Independent Counsel. The terms of the trust shall
provide  that  upon  a  Change  in  Control,  (i)  the  trust  shall  not  be  revoked  or  the  principal  thereof  invaded,  without  the  written  consent  of
Indemnitee, (ii) the trustee shall advance, within ten (10) business days of a request by Indemnitee, any and all Expenses to Indemnitee, (iii) the
trust shall continue to be funded by the Corporation in accordance with the funding obligation set forth above, (iv) the trustee shall promptly pay
to  Indemnitee  all  amounts  for  which  Indemnitee  shall  be  entitled  to  indemnification  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  or  otherwise,  and  (v)  all
unexpended  funds  in  the  trust  shall  revert  to  the  Corporation  upon  a  final  determination  by  the  Independent  Counsel  or  a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction, as the case may be, that Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Agreement. The trustee shall be chosen by
Indemnitee. Nothing in this Paragraph 12 shall relieve the Corporation of any of its obligations under this Agreement. All income earned on the
assets held in the trust shall be reported as income by the Corporation for federal, state, local, and foreign tax purposes. The Corporation shall pay
all costs of establishing and maintaining the trust and shall indemnify the trustee against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims,
liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the establishment and maintenance of the trust.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13.              Subrogation.  In  the  event  of  any  payment  under  this  Agreement,  the  Corporation  shall  be  subrogated  to  the  extent  of  such
payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights,
including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Corporation to bring suit to enforce such rights.

14.              Term  of  Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall  continue  until  and  terminate  upon  the  later  of  (a)  six  years  after  the  date  that
Indemnitee  shall  have  ceased  to  serve  as  a  director  or  officer  of  the  Corporation  or,  at  the  request  of  the  Corporation,  as  a  director,  officer,
employee  or  agent  of  another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or  other  enterprise;  (b)  the  expiration  of  all  applicable  statute  of
limitations periods for any claim which may be brought against Indemnitee in a Proceeding as a result of his Corporate Status; or (c) the final
termination of all Proceedings, or any right to appeal such Proceedings, that are pending on the date set forth in clauses (a) or (b) in respect of
which  Indemnitee  may  be  granted  rights  of  indemnification  or  advancement  of  Expenses  hereunder  and  of  any  proceeding  commenced  by
Indemnitee pursuant to Paragraph 10 of this Agreement relating thereto.

15.       Indemnification Hereunder Not Exclusive. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement shall
not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Articles of Incorporation, the By-Laws, any agreement,
any  vote  of  stockholders  or  disinterested  directors,  the  applicable  law  of  the  State  of  Delaware,  and  any  other  law  (common  or  statutory)  or
otherwise,  both  as  to  action  in  Indemnitee’s  official  corporate  capacity  and  as  to  action  in  another  capacity  while  holding  office  for  the
Corporation. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit the Corporation from purchasing and maintaining insurance, at its
expense, to protect itself or the Indemnitee against any expense, liability or loss incurred by it or Indemnitee in any such capacity, or arising out of
Indemnitee’s  status  as  such,  whether  or  not  Indemnitee  would  be  indemnified  against  such  expense,  liability  or  loss  under  this  Agreement;
provided that the Corporation shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and
to  the  extent  that  Indemnitee  has  otherwise  actually  received  such  payment  under  any  insurance  policy,  contract,  agreement  or  otherwise,
including as provided in Paragraph 5 hereof.

16.       No Special Rights.  Nothing  herein  shall  confer  upon  Indemnitee  any  right  to  continue  to  serve  as  a  director  or  officer  of  the

Corporation for any period of time or, except as expressly provided herein, at any particular rate of compensation.

17.              Savings  Clause.  If  this  Agreement  or  any  portion  thereof  shall  be  invalidated  on  any  ground  by  any  court  of  competent
jurisdiction,  then  the  Corporation  shall  nevertheless  indemnify  Indemnitee  as  to  Expenses,  judgments,  fines,  penalties  and  amounts  paid  in
settlement  with  respect  to  any  Proceeding  to  the  full  extent  permitted  by  any  applicable  portion  of  this  Agreement  that  shall  not  have  been
invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18.       Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, both of which together shall constitute

the original instrument. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures.

19.       Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Corporation and its successors and assigns and shall inure to

the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives of Indemnitee.

20.              Headings.  The  headings  of  the  paragraphs  of  this  Agreement  are  inserted  for  convenience  only  and  shall  not  be  deemed  to

constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

21.       Modification and Waiver. This Agreement may be amended from time to time to reflect changes in applicable law or for other
reasons. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto.
No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof nor shall any such
waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

22.       Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
given (i) when delivered by hand or (ii) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third day after the date on which it is
so mailed:

(a)

(b)

if to the Indemnitee, to:

if to the Corporation, to:

8 HaTokhen Street,
Caesarea North Industrial Park,
3088900 Israel
Attention: Erez Raphael, Chief Executive Officer
Email: erez@mydario.com

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Corporation or to the Corporation by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

23.       Applicable Law. This Agreement is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware

without giving effect to any provisions thereof relating to conflict of laws.

24.       Enforcement. The Corporation expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement in order to induce Indemnitee
to continue to serve as director and/or officer of the Corporation and acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in continuing
in such capacity.

25.       Insurance. The  Corporation  shall  maintain  an  insurance  policy  or  policies  providing  liability  insurance  for  directors,  officers,
employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Corporation or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Corporation, and Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance
with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such
policy or policies.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

DARIOHEALTH CORP.  

Name:                                 
Title:    

INDEMNITEE

Name:  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Labstyle Innovation Ltd., an Israeli company (“Labstyle Israel”)

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Exhibit 21.1

 
 
 
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (File No. 333-235531 and 333-236271) and the Registration
Statements on Form S-3 (File No. 333-229259) of DarioHealth Corp. (“the Company”), of our report dated March 16, 2020 with respect to the consolidated
financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Exhibit 23.1

Tel-Aviv, Israel
March 16, 2020

  /s/ Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer
  A Member of Ernst & Young Global

 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION
OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) AND 15D-14(A)
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

I, Erez Raphael, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of DarioHealth Corp. (the “Registrant”);

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13-a13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:

a)    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)        Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)        Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures;  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the

effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)    Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably

likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control

over financial reporting.

Date: March 16, 2020

/s/ Erez Raphael
Erez Raphael
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION
OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) AND 15D-14(A)
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

I, Zvi Ben David, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of DarioHealth Corp. (the “Registrant”);

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13-a13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:

a)    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)        Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)        Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures;  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the

effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)    Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably

likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control

over financial reporting.

Date: March 16, 2020

/s/ Zvi Ben David
Zvi Ben David
Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION
OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U. S. C. SECTION 1350,

Exhibit 32.1

In  connection  with  the  Annual  Report  of  DarioHealth  Corp.  (the  “Company”)  on  Form  10-K  for  the  period  ended  December  31,  2019  (the
“Report”),  I,  Erez  Raphael,  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company,  and  I,  Zvi  Ben  David,  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Company,  hereby  certify
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that to my knowledge:

1.    The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.    The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 16, 2020

Date: March 16, 2020

/s/ Erez Raphael
Erez Raphael
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Zvi Ben David
Zvi Ben David
Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer)